1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4 // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5 // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6 //
7 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8 //
9 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
10 //
11 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
12 
13 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
14 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
15 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/NonTrivialTypeVisitor.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled()
36 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
48 #include <algorithm>
49 #include <cstring>
50 #include <functional>
51 #include <unordered_map>
52 
53 using namespace clang;
54 using namespace sema;
55 
56 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
57   if (OwnedType) {
58     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
59     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
60   }
61 
62   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
63 }
64 
65 namespace {
66 
67 class TypeNameValidatorCCC final : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
68  public:
69    TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass = false,
70                         bool AllowTemplates = false,
71                         bool AllowNonTemplates = true)
72        : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
73          AllowTemplates(AllowTemplates), AllowNonTemplates(AllowNonTemplates) {
74      WantExpressionKeywords = false;
75      WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
76      WantRemainingKeywords = false;
77   }
78 
79   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
80     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
81       if (!AllowInvalidDecl && ND->isInvalidDecl())
82         return false;
83 
84       if (getAsTypeTemplateDecl(ND))
85         return AllowTemplates;
86 
87       bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
88       if (!IsType)
89         return false;
90 
91       if (AllowNonTemplates)
92         return true;
93 
94       // An injected-class-name of a class template (specialization) is valid
95       // as a template or as a non-template.
96       if (AllowTemplates) {
97         auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND);
98         if (!RD || !RD->isInjectedClassName())
99           return false;
100         RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD->getDeclContext());
101         return RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() ||
102                isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD);
103       }
104 
105       return false;
106     }
107 
108     return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
109   }
110 
111   std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> clone() override {
112     return std::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(*this);
113   }
114 
115  private:
116   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
117   bool WantClassName;
118   bool AllowTemplates;
119   bool AllowNonTemplates;
120 };
121 
122 } // end anonymous namespace
123 
124 /// Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
125 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
126   switch (Kind) {
127   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
128   // token kind is a valid type specifier
129   case tok::kw_short:
130   case tok::kw_long:
131   case tok::kw___int64:
132   case tok::kw___int128:
133   case tok::kw_signed:
134   case tok::kw_unsigned:
135   case tok::kw_void:
136   case tok::kw_char:
137   case tok::kw_int:
138   case tok::kw_half:
139   case tok::kw_float:
140   case tok::kw_double:
141   case tok::kw___bf16:
142   case tok::kw__Float16:
143   case tok::kw___float128:
144   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
145   case tok::kw_bool:
146   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
147   case tok::kw___auto_type:
148     return true;
149 
150   case tok::annot_typename:
151   case tok::kw_char16_t:
152   case tok::kw_char32_t:
153   case tok::kw_typeof:
154   case tok::annot_decltype:
155   case tok::kw_decltype:
156     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
157 
158   case tok::kw_char8_t:
159     return getLangOpts().Char8;
160 
161   default:
162     break;
163   }
164 
165   return false;
166 }
167 
168 namespace {
169 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult {
170   NotFound,
171   FoundNonType,
172   FoundType
173 };
174 } // end anonymous namespace
175 
176 /// Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for
177 /// dependent class.
178 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a
179 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found.
180 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult
181 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II,
182                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
183                                 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
184   if (!RD->hasDefinition())
185     return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
186   // Look for type decls in base classes.
187   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
188       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
189   for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) {
190     const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr;
191     if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>())
192       BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
193     else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
194       // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
195       // templates.
196       if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType())
197         continue;
198       auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
199       if (!TD)
200         continue;
201       if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate =
202           dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) {
203         if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl())
204           BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate;
205         else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) {
206           if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS =
207                   CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType()))
208             if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl())
209               BaseRD = PS;
210         }
211       }
212     }
213     if (BaseRD) {
214       for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) {
215         if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND))
216           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
217         FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
218       }
219       if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) {
220         switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) {
221         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType:
222           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
223         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType:
224           FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
225           break;
226         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound:
227           break;
228         }
229       }
230     }
231   }
232 
233   return FoundTypeDecl;
234 }
235 
236 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S,
237                                                       const IdentifierInfo &II,
238                                                       SourceLocation NameLoc) {
239   // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any.
240   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr;
241   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
242       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
243   for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext;
244        DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
245        DC = DC->getParent()) {
246     // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
247     // templates.
248     RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
249     if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
250       FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD);
251   }
252   if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType)
253     return nullptr;
254 
255   // We found some types in dependent base classes.  Recover as if the user
256   // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'.  We'll fully resolve the
257   // lookup during template instantiation.
258   S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II;
259 
260   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
261   auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false,
262                                           cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD)));
263   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II);
264 
265   CXXScopeSpec SS;
266   SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
267 
268   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
269   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
270   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
271   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
272   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
273   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
274 }
275 
276 /// If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
277 /// return the declaration of that type.
278 ///
279 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
280 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
281 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
282 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
283 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
284 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
285                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
286                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
287                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
288                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
289                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
290                              bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext,
291                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
292   // FIXME: Consider allowing this outside C++1z mode as an extension.
293   bool AllowDeducedTemplate = IsClassTemplateDeductionContext &&
294                               getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && !IsCtorOrDtorName &&
295                               !isClassName && !HasTrailingDot;
296 
297   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
298   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
299   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
300     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
301     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
302       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
303   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
304     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
305 
306     if (!LookupCtx) {
307       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
308         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
309         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
310         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
311         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
312         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
313         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
314         //
315         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
316         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
317         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
318           return nullptr;
319 
320         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
321         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
322         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
323           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
324 
325         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
326         QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
327                                        II, NameLoc);
328         return ParsedType::make(T);
329       }
330 
331       return nullptr;
332     }
333 
334     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
335         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
336       return nullptr;
337   }
338 
339   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
340   // lookup for class-names.
341   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
342                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
343   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
344   if (LookupCtx) {
345     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
346     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
347     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
348     // nested-name-specifier.
349     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
350 
351     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
352       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
353       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
354       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
355       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
356       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
357       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
358       LookupName(Result, S);
359     }
360   } else {
361     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
362     LookupName(Result, S);
363 
364     // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
365     // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
366     if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) {
367       if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
368               recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc))
369         return TypeInBase;
370     }
371   }
372 
373   NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr;
374   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
375   case LookupResult::NotFound:
376   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
377     if (CorrectedII) {
378       TypeNameValidatorCCC CCC(/*AllowInvalid=*/true, isClassName,
379                                AllowDeducedTemplate);
380       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind,
381                                               S, SS, CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery);
382       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
383       TemplateTy Template;
384       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
385       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
386       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
387       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
388       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
389       if (SS && NNS) {
390         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
391         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
392       }
393       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
394           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
395           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
396           // is handled elsewhere).
397           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
398             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false,
399                            Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
400         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
401                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
402                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
403                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
404                                     IsClassTemplateDeductionContext);
405         if (Ty) {
406           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
407                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
408                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
409           if (SS && NNS)
410             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
411           *CorrectedII = NewII;
412           return Ty;
413         }
414       }
415     }
416     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
417     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
418   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
419   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
420     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
421     return nullptr;
422 
423   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
424     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
425     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
426     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
427     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
428     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
429     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
430       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
431       return nullptr;
432     }
433 
434     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
435     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
436          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
437       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res) ||
438           (AllowDeducedTemplate && getAsTypeTemplateDecl(*Res))) {
439         if (!IIDecl ||
440             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
441               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
442           IIDecl = *Res;
443       }
444     }
445 
446     if (!IIDecl) {
447       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
448       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
449       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
450       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
451       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
452       // a type name.
453       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
454       return nullptr;
455     }
456 
457     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
458     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
459     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
460     // perform the name lookup again.
461     break;
462 
463   case LookupResult::Found:
464     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
465     break;
466   }
467 
468   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
469 
470   QualType T;
471   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
472     // C++ [class.qual]p2: A lookup that would find the injected-class-name
473     // instead names the constructors of the class, except when naming a class.
474     // This is ill-formed when we're not actually forming a ctor or dtor name.
475     auto *LookupRD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx);
476     auto *FoundRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TD);
477     if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName && LookupRD && FoundRD &&
478         FoundRD->isInjectedClassName() &&
479         declaresSameEntity(LookupRD, cast<Decl>(FoundRD->getParent())))
480       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_out_of_line_qualified_id_type_names_constructor)
481           << &II << /*Type*/1;
482 
483     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
484 
485     T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
486     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false);
487   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
488     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
489     if (!HasTrailingDot)
490       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
491   } else if (AllowDeducedTemplate) {
492     if (auto *TD = getAsTypeTemplateDecl(IIDecl))
493       T = Context.getDeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName(TD),
494                                                        QualType(), false);
495   }
496 
497   if (T.isNull()) {
498     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
499     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
500     return nullptr;
501   }
502 
503   // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
504   // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
505   // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
506   if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName &&
507       !isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
508     if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
509       // Construct a type with type-source information.
510       TypeLocBuilder Builder;
511       Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
512 
513       T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
514       ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
515       ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
516       ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
517       return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
518     } else {
519       T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
520     }
521   }
522 
523   return ParsedType::make(T);
524 }
525 
526 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context.
527 static NestedNameSpecifier *
528 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) {
529   for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
530     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
531     auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
532     if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace())
533       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND);
534     else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
535       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
536                                          RD->getTypeForDecl());
537     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
538       return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
539   }
540   llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?");
541 }
542 
543 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method
544 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end
545 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC
546 /// correctly rejects.
547 static const CXXRecordDecl *
548 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) {
549   for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
550     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
551     if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC))
552       if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases())
553         return MD->getParent();
554   }
555   return nullptr;
556 }
557 
558 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
559                                           SourceLocation NameLoc,
560                                           bool IsTemplateTypeArg) {
561   assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode");
562 
563   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr;
564   if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
565     // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup
566     // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We
567     // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and
568     // lookup is retried.
569     // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no
570     // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any
571     // name specifiers.
572     NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext);
573     Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II;
574   } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD =
575                  findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) {
576     // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at
577     // instantiation time.
578     NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
579                                       RD->getTypeForDecl());
580 
581     // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during
582     // template instantiation.
583     Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II
584                                                                       << RD;
585   } else {
586     // This is not a situation that we should recover from.
587     return ParsedType();
588   }
589 
590   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II);
591 
592   // Build type location information.  We synthesized the qualifier, so we have
593   // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
594   NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder;
595   NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
596   NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context);
597 
598   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
599   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
600   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
601   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
602   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
603   return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
604 }
605 
606 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
607 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
608 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
609 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
610 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
611 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
612   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
613   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
614   LookupName(R, S, false);
615   R.suppressDiagnostics();
616   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
617     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
618       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
619       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
620       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
621       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
622       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
623       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
624       }
625     }
626 
627   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
628 }
629 
630 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
631 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
632 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
633 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
634 /// @code
635 /// template<class T> class A {
636 /// public:
637 ///   typedef int TYPE;
638 /// };
639 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
640 /// public:
641 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
642 /// };
643 /// @endcode
644 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
645   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
646     if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
647       return true;
648 
649     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
650 
651     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
652     for (const auto &Base : RD->bases())
653       if (Ty && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType()))
654         return true;
655     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
656   }
657   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
658 }
659 
660 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
661                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
662                                    Scope *S,
663                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
664                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType,
665                                    bool IsTemplateName) {
666   // Don't report typename errors for editor placeholders.
667   if (II->isEditorPlaceholder())
668     return;
669   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
670   SuggestedType = nullptr;
671 
672   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
673   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
674   TypeNameValidatorCCC CCC(/*AllowInvalid=*/false, /*WantClass=*/false,
675                            /*AllowTemplates=*/IsTemplateName,
676                            /*AllowNonTemplates=*/!IsTemplateName);
677   if (TypoCorrection Corrected =
678           CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
679                       CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
680     // FIXME: Support error recovery for the template-name case.
681     bool CanRecover = !IsTemplateName;
682     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
683       // We corrected to a keyword.
684       diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
685                    PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest
686                                         : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
687                        << II);
688       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
689     } else {
690       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
691       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
692         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
693                      PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest
694                                           : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
695                          << II, CanRecover);
696       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
697         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
698         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
699                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
700         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
701                      PDiag(IsTemplateName
702                                ? diag::err_no_member_template_suggest
703                                : diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
704                          << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange(),
705                      CanRecover);
706       } else {
707         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
708       }
709 
710       if (!CanRecover)
711         return;
712 
713       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
714       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
715         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
716                           SourceRange(IILoc));
717       // FIXME: Support class template argument deduction here.
718       SuggestedType =
719           getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S,
720                       tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr,
721                       /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
722                       /*WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
723     }
724     return;
725   }
726 
727   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsTemplateName) {
728     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
729     UnqualifiedId Name;
730     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
731     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
732     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
733     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
734     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
735                        Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult,
736                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
737       diagnoseMissingTemplateArguments(TemplateResult.get(), IILoc);
738       return;
739     }
740   }
741 
742   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
743   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
744 
745   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
746     Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template
747                                : diag::err_unknown_typename)
748         << II;
749   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
750     Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_member_template
751                                : diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
752         << II << DC << SS->getRange();
753   else if (SS->isValid() && SS->getScopeRep()->containsErrors()) {
754     SuggestedType =
755         ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
756   } else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
757     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
758     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
759       DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing;
760 
761     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
762       << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
763       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
764       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
765     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
766                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
767   } else {
768     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
769            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
770   }
771 }
772 
773 /// Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
774 /// or
775 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
776   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
777                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
778 
779   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
780     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
781       return true;
782 
783     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
784       return true;
785   }
786 
787   return false;
788 }
789 
790 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
791                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
792                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
793                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
794   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
795   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
796   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
797     StringRef FixItTagName;
798     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
799       case TTK_Class:
800         FixItTagName = "class ";
801         break;
802 
803       case TTK_Enum:
804         FixItTagName = "enum ";
805         break;
806 
807       case TTK_Struct:
808         FixItTagName = "struct ";
809         break;
810 
811       case TTK_Interface:
812         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
813         break;
814 
815       case TTK_Union:
816         FixItTagName = "union ";
817         break;
818     }
819 
820     StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back();
821     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
822       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
823       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
824 
825     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
826          I != IEnd; ++I)
827       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
828         << Name << TagName;
829 
830     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
831     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
832     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
833     return true;
834   }
835 
836   return false;
837 }
838 
839 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
840 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
841                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
842   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
843 
844   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
845   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
846 
847   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
848   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
849   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
850   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
851   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
852 }
853 
854 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
855                                             IdentifierInfo *&Name,
856                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
857                                             const Token &NextToken,
858                                             CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) {
859   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
860   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
861 
862   assert(NextToken.isNot(tok::coloncolon) &&
863          "parse nested name specifiers before calling ClassifyName");
864   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && SS.isSet() &&
865       isCurrentClassName(*Name, S, &SS)) {
866     // Per [class.qual]p2, this names the constructors of SS, not the
867     // injected-class-name. We don't have a classification for that.
868     // There's not much point caching this result, since the parser
869     // will reject it later.
870     return NameClassification::Unknown();
871   }
872 
873   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
874   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
875 
876   if (SS.isInvalid())
877     return NameClassification::Error();
878 
879   // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
880   // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
881   if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
882     if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
883             recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc))
884       return TypeInBase;
885   }
886 
887   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
888   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
889   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
890   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
891   if (SS.isEmpty() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
892     DeclResult Ivar = LookupIvarInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name);
893     if (Ivar.isInvalid())
894       return NameClassification::Error();
895     if (Ivar.isUsable())
896       return NameClassification::NonType(cast<NamedDecl>(Ivar.get()));
897 
898     // We defer builtin creation until after ivar lookup inside ObjC methods.
899     if (Result.empty())
900       LookupBuiltin(Result);
901   }
902 
903   bool SecondTry = false;
904   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
905 
906 Corrected:
907   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
908   case LookupResult::NotFound:
909     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
910     // call.
911     if (SS.isEmpty() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
912       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
913       // FIXME: Reference?
914       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
915         return NameClassification::UndeclaredNonType();
916 
917       // C90 6.3.2.2:
918       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
919       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
920       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
921       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
922       //   the function call, the declaration
923       //
924       //     extern int identifier ();
925       //
926       //   appeared.
927       //
928       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
929       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S))
930         return NameClassification::NonType(D);
931     }
932 
933     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && SS.isEmpty() && NextToken.is(tok::less)) {
934       // In C++20 onwards, this could be an ADL-only call to a function
935       // template, and we're required to assume that this is a template name.
936       //
937       // FIXME: Find a way to still do typo correction in this case.
938       TemplateName Template =
939           Context.getAssumedTemplateName(NameInfo.getName());
940       return NameClassification::UndeclaredTemplate(Template);
941     }
942 
943     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
944     // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum",
945     // "struct", or "union".
946     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
947         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
948       break;
949     }
950 
951     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
952     // close to this name.
953     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
954       SecondTry = true;
955       if (TypoCorrection Corrected =
956               CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Result.getLookupKind(), S,
957                           &SS, *CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
958         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
959         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
960 
961         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl();
962         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
963         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
964             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
965           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
966           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
967         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
968                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
969                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
970                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
971           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
972           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
973         }
974 
975         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
976           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
977         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
978           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
979           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
980                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
981           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
982                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
983                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
984         }
985 
986         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
987         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
988 
989         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
990         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
991           return Name;
992 
993         // Also update the LookupResult...
994         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
995         Result.clear();
996         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
997         if (FirstDecl)
998           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
999 
1000         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
1001         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
1002         // reference the ivar.
1003         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
1004         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
1005           DeclResult R =
1006               LookupIvarInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier());
1007           if (R.isInvalid())
1008             return NameClassification::Error();
1009           if (R.isUsable())
1010             return NameClassification::NonType(Ivar);
1011         }
1012 
1013         goto Corrected;
1014       }
1015     }
1016 
1017     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
1018     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1019     return NameClassification::Unknown();
1020 
1021   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
1022     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
1023     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
1024     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
1025 
1026     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
1027     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
1028     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
1029     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
1030     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
1031     //
1032     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
1033     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
1034     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
1035     // keyword here.
1036     return NameClassification::DependentNonType();
1037   }
1038 
1039   case LookupResult::Found:
1040   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
1041   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
1042     break;
1043 
1044   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
1045     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
1046         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result, /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true,
1047                                       /*AllowDependent=*/false)) {
1048       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
1049       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
1050       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
1051       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
1052       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
1053       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
1054       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
1055       //   ambiguous.
1056       //
1057       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
1058       // so try again after filtering out template names.
1059       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
1060       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
1061         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
1062         break;
1063       }
1064     }
1065 
1066     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
1067     return NameClassification::Error();
1068   }
1069 
1070   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
1071       (IsFilteredTemplateName ||
1072        hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(
1073            Result, /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true,
1074            /*AllowDependent=*/false,
1075            /*AllowNonTemplateFunctions*/ SS.isEmpty() &&
1076                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20))) {
1077     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
1078     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
1079     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
1080     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
1081     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
1082     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
1083     // C++2a [temp.names]p2:
1084     //   A name is also considered to refer to a template if it is an
1085     //   unqualified-id followed by a < and name lookup finds either one
1086     //   or more functions or finds nothing.
1087     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
1088       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
1089 
1090     bool IsFunctionTemplate;
1091     bool IsVarTemplate;
1092     TemplateName Template;
1093     if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
1094       IsFunctionTemplate = true;
1095       Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
1096                                                    Result.end());
1097     } else if (!Result.empty()) {
1098       auto *TD = cast<TemplateDecl>(getAsTemplateNameDecl(
1099           *Result.begin(), /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true,
1100           /*AllowDependent=*/false));
1101       IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
1102       IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
1103 
1104       if (SS.isNotEmpty())
1105         Template =
1106             Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
1107                                              /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, TD);
1108       else
1109         Template = TemplateName(TD);
1110     } else {
1111       // All results were non-template functions. This is a function template
1112       // name.
1113       IsFunctionTemplate = true;
1114       Template = Context.getAssumedTemplateName(NameInfo.getName());
1115     }
1116 
1117     if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
1118       // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
1119       // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
1120       // to based on which function we selected.
1121       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1122 
1123       return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
1124     }
1125 
1126     return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
1127                          : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
1128   }
1129 
1130   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
1131   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
1132     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
1133     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
1134     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
1135     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
1136       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
1137     return ParsedType::make(T);
1138   }
1139 
1140   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
1141   if (!Class) {
1142     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
1143     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias =
1144             dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
1145       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
1146   }
1147 
1148   if (Class) {
1149     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
1150 
1151     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
1152       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
1153       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
1154       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1155       return NameClassification::Unknown();
1156     }
1157 
1158     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
1159     return ParsedType::make(T);
1160   }
1161 
1162   if (isa<ConceptDecl>(FirstDecl))
1163     return NameClassification::Concept(
1164         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
1165 
1166   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
1167   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) &&
1168       !isa<VarTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
1169     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
1170         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
1171 
1172   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
1173   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
1174   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star);
1175   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
1176        (NextIsOp &&
1177         FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
1178       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
1179     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1180     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
1181     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
1182     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
1183       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
1184     return ParsedType::make(T);
1185   }
1186 
1187   // If we already know which single declaration is referenced, just annotate
1188   // that declaration directly. Defer resolving even non-overloaded class
1189   // member accesses, as we need to defer certain access checks until we know
1190   // the context.
1191   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
1192   if (Result.isSingleResult() && !ADL && !FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
1193     return NameClassification::NonType(Result.getRepresentativeDecl());
1194 
1195   // Otherwise, this is an overload set that we will need to resolve later.
1196   Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1197   return NameClassification::OverloadSet(UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(
1198       Context, Result.getNamingClass(), SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
1199       Result.getLookupNameInfo(), ADL, Result.isOverloadedResult(),
1200       Result.begin(), Result.end()));
1201 }
1202 
1203 ExprResult
1204 Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsUndeclaredNonType(IdentifierInfo *Name,
1205                                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
1206   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "ADL-only call in C?");
1207   CXXScopeSpec SS;
1208   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1209   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
1210 }
1211 
1212 ExprResult
1213 Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsDependentNonType(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1214                                             IdentifierInfo *Name,
1215                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
1216                                             bool IsAddressOfOperand) {
1217   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
1218   return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
1219                                     NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
1220                                     /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
1221 }
1222 
1223 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsNonType(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1224                                               NamedDecl *Found,
1225                                               SourceLocation NameLoc,
1226                                               const Token &NextToken) {
1227   if (getCurMethodDecl() && SS.isEmpty())
1228     if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl()))
1229       return BuildIvarRefExpr(S, NameLoc, Ivar);
1230 
1231   // Reconstruct the lookup result.
1232   LookupResult Result(*this, Found->getDeclName(), NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1233   Result.addDecl(Found);
1234   Result.resolveKind();
1235 
1236   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
1237   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
1238 }
1239 
1240 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsOverloadSet(Scope *S, Expr *E) {
1241   // For an implicit class member access, transform the result into a member
1242   // access expression if necessary.
1243   auto *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E);
1244   if ((*ULE->decls_begin())->isCXXClassMember()) {
1245     CXXScopeSpec SS;
1246     SS.Adopt(ULE->getQualifierLoc());
1247 
1248     // Reconstruct the lookup result.
1249     LookupResult Result(*this, ULE->getName(), ULE->getNameLoc(),
1250                         LookupOrdinaryName);
1251     Result.setNamingClass(ULE->getNamingClass());
1252     for (auto I = ULE->decls_begin(), E = ULE->decls_end(); I != E; ++I)
1253       Result.addDecl(*I, I.getAccess());
1254     Result.resolveKind();
1255     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result,
1256                                            nullptr, S);
1257   }
1258 
1259   // Otherwise, this is already in the form we needed, and no further checks
1260   // are necessary.
1261   return ULE;
1262 }
1263 
1264 Sema::TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics
1265 Sema::getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name) {
1266   auto *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl();
1267   if (!TD)
1268     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate;
1269   if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD))
1270     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::ClassTemplate;
1271   if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD))
1272     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::FunctionTemplate;
1273   if (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD))
1274     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::VarTemplate;
1275   if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(TD))
1276     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::AliasTemplate;
1277   if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(TD))
1278     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::TemplateTemplateParam;
1279   if (isa<ConceptDecl>(TD))
1280     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::Concept;
1281   return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate;
1282 }
1283 
1284 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1285   assert(DC->getLexicalParent() == CurContext &&
1286       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1287   CurContext = DC;
1288   S->setEntity(DC);
1289 }
1290 
1291 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
1292   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1293 
1294   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1295   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1296 }
1297 
1298 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S,
1299                                                                     Decl *D) {
1300   // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily
1301   // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing
1302   // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one.
1303   auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext);
1304   CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition();
1305   assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag");
1306   // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look
1307   // into the pre-existing complete definition.
1308   S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent());
1309   return Result;
1310 }
1311 
1312 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) {
1313   CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context);
1314 }
1315 
1316 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1317 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1318 ///
1319 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1320   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
1321   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
1322   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
1323   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
1324   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
1325   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
1326   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
1327   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
1328   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
1329   //   namespace.
1330   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
1331   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
1332   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
1333   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
1334   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
1335 
1336   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
1337 
1338 #ifndef NDEBUG
1339   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1340   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1341   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
1342 #endif
1343 
1344   CurContext = DC;
1345   S->setEntity(DC);
1346 
1347   if (S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
1348     // Also set the corresponding entities for all immediately-enclosing
1349     // template parameter scopes.
1350     EnterTemplatedContext(S->getParent(), DC);
1351   }
1352 }
1353 
1354 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
1355   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
1356 
1357   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
1358   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
1359   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1360   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1361   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
1362 
1363   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
1364   // disappear.
1365 }
1366 
1367 void Sema::EnterTemplatedContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1368   assert(S->isTemplateParamScope() &&
1369          "expected to be initializing a template parameter scope");
1370 
1371   // C++20 [temp.local]p7:
1372   //   In the definition of a member of a class template that appears outside
1373   //   of the class template definition, the name of a member of the class
1374   //   template hides the name of a template-parameter of any enclosing class
1375   //   templates (but not a template-parameter of the member if the member is a
1376   //   class or function template).
1377   // C++20 [temp.local]p9:
1378   //   In the definition of a class template or in the definition of a member
1379   //   of such a template that appears outside of the template definition, for
1380   //   each non-dependent base class (13.8.2.1), if the name of the base class
1381   //   or the name of a member of the base class is the same as the name of a
1382   //   template-parameter, the base class name or member name hides the
1383   //   template-parameter name (6.4.10).
1384   //
1385   // This means that a template parameter scope should be searched immediately
1386   // after searching the DeclContext for which it is a template parameter
1387   // scope. For example, for
1388   //   template<typename T> template<typename U> template<typename V>
1389   //     void N::A<T>::B<U>::f(...)
1390   // we search V then B<U> (and base classes) then U then A<T> (and base
1391   // classes) then T then N then ::.
1392   unsigned ScopeDepth = getTemplateDepth(S);
1393   for (; S && S->isTemplateParamScope(); S = S->getParent(), --ScopeDepth) {
1394     DeclContext *SearchDCAfterScope = DC;
1395     for (; DC; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
1396       if (const TemplateParameterList *TPL =
1397               cast<Decl>(DC)->getDescribedTemplateParams()) {
1398         unsigned DCDepth = TPL->getDepth() + 1;
1399         if (DCDepth > ScopeDepth)
1400           continue;
1401         if (ScopeDepth == DCDepth)
1402           SearchDCAfterScope = DC = DC->getLookupParent();
1403         break;
1404       }
1405     }
1406     S->setLookupEntity(SearchDCAfterScope);
1407   }
1408 }
1409 
1410 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
1411   // We assume that the caller has already called
1412   // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
1413   FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
1414   if (!FD)
1415     return;
1416 
1417   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
1418   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
1419   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
1420     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1421   CurContext = FD;
1422   S->setEntity(CurContext);
1423 
1424   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
1425     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
1426     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
1427     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
1428       S->AddDecl(Param);
1429       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
1430     }
1431   }
1432 }
1433 
1434 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1435   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1436   // rather than the top-level class.
1437   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1438   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1439   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1440 }
1441 
1442 /// Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1443 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1444 ///
1445 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1446 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1447 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1448 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1449 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1450 /// attribute.
1451 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1452                                        ASTContext &Context,
1453                                        const FunctionDecl *New) {
1454   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1455     return true;
1456 
1457   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1458     return true;
1459 
1460   return Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found &&
1461          (Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() ||
1462           New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1463 }
1464 
1465 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1466 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1467   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1468   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1469   // scope.
1470   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1471     S = S->getParent();
1472 
1473   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1474   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1475   // into any context.
1476   if (AddToContext)
1477     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1478 
1479   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1480   // are function-local declarations.
1481   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && !S->getFnParent())
1482     return;
1483 
1484   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1485   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1486       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1487     return;
1488 
1489   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1490   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1491                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1492   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1493     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1494       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1495       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1496 
1497       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1498       break;
1499     }
1500   }
1501 
1502   S->AddDecl(D);
1503 
1504   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1505     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1506     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1507     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1508     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1509       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1510       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1511         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1512           continue;
1513       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1514         break;
1515     }
1516 
1517     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1518   } else {
1519     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1520   }
1521 }
1522 
1523 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1524                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1525   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1526 }
1527 
1528 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1529   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1530   do {
1531     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1532       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1533         return S;
1534   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1535 
1536   return nullptr;
1537 }
1538 
1539 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1540                                             DeclContext*,
1541                                             ASTContext&);
1542 
1543 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1544 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1545 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1546                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1547                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1548   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1549   while (F.hasNext()) {
1550     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1551 
1552     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1553       continue;
1554 
1555     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1556       continue;
1557 
1558     F.erase();
1559   }
1560 
1561   F.done();
1562 }
1563 
1564 /// We've determined that \p New is a redeclaration of \p Old. Check that they
1565 /// have compatible owning modules.
1566 bool Sema::CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old) {
1567   // FIXME: The Modules TS is not clear about how friend declarations are
1568   // to be treated. It's not meaningful to have different owning modules for
1569   // linkage in redeclarations of the same entity, so for now allow the
1570   // redeclaration and change the owning modules to match.
1571   if (New->getFriendObjectKind() &&
1572       Old->getOwningModuleForLinkage() != New->getOwningModuleForLinkage()) {
1573     New->setLocalOwningModule(Old->getOwningModule());
1574     makeMergedDefinitionVisible(New);
1575     return false;
1576   }
1577 
1578   Module *NewM = New->getOwningModule();
1579   Module *OldM = Old->getOwningModule();
1580 
1581   if (NewM && NewM->Kind == Module::PrivateModuleFragment)
1582     NewM = NewM->Parent;
1583   if (OldM && OldM->Kind == Module::PrivateModuleFragment)
1584     OldM = OldM->Parent;
1585 
1586   if (NewM == OldM)
1587     return false;
1588 
1589   bool NewIsModuleInterface = NewM && NewM->isModulePurview();
1590   bool OldIsModuleInterface = OldM && OldM->isModulePurview();
1591   if (NewIsModuleInterface || OldIsModuleInterface) {
1592     // C++ Modules TS [basic.def.odr] 6.2/6.7 [sic]:
1593     //   if a declaration of D [...] appears in the purview of a module, all
1594     //   other such declarations shall appear in the purview of the same module
1595     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_mismatched_owning_module)
1596       << New
1597       << NewIsModuleInterface
1598       << (NewIsModuleInterface ? NewM->getFullModuleName() : "")
1599       << OldIsModuleInterface
1600       << (OldIsModuleInterface ? OldM->getFullModuleName() : "");
1601     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1602     New->setInvalidDecl();
1603     return true;
1604   }
1605 
1606   return false;
1607 }
1608 
1609 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1610   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1611          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1612          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1613 }
1614 
1615 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1616 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1617   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1618   while (F.hasNext())
1619     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1620       F.erase();
1621 
1622   F.done();
1623 }
1624 
1625 /// Check for this common pattern:
1626 /// @code
1627 /// class S {
1628 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1629 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1630 /// };
1631 /// @endcode
1632 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1633   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1634   // the decl here.
1635   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1636     return false;
1637 
1638   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1639     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1640   return D->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1641 }
1642 
1643 // We need this to handle
1644 //
1645 // typedef struct {
1646 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1647 // } A;
1648 //
1649 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1650 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1651 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1652 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1653 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1654 // not.
1655 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1656   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1657   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1658     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1659       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1660         return true;
1661     }
1662     DC = DC->getParent();
1663   }
1664 
1665   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1666 }
1667 
1668 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1669 // these semantics.
1670 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1671   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1672     return false;
1673   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1674 }
1675 
1676 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1677   assert(D);
1678 
1679   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1680     return false;
1681 
1682   // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions
1683   // of members of class templates.
1684   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1685       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1686     return false;
1687 
1688   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1689     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1690       return false;
1691     // A non-out-of-line declaration of a member specialization was implicitly
1692     // instantiated; it's the out-of-line declaration that we're interested in.
1693     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization &&
1694         FD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !FD->isOutOfLine())
1695       return false;
1696 
1697     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1698       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1699         return false;
1700     } else {
1701       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1702       if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1703         return false;
1704     }
1705 
1706     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1707         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1708       return false;
1709   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1710     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1711     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1712     // like "inline".)
1713     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1714       return false;
1715 
1716     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1717       return false;
1718 
1719     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1720         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1721       return false;
1722     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1723         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization &&
1724         VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !VD->isOutOfLine())
1725       return false;
1726 
1727     if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1728       return false;
1729   } else {
1730     return false;
1731   }
1732 
1733   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1734   // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function
1735   // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance.
1736   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1737 }
1738 
1739 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1740   if (!D)
1741     return;
1742 
1743   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1744     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1745     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1746       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1747   }
1748 
1749   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1750     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1751     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1752       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1753   }
1754 
1755   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1756     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1757 }
1758 
1759 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1760   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1761     return false;
1762 
1763   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) {
1764     // For a decomposition declaration, warn if none of the bindings are
1765     // referenced, instead of if the variable itself is referenced (which
1766     // it is, by the bindings' expressions).
1767     for (auto *BD : DD->bindings())
1768       if (BD->isReferenced())
1769         return false;
1770   } else if (!D->getDeclName()) {
1771     return false;
1772   } else if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed()) {
1773     return false;
1774   }
1775 
1776   if (D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>())
1777     return false;
1778 
1779   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1780     return true;
1781 
1782   // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to
1783   // functions.
1784   bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod();
1785   if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()))
1786     // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred.
1787     WithinFunction =
1788         WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType());
1789   if (!WithinFunction)
1790     return false;
1791 
1792   if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D))
1793     return true;
1794 
1795   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1796   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D))
1797     return false;
1798 
1799   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1800   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1801 
1802     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1803     const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr();
1804 
1805     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1806     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1807       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1808         return false;
1809     }
1810 
1811     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1812     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1813     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1814       return false;
1815 
1816     // Look at the element type to ensure that the warning behaviour is
1817     // consistent for both scalars and arrays.
1818     Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
1819 
1820     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1821       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1822       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1823         return false;
1824 
1825       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1826         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1827           return false;
1828 
1829         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1830           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups =
1831                   dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1832             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1833           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1834             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1835           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1836             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1837             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>() &&
1838                 (VD->getInit()->isValueDependent() || !VD->evaluateValue()))
1839               return false;
1840           }
1841 
1842           // Suppress the warning if we don't know how this is constructed, and
1843           // it could possibly be non-trivial constructor.
1844           if (Init->isTypeDependent())
1845             for (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor : RD->ctors())
1846               if (!Ctor->isTrivial())
1847                 return false;
1848         }
1849       }
1850     }
1851 
1852     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1853   }
1854 
1855   return true;
1856 }
1857 
1858 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1859                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1860   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1861     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(
1862         D->getEndLoc(), tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(),
1863         true);
1864     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1865       return;
1866     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
1867         CharSourceRange::getCharRange(D->getBeginLoc(), AfterColon));
1868   }
1869 }
1870 
1871 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) {
1872   if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType())
1873     return;
1874 
1875   for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) {
1876     if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD))
1877       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T);
1878     else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD))
1879       DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R);
1880   }
1881 }
1882 
1883 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1884 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1885 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1886   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1887     return;
1888 
1889   if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
1890     // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted
1891     // at end-of-translation-unit.
1892     UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD);
1893     return;
1894   }
1895 
1896   FixItHint Hint;
1897   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1898 
1899   unsigned DiagID;
1900   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1901     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1902   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1903     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1904   else
1905     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1906 
1907   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D << Hint;
1908 }
1909 
1910 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1911   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1912   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1913   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved
1914   // MS inline assembly label name.
1915   bool Diagnose = false;
1916   if (L->isMSAsmLabel())
1917     Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel();
1918   else
1919     Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr;
1920   if (Diagnose)
1921     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L;
1922 }
1923 
1924 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1925   S->mergeNRVOIntoParent();
1926 
1927   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1928   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1929          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1930 
1931   for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) {
1932     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1933 
1934     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1935     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1936 
1937     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1938     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) {
1939       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1940       if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D))
1941         DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD);
1942     }
1943 
1944     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1945 
1946     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1947     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1948       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1949 
1950     // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't
1951     // already.
1952     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1953     auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D);
1954     if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) {
1955       if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) {
1956         Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field)
1957             << D << FD << FD->getParent();
1958         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1959       }
1960       ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI);
1961     }
1962   }
1963 }
1964 
1965 /// Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1966 ///
1967 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1968 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1969 /// to the fixed name.
1970 ///
1971 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1972 ///
1973 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1974 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1975 ///
1976 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1977 /// class could not be found.
1978 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1979                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1980                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1981   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1982   // creation from this context.
1983   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1984 
1985   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1986     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1987     // find an Objective-C class name.
1988     DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> CCC{};
1989     if (TypoCorrection C =
1990             CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName,
1991                         TUScope, nullptr, CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
1992       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1993       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1994       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1995     }
1996   }
1997   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1998   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1999   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
2000       Def = Def->getDefinition();
2001   return Def;
2002 }
2003 
2004 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
2005 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
2006 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
2007 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
2008 /// ill-formed in C++:
2009 /// @code
2010 /// struct S6 {
2011 ///   enum { BAR } e;
2012 /// };
2013 ///
2014 /// void test_S6() {
2015 ///   struct S6 a;
2016 ///   a.e = BAR;
2017 /// }
2018 /// @endcode
2019 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
2020 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
2021 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
2022 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
2023 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
2024 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
2025 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
2026 /// contain non-field names.
2027 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
2028   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
2029          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
2030          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
2031     S = S->getParent();
2032   return S;
2033 }
2034 
2035 static StringRef getHeaderName(Builtin::Context &BuiltinInfo, unsigned ID,
2036                                ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) {
2037   switch (Error) {
2038   case ASTContext::GE_None:
2039     return "";
2040   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_type:
2041     return BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID);
2042   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
2043     return "stdio.h";
2044   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
2045     return "setjmp.h";
2046   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
2047     return "ucontext.h";
2048   }
2049   llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind");
2050 }
2051 
2052 FunctionDecl *Sema::CreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, QualType Type,
2053                                   unsigned ID, SourceLocation Loc) {
2054   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
2055 
2056   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2057     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = LinkageSpecDecl::Create(
2058         Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
2059     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
2060     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
2061     Parent = CLinkageDecl;
2062   }
2063 
2064   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, II, Type,
2065                                            /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_Extern, false,
2066                                            Type->isFunctionProtoType());
2067   New->setImplicit();
2068   New->addAttr(BuiltinAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, ID));
2069 
2070   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
2071   // FunctionDecl.
2072   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Type)) {
2073     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 16> Params;
2074     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
2075       ParmVarDecl *parm = ParmVarDecl::Create(
2076           Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), nullptr,
2077           FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, nullptr);
2078       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
2079       Params.push_back(parm);
2080     }
2081     New->setParams(Params);
2082   }
2083 
2084   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
2085   return New;
2086 }
2087 
2088 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
2089 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
2090 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
2091 /// built-in.
2092 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
2093                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
2094                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
2095   LookupNecessaryTypesForBuiltin(S, ID);
2096 
2097   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
2098   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error);
2099   if (Error) {
2100     if (!ForRedeclaration)
2101       return nullptr;
2102 
2103     // If we have a builtin without an associated type we should not emit a
2104     // warning when we were not able to find a type for it.
2105     if (Error == ASTContext::GE_Missing_type ||
2106         Context.BuiltinInfo.allowTypeMismatch(ID))
2107       return nullptr;
2108 
2109     // If we could not find a type for setjmp it is because the jmp_buf type was
2110     // not defined prior to the setjmp declaration.
2111     if (Error == ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp) {
2112       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_no_jmp_buf)
2113           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
2114       return nullptr;
2115     }
2116 
2117     // Generally, we emit a warning that the declaration requires the
2118     // appropriate header.
2119     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader)
2120         << getHeaderName(Context.BuiltinInfo, ID, Error)
2121         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
2122     return nullptr;
2123   }
2124 
2125   if (!ForRedeclaration &&
2126       (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID) ||
2127        Context.BuiltinInfo.isHeaderDependentFunction(ID))) {
2128     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
2129         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R;
2130     if (const char *Header = Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID))
2131       Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare)
2132           << Header << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
2133   }
2134 
2135   if (R.isNull())
2136     return nullptr;
2137 
2138   FunctionDecl *New = CreateBuiltin(II, R, ID, Loc);
2139   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
2140 
2141   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
2142   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
2143   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
2144   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
2145   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
2146   CurContext = New->getDeclContext();
2147   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
2148   CurContext = SavedContext;
2149   return New;
2150 }
2151 
2152 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same
2153 /// entity if their types are the same.
2154 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's
2155 /// isSameEntity.
2156 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S,
2157                                                      TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
2158                                                      LookupResult &Previous) {
2159   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
2160   if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility)
2161     return;
2162 
2163   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
2164   if (Previous.empty())
2165     return;
2166 
2167   LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter();
2168   while (Filter.hasNext()) {
2169     NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next();
2170 
2171     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
2172     if (S.isVisible(Old))
2173       continue;
2174 
2175     // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have
2176     // different linkages.
2177     if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
2178       if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(),
2179                                 Decl->getUnderlyingType()))
2180         continue;
2181 
2182       // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage
2183       // purposes, then they declare the same entity.
2184       if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) &&
2185           Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName())
2186         continue;
2187     }
2188 
2189     Filter.erase();
2190   }
2191 
2192   Filter.done();
2193 }
2194 
2195 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
2196   QualType OldType;
2197   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
2198     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
2199   else
2200     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
2201   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
2202 
2203   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
2204     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
2205     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
2206     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
2207       << Kind << NewType;
2208     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
2209       notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
2210     New->setInvalidDecl();
2211     return true;
2212   }
2213 
2214   if (OldType != NewType &&
2215       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
2216       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
2217       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
2218     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
2219     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
2220       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
2221     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
2222       notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
2223     New->setInvalidDecl();
2224     return true;
2225   }
2226   return false;
2227 }
2228 
2229 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
2230 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
2231 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
2232 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
2233 ///
2234 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New,
2235                                 LookupResult &OldDecls) {
2236   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
2237   // merging checks.
2238   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
2239 
2240   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
2241   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
2242   if (getLangOpts().ObjC) {
2243     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
2244     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
2245     default: break;
2246     case 2:
2247       {
2248         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
2249           break;
2250         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
2251         if (!T->isPointerType())
2252           break;
2253         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
2254           QualType PT = T->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2255           if (!PT->isStructureType())
2256             break;
2257         }
2258         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
2259         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
2260         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
2261         return;
2262       }
2263     case 5:
2264       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
2265         break;
2266       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
2267       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
2268       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
2269       return;
2270     case 3:
2271       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
2272         break;
2273       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
2274       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
2275       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
2276       return;
2277     }
2278     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
2279   }
2280 
2281   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
2282   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
2283   if (!Old) {
2284     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2285       << New->getDeclName();
2286 
2287     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
2288     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
2289       notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation());
2290 
2291     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2292   }
2293 
2294   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2295   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2296     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2297 
2298   if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
2299     auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true);
2300     auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName();
2301     NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
2302     if (OldTag && NewTag &&
2303         OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() &&
2304         !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) {
2305       // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it
2306       // instead of our tag.
2307       New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl());
2308       if (OldTD->isModed())
2309         New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(),
2310                                     OldTD->getUnderlyingType());
2311       else
2312         New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo());
2313 
2314       // Make the old tag definition visible.
2315       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden);
2316 
2317       // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators
2318       // out of the scope.
2319       if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) {
2320         Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
2321         for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) {
2322           auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
2323           assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED));
2324           EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED);
2325           IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED);
2326           ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED);
2327         }
2328       }
2329     }
2330   }
2331 
2332   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
2333   // with any extensions enabled.
2334   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
2335     return;
2336 
2337   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
2338   // the old declaration was a typedef.
2339   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
2340     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
2341     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2342   }
2343 
2344   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
2345     return;
2346 
2347   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2348     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
2349     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
2350     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
2351     //   to the type to which it already refers.
2352     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
2353       return;
2354 
2355     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
2356     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
2357     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
2358     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
2359     //
2360     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
2361     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
2362     //
2363     //   struct S {
2364     //     typedef struct A { } A;
2365     //   };
2366     //
2367     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
2368     // allow the above but disallow
2369     //
2370     //   struct S {
2371     //     typedef int I;
2372     //     typedef int I;
2373     //   };
2374     //
2375     // since that was the intent of DR56.
2376     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
2377       return;
2378 
2379     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
2380       << New->getDeclName();
2381     notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
2382     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2383   }
2384 
2385   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
2386   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
2387     return;
2388 
2389   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
2390   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
2391   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
2392   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
2393   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
2394       // Some standard types are defined implicitly in Clang (e.g. OpenCL).
2395       (Old->isImplicit() ||
2396        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
2397        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
2398     return;
2399 
2400   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef)
2401     << New->getDeclName();
2402   notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
2403 }
2404 
2405 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
2406 /// attribute.
2407 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
2408   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
2409   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
2410   for (const auto *i : D->attrs())
2411     if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
2412       if (Ann) {
2413         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation())
2414           return true;
2415         continue;
2416       }
2417       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
2418       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i))
2419         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind();
2420       return true;
2421     }
2422 
2423   return false;
2424 }
2425 
2426 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
2427   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
2428     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
2429   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2430     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
2431   return true;
2432 }
2433 
2434 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
2435 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
2436 ///
2437 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
2438 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
2439   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
2440   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
2441   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2442   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr;
2443   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
2444   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2445     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
2446     // in a case like:
2447     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
2448     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
2449     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
2450     // definition in such a case.
2451     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2452       return false;
2453 
2454     if (I->isAlignas())
2455       OldAlignasAttr = I;
2456 
2457     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2458     if (Align > OldAlign) {
2459       OldAlign = Align;
2460       OldStrictestAlignAttr = I;
2461     }
2462   }
2463 
2464   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
2465   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2466   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
2467   for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2468     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2469       return false;
2470 
2471     if (I->isAlignas())
2472       NewAlignasAttr = I;
2473 
2474     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2475     if (Align > NewAlign)
2476       NewAlign = Align;
2477   }
2478 
2479   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2480     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
2481     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
2482     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
2483     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
2484 
2485     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
2486     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
2487     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
2488       QualType Ty;
2489       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
2490         Ty = VD->getType();
2491       else
2492         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
2493 
2494       if (OldAlign == 0)
2495         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2496       if (NewAlign == 0)
2497         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2498     }
2499 
2500     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2501       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
2502         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
2503         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
2504       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2505     }
2506   }
2507 
2508   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
2509     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2510     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2511     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2512     //   equivalent alignment.
2513     // C11 6.7.5/7:
2514     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2515     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2516     //   have no alignment specifier.
2517     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2518       << OldAlignasAttr;
2519     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2520       << OldAlignasAttr;
2521   }
2522 
2523   bool AnyAdded = false;
2524 
2525   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
2526   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
2527     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
2528     Clone->setInherited(true);
2529     New->addAttr(Clone);
2530     AnyAdded = true;
2531   }
2532 
2533   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
2534   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
2535       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
2536     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
2537     Clone->setInherited(true);
2538     New->addAttr(Clone);
2539     AnyAdded = true;
2540   }
2541 
2542   return AnyAdded;
2543 }
2544 
2545 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D,
2546                                const InheritableAttr *Attr,
2547                                Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2548   // This function copies an attribute Attr from a previous declaration to the
2549   // new declaration D if the new declaration doesn't itself have that attribute
2550   // yet or if that attribute allows duplicates.
2551   // If you're adding a new attribute that requires logic different from
2552   // "use explicit attribute on decl if present, else use attribute from
2553   // previous decl", for example if the attribute needs to be consistent
2554   // between redeclarations, you need to call a custom merge function here.
2555   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr;
2556   if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
2557     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(
2558         D, *AA, AA->getPlatform(), AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(),
2559         AA->getDeprecated(), AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
2560         AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), AA->getReplacement(), AMK,
2561         AA->getPriority());
2562   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2563     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, *VA, VA->getVisibility());
2564   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2565     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, *VA, VA->getVisibility());
2566   else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
2567     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, *ImportA);
2568   else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
2569     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, *ExportA);
2570   else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
2571     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, *FA, FA->getType(), FA->getFormatIdx(),
2572                                 FA->getFirstArg());
2573   else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
2574     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, *SA, SA->getName());
2575   else if (const auto *CSA = dyn_cast<CodeSegAttr>(Attr))
2576     NewAttr = S.mergeCodeSegAttr(D, *CSA, CSA->getName());
2577   else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr))
2578     NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, *IA, IA->getBestCase(),
2579                                        IA->getInheritanceModel());
2580   else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr))
2581     NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, *AA,
2582                                       &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()));
2583   else if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
2584            (isa<CUDAHostAttr>(Attr) || isa<CUDADeviceAttr>(Attr) ||
2585             isa<CUDAGlobalAttr>(Attr))) {
2586     // CUDA target attributes are part of function signature for
2587     // overloading purposes and must not be merged.
2588     return false;
2589   } else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr))
2590     NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, *MA);
2591   else if (const auto *SNA = dyn_cast<SwiftNameAttr>(Attr))
2592     NewAttr = S.mergeSwiftNameAttr(D, *SNA, SNA->getName());
2593   else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr))
2594     NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, *OA);
2595   else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr))
2596     NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr(D, *InternalLinkageA);
2597   else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr))
2598     NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, *CommonA);
2599   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
2600     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
2601     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
2602     NewAttr = nullptr;
2603   else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) &&
2604            (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override ||
2605             AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation))
2606     NewAttr = nullptr;
2607   else if (const auto *UA = dyn_cast<UuidAttr>(Attr))
2608     NewAttr = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, *UA, UA->getGuid(), UA->getGuidDecl());
2609   else if (const auto *SLHA = dyn_cast<SpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr>(Attr))
2610     NewAttr = S.mergeSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr(D, *SLHA);
2611   else if (const auto *SLHA = dyn_cast<NoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr>(Attr))
2612     NewAttr = S.mergeNoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr(D, *SLHA);
2613   else if (const auto *IMA = dyn_cast<WebAssemblyImportModuleAttr>(Attr))
2614     NewAttr = S.mergeImportModuleAttr(D, *IMA);
2615   else if (const auto *INA = dyn_cast<WebAssemblyImportNameAttr>(Attr))
2616     NewAttr = S.mergeImportNameAttr(D, *INA);
2617   else if (Attr->shouldInheritEvenIfAlreadyPresent() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
2618     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
2619 
2620   if (NewAttr) {
2621     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2622     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
2623     if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr))
2624       S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D));
2625     return true;
2626   }
2627 
2628   return false;
2629 }
2630 
2631 static const NamedDecl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
2632   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2633     return TD->getDefinition();
2634   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
2635     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
2636     if (Def)
2637       return Def;
2638     return VD->getActingDefinition();
2639   }
2640   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2641     const FunctionDecl *Def = nullptr;
2642     if (FD->isDefined(Def, true))
2643       return Def;
2644   }
2645   return nullptr;
2646 }
2647 
2648 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2649   for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs())
2650     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2651       return true;
2652   return false;
2653 }
2654 
2655 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2656 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2657 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2658   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2659     return;
2660 
2661   const NamedDecl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2662   if (!Def || Def == New)
2663     return;
2664 
2665   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2666   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2667     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2668 
2669     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2670       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) {
2671         Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody;
2672         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody);
2673 
2674         // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute.
2675         if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) {
2676           NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2677           --E;
2678           continue;
2679         }
2680       } else {
2681         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2682         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2683                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2684                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2685                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2686         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2687         if (Diag == diag::err_redefinition)
2688           S.notePreviousDefinition(Def, VD->getLocation());
2689         else
2690           S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2691         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2692       }
2693       ++I;
2694       continue;
2695     }
2696 
2697     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2698       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2699       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2700         ++I;
2701         continue;
2702       }
2703     }
2704 
2705     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2706       ++I;
2707       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2708     }
2709 
2710     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2711       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2712       ++I;
2713       continue;
2714     } else if (isa<UuidAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2715       // msvc will allow a subsequent definition to add an uuid to a class
2716       ++I;
2717       continue;
2718     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2719       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2720         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2721         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2722         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2723         //   equivalent alignment.
2724         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2725         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2726         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2727         //   have no alignment specifier.
2728         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2729           << AA;
2730         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2731           << AA;
2732         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2733         --E;
2734         continue;
2735       }
2736     } else if (isa<LoaderUninitializedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2737       // If there is a C definition followed by a redeclaration with this
2738       // attribute then there are two different definitions. In C++, prefer the
2739       // standard diagnostics.
2740       if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2741         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2742                diag::err_loader_uninitialized_redeclaration);
2743         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2744         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2745         --E;
2746         continue;
2747       }
2748     } else if (isa<SelectAnyAttr>(NewAttribute) &&
2749                cast<VarDecl>(New)->isInline() &&
2750                !cast<VarDecl>(New)->isInlineSpecified()) {
2751       // Don't warn about applying selectany to implicitly inline variables.
2752       // Older compilers and language modes would require the use of selectany
2753       // to make such variables inline, and it would have no effect if we
2754       // honored it.
2755       ++I;
2756       continue;
2757     } else if (isa<OMPDeclareVariantAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2758       // We allow to add OMP[Begin]DeclareVariantAttr to be added to
2759       // declarations after defintions.
2760       ++I;
2761       continue;
2762     }
2763 
2764     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2765            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2766     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2767     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2768     --E;
2769   }
2770 }
2771 
2772 static void diagnoseMissingConstinit(Sema &S, const VarDecl *InitDecl,
2773                                      const ConstInitAttr *CIAttr,
2774                                      bool AttrBeforeInit) {
2775   SourceLocation InsertLoc = InitDecl->getInnerLocStart();
2776 
2777   // Figure out a good way to write this specifier on the old declaration.
2778   // FIXME: We should just use the spelling of CIAttr, but we don't preserve
2779   // enough of the attribute list spelling information to extract that without
2780   // heroics.
2781   std::string SuitableSpelling;
2782   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20)
2783     SuitableSpelling = std::string(
2784         S.PP.getLastMacroWithSpelling(InsertLoc, {tok::kw_constinit}));
2785   if (SuitableSpelling.empty() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
2786     SuitableSpelling = std::string(S.PP.getLastMacroWithSpelling(
2787         InsertLoc, {tok::l_square, tok::l_square,
2788                     S.PP.getIdentifierInfo("clang"), tok::coloncolon,
2789                     S.PP.getIdentifierInfo("require_constant_initialization"),
2790                     tok::r_square, tok::r_square}));
2791   if (SuitableSpelling.empty())
2792     SuitableSpelling = std::string(S.PP.getLastMacroWithSpelling(
2793         InsertLoc, {tok::kw___attribute, tok::l_paren, tok::r_paren,
2794                     S.PP.getIdentifierInfo("require_constant_initialization"),
2795                     tok::r_paren, tok::r_paren}));
2796   if (SuitableSpelling.empty() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20)
2797     SuitableSpelling = "constinit";
2798   if (SuitableSpelling.empty() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
2799     SuitableSpelling = "[[clang::require_constant_initialization]]";
2800   if (SuitableSpelling.empty())
2801     SuitableSpelling = "__attribute__((require_constant_initialization))";
2802   SuitableSpelling += " ";
2803 
2804   if (AttrBeforeInit) {
2805     // extern constinit int a;
2806     // int a = 0; // error (missing 'constinit'), accepted as extension
2807     assert(CIAttr->isConstinit() && "should not diagnose this for attribute");
2808     S.Diag(InitDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_constinit_missing)
2809         << InitDecl << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, SuitableSpelling);
2810     S.Diag(CIAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_constinit_specified_here);
2811   } else {
2812     // int a = 0;
2813     // constinit extern int a; // error (missing 'constinit')
2814     S.Diag(CIAttr->getLocation(),
2815            CIAttr->isConstinit() ? diag::err_constinit_added_too_late
2816                                  : diag::warn_require_const_init_added_too_late)
2817         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(CIAttr->getLocation()));
2818     S.Diag(InitDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_constinit_missing_here)
2819         << CIAttr->isConstinit()
2820         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, SuitableSpelling);
2821   }
2822 }
2823 
2824 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2825 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2826                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2827   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2828     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2829     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2830     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2831   }
2832 
2833   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2834     return;
2835 
2836   // [dcl.constinit]p1:
2837   //   If the [constinit] specifier is applied to any declaration of a
2838   //   variable, it shall be applied to the initializing declaration.
2839   const auto *OldConstInit = Old->getAttr<ConstInitAttr>();
2840   const auto *NewConstInit = New->getAttr<ConstInitAttr>();
2841   if (bool(OldConstInit) != bool(NewConstInit)) {
2842     const auto *OldVD = cast<VarDecl>(Old);
2843     auto *NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2844 
2845     // Find the initializing declaration. Note that we might not have linked
2846     // the new declaration into the redeclaration chain yet.
2847     const VarDecl *InitDecl = OldVD->getInitializingDeclaration();
2848     if (!InitDecl &&
2849         (NewVD->hasInit() || NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()))
2850       InitDecl = NewVD;
2851 
2852     if (InitDecl == NewVD) {
2853       // This is the initializing declaration. If it would inherit 'constinit',
2854       // that's ill-formed. (Note that we do not apply this to the attribute
2855       // form).
2856       if (OldConstInit && OldConstInit->isConstinit())
2857         diagnoseMissingConstinit(*this, NewVD, OldConstInit,
2858                                  /*AttrBeforeInit=*/true);
2859     } else if (NewConstInit) {
2860       // This is the first time we've been told that this declaration should
2861       // have a constant initializer. If we already saw the initializing
2862       // declaration, this is too late.
2863       if (InitDecl && InitDecl != NewVD) {
2864         diagnoseMissingConstinit(*this, InitDecl, NewConstInit,
2865                                  /*AttrBeforeInit=*/false);
2866         NewVD->dropAttr<ConstInitAttr>();
2867       }
2868     }
2869   }
2870 
2871   // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored.
2872   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2873 
2874   if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) {
2875     if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) {
2876       if (!OldA->isEquivalent(NewA)) {
2877         // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label.
2878         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label);
2879         Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2880       }
2881     } else if (Old->isUsed()) {
2882       // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has
2883       // already been ODR-used.
2884       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name)
2885         << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange();
2886     }
2887   }
2888 
2889   // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's.
2890   if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) {
2891     if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) {
2892       for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) {
2893         if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(),
2894                       NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) {
2895           Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(),
2896                diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration)
2897               << NewTag;
2898           Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2899         }
2900       }
2901     } else {
2902       Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration);
2903       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2904     }
2905   }
2906 
2907   // This redeclaration adds a section attribute.
2908   if (New->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && !Old->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
2909     if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(New)) {
2910       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) {
2911         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_section_on_redeclaration);
2912         Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2913       }
2914     }
2915   }
2916 
2917   // Redeclaration adds code-seg attribute.
2918   const auto *NewCSA = New->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>();
2919   if (NewCSA && !Old->hasAttr<CodeSegAttr>() &&
2920       !NewCSA->isImplicit() && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New)) {
2921     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_section)
2922          << 0 /*codeseg*/;
2923     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2924   }
2925 
2926   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2927     return;
2928 
2929   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2930 
2931   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2932   // we process them.
2933   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2934 
2935   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) {
2936     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2937     AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None;
2938     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) ||
2939         isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) ||
2940         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) {
2941       switch (AMK) {
2942       case AMK_None:
2943         continue;
2944 
2945       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2946       case AMK_Override:
2947       case AMK_ProtocolImplementation:
2948         LocalAMK = AMK;
2949         break;
2950       }
2951     }
2952 
2953     // Already handled.
2954     if (isa<UsedAttr>(I))
2955       continue;
2956 
2957     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK))
2958       foundAny = true;
2959   }
2960 
2961   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2962     foundAny = true;
2963 
2964   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2965 }
2966 
2967 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2968 /// to the new one.
2969 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2970                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2971                                      Sema &S) {
2972   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2973   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2974   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2975   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2976   const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2977   if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2978     S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2979            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2980     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2981     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2982     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2983       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2984     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2985       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2986     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2987            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2988   }
2989 
2990   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2991     return;
2992 
2993   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2994 
2995   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2996   // done before we process them.
2997   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2998 
2999   for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) {
3000     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) {
3001       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
3002         cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context));
3003       newAttr->setInherited(true);
3004       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
3005       foundAny = true;
3006     }
3007   }
3008 
3009   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
3010 }
3011 
3012 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam,
3013                                 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam,
3014                                 Sema &S) {
3015   if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
3016     if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
3017       if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) {
3018         S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr)
3019           << DiagNullabilityKind(
3020                *Newnullability,
3021                ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
3022                 != 0))
3023           << DiagNullabilityKind(
3024                *Oldnullability,
3025                ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
3026                 != 0));
3027         S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3028       }
3029     } else {
3030       QualType NewT = NewParam->getType();
3031       NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType(
3032                          AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability),
3033                          NewT, NewT);
3034       NewParam->setType(NewT);
3035     }
3036   }
3037 }
3038 
3039 namespace {
3040 
3041 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
3042 /// C.
3043 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
3044   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
3045   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
3046   QualType PromotedType;
3047 };
3048 
3049 } // end anonymous namespace
3050 
3051 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit
3052 // declaration, or a declaration.
3053 template <typename T>
3054 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation>
3055 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) {
3056   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3057   SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation();
3058   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
3059     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
3060   else if (Old->isImplicit()) {
3061     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
3062     if (OldLocation.isInvalid())
3063       OldLocation = New->getLocation();
3064   } else
3065     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
3066   return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation);
3067 }
3068 
3069 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
3070 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
3071 /// GNU89 mode.
3072 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
3073                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
3074   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
3075           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
3076           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
3077           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
3078 }
3079 
3080 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
3081   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
3082   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
3083     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
3084   return AT;
3085 }
3086 
3087 template <typename T>
3088 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
3089   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
3090   if (DC->isRecord())
3091     return false;
3092 
3093   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
3094   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
3095     return true;
3096   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
3097     return true;
3098   return false;
3099 }
3100 
3101 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); }
3102 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; }
3103 
3104 /// Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a
3105 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload
3106 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration).
3107 template<typename ExpectedDecl>
3108 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS,
3109                                    ExpectedDecl *New) {
3110   // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4:
3111   //   Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of
3112   //   which specifies the same unqualified name,
3113   //   -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions
3114   //      and function templates; or
3115   //   -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration
3116   //      name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all
3117   //      refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions
3118   //      and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration
3119   //      name is hidden (3.3.10).
3120 
3121   // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14:
3122   //   If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the
3123   //   same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced
3124   //   by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same
3125   //   function, the program is ill-formed.
3126 
3127   auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl());
3128   if (Old &&
3129       !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
3130           New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
3131       !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New)))
3132     Old = nullptr;
3133 
3134   if (!Old) {
3135     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
3136     S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target);
3137     S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
3138     return true;
3139   }
3140   return false;
3141 }
3142 
3143 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A,
3144                                             const FunctionDecl *B) {
3145   assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams());
3146 
3147   auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) {
3148     const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>();
3149     const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>();
3150     if (AttrA == AttrB)
3151       return true;
3152     return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType() &&
3153            AttrA->isDynamic() == AttrB->isDynamic();
3154   };
3155 
3156   return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq);
3157 }
3158 
3159 /// If necessary, adjust the semantic declaration context for a qualified
3160 /// declaration to name the correct inline namespace within the qualifier.
3161 static void adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(DeclaratorDecl *NewD,
3162                                                DeclaratorDecl *OldD) {
3163   // The only case where we need to update the DeclContext is when
3164   // redeclaration lookup for a qualified name finds a declaration
3165   // in an inline namespace within the context named by the qualifier:
3166   //
3167   //   inline namespace N { int f(); }
3168   //   int ::f(); // Sema DC needs adjusting from :: to N::.
3169   //
3170   // For unqualified declarations, the semantic context *can* change
3171   // along the redeclaration chain (for local extern declarations,
3172   // extern "C" declarations, and friend declarations in particular).
3173   if (!NewD->getQualifier())
3174     return;
3175 
3176   // NewD is probably already in the right context.
3177   auto *NamedDC = NewD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
3178   auto *SemaDC = OldD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
3179   if (NamedDC->Equals(SemaDC))
3180     return;
3181 
3182   assert((NamedDC->InEnclosingNamespaceSetOf(SemaDC) ||
3183           NewD->isInvalidDecl() || OldD->isInvalidDecl()) &&
3184          "unexpected context for redeclaration");
3185 
3186   auto *LexDC = NewD->getLexicalDeclContext();
3187   auto FixSemaDC = [=](NamedDecl *D) {
3188     if (!D)
3189       return;
3190     D->setDeclContext(SemaDC);
3191     D->setLexicalDeclContext(LexDC);
3192   };
3193 
3194   FixSemaDC(NewD);
3195   if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewD))
3196     FixSemaDC(FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate());
3197   else if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewD))
3198     FixSemaDC(VD->getDescribedVarTemplate());
3199 }
3200 
3201 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
3202 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
3203 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
3204 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3205 ///
3206 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
3207 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
3208 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
3209 /// merged with.
3210 ///
3211 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
3212 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
3213                              Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3214   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
3215   FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
3216   if (!Old) {
3217     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
3218       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
3219         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
3220         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
3221              diag::note_using_decl_target);
3222         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
3223              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
3224         return true;
3225       }
3226 
3227       // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function.
3228       if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
3229         return true;
3230       OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl());
3231     } else {
3232       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
3233         << New->getDeclName();
3234       notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation());
3235       return true;
3236     }
3237   }
3238 
3239   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
3240   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
3241     return true;
3242 
3243   // Disallow redeclaration of some builtins.
3244   if (!getASTContext().canBuiltinBeRedeclared(Old)) {
3245     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_redeclare) << Old->getDeclName();
3246     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
3247         << Old << Old->getType();
3248     return true;
3249   }
3250 
3251   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3252   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3253   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
3254       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3255 
3256   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
3257   // is an extern inline function.
3258   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
3259   // storage classes.
3260   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
3261       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3262       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
3263       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
3264       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
3265     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3266       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New;
3267       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3268     } else {
3269       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
3270       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3271       return true;
3272     }
3273   }
3274 
3275   if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() &&
3276       !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) {
3277     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration)
3278         << New->getDeclName();
3279     notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
3280     New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>();
3281   }
3282 
3283   if (CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, Old))
3284     return true;
3285 
3286   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3287     bool OldOvl = Old->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
3288     if (OldOvl != New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && !Old->isImplicit()) {
3289       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_mismatch)
3290         << New << OldOvl;
3291 
3292       // Try our best to find a decl that actually has the overloadable
3293       // attribute for the note. In most cases (e.g. programs with only one
3294       // broken declaration/definition), this won't matter.
3295       //
3296       // FIXME: We could do this if we juggled some extra state in
3297       // OverloadableAttr, rather than just removing it.
3298       const Decl *DiagOld = Old;
3299       if (OldOvl) {
3300         auto OldIter = llvm::find_if(Old->redecls(), [](const Decl *D) {
3301           const auto *A = D->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
3302           return A && !A->isImplicit();
3303         });
3304         // If we've implicitly added *all* of the overloadable attrs to this
3305         // chain, emitting a "previous redecl" note is pointless.
3306         DiagOld = OldIter == Old->redecls_end() ? nullptr : *OldIter;
3307       }
3308 
3309       if (DiagOld)
3310         Diag(DiagOld->getLocation(),
3311              diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload)
3312           << OldOvl;
3313 
3314       if (OldOvl)
3315         New->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
3316       else
3317         New->dropAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
3318     }
3319   }
3320 
3321   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
3322   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
3323   // convention of the first.
3324   //
3325   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
3326   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
3327   //
3328   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
3329   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
3330   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
3331   //
3332   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
3333   // other tests to run.
3334   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
3335   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
3336   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
3337   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
3338   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
3339   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
3340   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
3341 
3342   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
3343     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
3344     const FunctionType *FT =
3345         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
3346     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
3347     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
3348     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
3349       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
3350       // there but not here.
3351       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
3352       RequiresAdjustment = true;
3353     } else if (Old->getBuiltinID()) {
3354       // Builtin attribute isn't propagated to the new one yet at this point,
3355       // so we check if the old one is a builtin.
3356 
3357       // Calling Conventions on a Builtin aren't really useful and setting a
3358       // default calling convention and cdecl'ing some builtin redeclarations is
3359       // common, so warn and ignore the calling convention on the redeclaration.
3360       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_cconv_unsupported)
3361           << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
3362           << (int)CallingConventionIgnoredReason::BuiltinFunction;
3363       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
3364       RequiresAdjustment = true;
3365     } else {
3366       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
3367       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
3368       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
3369         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
3370         << !FirstCCExplicit
3371         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
3372             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
3373 
3374       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
3375       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3376       return true;
3377     }
3378   }
3379 
3380   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
3381   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
3382     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
3383     RequiresAdjustment = true;
3384   }
3385 
3386   // Merge regparm attribute.
3387   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
3388       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
3389     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
3390       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
3391         << NewType->getRegParmType()
3392         << OldType->getRegParmType();
3393       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
3394       return true;
3395     }
3396 
3397     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
3398     RequiresAdjustment = true;
3399   }
3400 
3401   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
3402   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
3403     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
3404       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch)
3405           << "'ns_returns_retained'";
3406       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
3407       return true;
3408     }
3409 
3410     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
3411     RequiresAdjustment = true;
3412   }
3413 
3414   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs() !=
3415       NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) {
3416     if (NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) {
3417       AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr *Attr =
3418         New->getAttr<AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr>();
3419       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) << Attr;
3420       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
3421       return true;
3422     }
3423 
3424     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoCallerSavedRegs(true);
3425     RequiresAdjustment = true;
3426   }
3427 
3428   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
3429     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
3430     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
3431     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
3432     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
3433   }
3434 
3435   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
3436   // UndefinedButUsed.
3437   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
3438       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
3439       !getLangOpts().GNUInline &&
3440       Old->isUsed(false) &&
3441       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
3442     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
3443                                            SourceLocation()));
3444 
3445   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
3446   // about it.
3447   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
3448       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
3449     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
3450   }
3451 
3452   // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid
3453   // redeclaration.
3454   if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() &&
3455       !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) {
3456     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params)
3457         << New->getDeclName();
3458     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3459     return true;
3460   }
3461 
3462   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3463     // C++1z [over.load]p2
3464     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
3465     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type,
3466     //        the exception specification, or both cannot be overloaded.
3467 
3468     // Check the exception specifications match. This may recompute the type of
3469     // both Old and New if it resolved exception specifications, so grab the
3470     // types again after this. Because this updates the type, we do this before
3471     // any of the other checks below, which may update the "de facto" NewQType
3472     // but do not necessarily update the type of New.
3473     if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(Old, New))
3474       return true;
3475     OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
3476     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
3477 
3478     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
3479     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
3480     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
3481     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
3482     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
3483     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = Old->getDeclaredReturnType();
3484     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = New->getDeclaredReturnType();
3485     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
3486         canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(New, Old, NewDeclaredReturnType,
3487                                        OldDeclaredReturnType)) {
3488       QualType ResQT;
3489       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3490           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3491         // FIXME: This does the wrong thing for a deduced return type.
3492         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
3493       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
3494         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
3495           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type)
3496               << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
3497         else
3498           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type)
3499               << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
3500         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType()
3501                                     << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
3502         return true;
3503       }
3504       else
3505         NewQType = ResQT;
3506     }
3507 
3508     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
3509     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
3510     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
3511       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
3512       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
3513       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
3514       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
3515         New->setType(
3516             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
3517                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
3518                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
3519         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
3520             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
3521                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
3522                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
3523       }
3524     }
3525 
3526     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
3527     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
3528     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
3529       // Preserve triviality.
3530       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
3531 
3532       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
3533       // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
3534       // We don't want a redeclaration error.
3535       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
3536                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
3537                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
3538       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
3539 
3540       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3541           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
3542         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
3543         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
3544         //       is a static member function declaration.
3545         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
3546           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
3547           Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3548           return true;
3549         }
3550 
3551         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3552         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
3553         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
3554         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
3555         if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) {
3556           unsigned NewDiag;
3557           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
3558             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
3559           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
3560             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
3561           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
3562             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
3563           else
3564             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
3565 
3566           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
3567         } else {
3568           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
3569             << New << New->getType();
3570         }
3571         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3572         return true;
3573 
3574       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
3575       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
3576       //
3577       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
3578       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
3579       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
3580         if (isFriend) {
3581           NewMethod->setImplicit();
3582         } else {
3583           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
3584                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
3585             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
3586           return true;
3587         }
3588       } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
3589         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
3590              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
3591           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
3592         return true;
3593       }
3594     }
3595 
3596     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
3597     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
3598     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
3599     //   attribute.
3600     const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>();
3601     if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
3602       Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
3603       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
3604            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
3605     }
3606 
3607     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
3608     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
3609     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
3610     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
3611     const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
3612     if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
3613       Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
3614            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
3615       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
3616            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
3617     }
3618 
3619     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
3620     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
3621     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
3622     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
3623 
3624     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
3625     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
3626     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
3627       auto *OldType = OldQType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3628       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
3629         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
3630       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
3631       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
3632     }
3633 
3634     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3635       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
3636       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
3637       //
3638       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
3639       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
3640       // linkage within class scope.
3641       //
3642       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
3643       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
3644         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
3645         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3646       } else {
3647         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3648         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3649         return true;
3650       }
3651     }
3652 
3653     // If the function types are compatible, merge the declarations. Ignore the
3654     // exception specifier because it was already checked above in
3655     // CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec, and we don't want follow-on diagnostics
3656     // about incompatible types under -fms-compatibility.
3657     if (Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(OldQTypeForComparison,
3658                                                          NewQType))
3659       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3660 
3661     // If the types are imprecise (due to dependent constructs in friends or
3662     // local extern declarations), it's OK if they differ. We'll check again
3663     // during instantiation.
3664     if (!canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(New, Old, NewQType, OldQType))
3665       return false;
3666 
3667     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
3668   }
3669 
3670   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
3671   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
3672   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3673       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
3674     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
3675     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
3676     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr;
3677     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
3678         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
3679       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
3680       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
3681       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
3682       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types());
3683       NewQType =
3684           Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes,
3685                                   OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
3686       New->setType(NewQType);
3687       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
3688 
3689       // Synthesize parameters with the same types.
3690       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
3691       for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) {
3692         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
3693                                                  SourceLocation(), nullptr,
3694                                                  ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
3695                                                  SC_None, nullptr);
3696         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
3697         Param->setImplicit();
3698         Params.push_back(Param);
3699       }
3700 
3701       New->setParams(Params);
3702     }
3703 
3704     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3705   }
3706 
3707   // Check if the function types are compatible when pointer size address
3708   // spaces are ignored.
3709   if (Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringPtrSizes(OldQType, NewQType))
3710     return false;
3711 
3712   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
3713   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
3714   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
3715   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
3716   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
3717   // the prototype.
3718   //
3719   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
3720   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
3721   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
3722   // C99 6.9.1p8.
3723   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3724       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
3725       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
3726       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
3727     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
3728     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
3729     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
3730       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3731     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
3732       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3733 
3734     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
3735     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
3736                                                NewProto->getReturnType());
3737     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
3738     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
3739          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
3740       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
3741       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
3742       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3743                                      NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
3744         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3745       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3746                                             NewParm->getType(),
3747                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
3748         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
3749                                            NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
3750         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
3751         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3752       } else
3753         LooseCompatible = false;
3754     }
3755 
3756     if (LooseCompatible) {
3757       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
3758         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
3759              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
3760           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
3761           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
3762         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
3763           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
3764                diag::note_previous_declaration);
3765       }
3766 
3767       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3768         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
3769                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
3770       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3771     }
3772 
3773     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
3774   }
3775 
3776   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
3777   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
3778 
3779   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
3780   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
3781   unsigned BuiltinID;
3782   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
3783     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
3784     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
3785     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
3786       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
3787       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
3788         << Old << Old->getType();
3789       return false;
3790     }
3791 
3792     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
3793   }
3794 
3795   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
3796   Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3797   return true;
3798 }
3799 
3800 /// Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
3801 /// known to be compatible.
3802 ///
3803 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
3804 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
3805 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
3806 /// redeclaration of Old.
3807 ///
3808 /// \returns false
3809 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
3810                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3811   // Merge the attributes
3812   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3813 
3814   // Merge "pure" flag.
3815   if (Old->isPure())
3816     New->setPure();
3817 
3818   // Merge "used" flag.
3819   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3820     New->setIsUsed();
3821 
3822   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
3823   // declarations.
3824   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
3825       for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
3826         ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i);
3827         ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i);
3828         mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3829         mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3830       }
3831 
3832   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3833     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
3834 
3835   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
3836   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
3837   // was visible.
3838   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
3839   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3840     New->setType(Merged);
3841 
3842   return false;
3843 }
3844 
3845 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
3846                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
3847   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
3848   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
3849     isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext())
3850       ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation
3851       : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
3852                                                        : AMK_Override;
3853 
3854   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
3855 
3856   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
3857   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
3858                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
3859   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
3860          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
3861        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
3862     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
3863 
3864   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
3865 }
3866 
3867 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) {
3868   assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType()));
3869 
3870   S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()
3871          ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type
3872          : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type)
3873     << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
3874 
3875   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3876   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3877   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation)
3878     = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3879   S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3880   New->setInvalidDecl();
3881 }
3882 
3883 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
3884 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
3885 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3886 ///
3887 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
3888 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
3889 /// is attached.
3890 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
3891                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3892   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
3893     return;
3894 
3895   QualType MergedT;
3896   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3897     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
3898       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
3899       return;
3900     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
3901       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
3902       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
3903     }
3904     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
3905     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
3906     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
3907     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
3908     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
3909     else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
3910       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3911       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3912 
3913       // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array
3914       // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the
3915       // mismatch.
3916       if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && !NewArray->isDependentType()) {
3917         for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD;
3918              PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) {
3919           QualType PrevVDTy = PrevVD->getType();
3920           if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || PrevVDTy->isDependentType())
3921             continue;
3922 
3923           if (!Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), PrevVDTy))
3924             return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD);
3925         }
3926       }
3927 
3928       if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) {
3929         if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3930                                 NewArray->getElementType()))
3931           MergedT = New->getType();
3932       }
3933       // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New
3934       // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not
3935       // visible.
3936       else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
3937         if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3938                                 NewArray->getElementType()))
3939           MergedT = Old->getType();
3940       }
3941     }
3942     else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3943                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
3944       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
3945                                               Old->getType());
3946     }
3947   } else {
3948     // C 6.2.7p2:
3949     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
3950     //   compatible type.
3951     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
3952   }
3953   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
3954     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
3955     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
3956     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
3957     // equivalent.
3958     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
3959     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
3960          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3961       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
3962       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
3963       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
3964       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3965         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
3966       return;
3967     }
3968     return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old);
3969   }
3970 
3971   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
3972   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
3973   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3974     New->setType(MergedT);
3975 }
3976 
3977 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
3978                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
3979   // C11 6.2.7p4:
3980   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
3981   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
3982   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
3983   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
3984   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
3985   //
3986   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
3987   if (Previous.isShadowed())
3988     return false;
3989 
3990   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3991     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
3992     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
3993     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
3994     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
3995     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
3996            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3997             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
3998   } else {
3999     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
4000     // type unless we're in the same function.
4001     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
4002            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
4003   }
4004 }
4005 
4006 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
4007 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
4008 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
4009 ///
4010 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
4011 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
4012 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
4013 ///
4014 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
4015   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
4016   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
4017     return;
4018 
4019   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New))
4020     return;
4021 
4022   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
4023 
4024   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
4025   VarDecl *Old = nullptr;
4026   VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr;
4027   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
4028     if (NewTemplate) {
4029       OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
4030       Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr;
4031 
4032       if (auto *Shadow =
4033               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
4034         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate))
4035           return New->setInvalidDecl();
4036     } else {
4037       Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
4038 
4039       if (auto *Shadow =
4040               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
4041         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
4042           return New->setInvalidDecl();
4043     }
4044   }
4045   if (!Old) {
4046     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
4047         << New->getDeclName();
4048     notePreviousDefinition(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(),
4049                            New->getLocation());
4050     return New->setInvalidDecl();
4051   }
4052 
4053   // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
4054   if (NewTemplate &&
4055       !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
4056                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
4057                                       /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
4058     return New->setInvalidDecl();
4059 
4060   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
4061   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
4062   //
4063   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
4064   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
4065     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
4066       << New->getIdentifier();
4067     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4068     New->setInvalidDecl();
4069   }
4070 
4071   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
4072   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
4073   // declaration
4074   if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
4075       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
4076       !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
4077     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
4078     notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
4079     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
4080     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
4081   }
4082 
4083   if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() &&
4084       !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) {
4085     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration)
4086         << New->getDeclName();
4087     notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
4088     New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>();
4089   }
4090 
4091   // Merge the types.
4092   VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl();
4093   if (MostRecent != Old) {
4094     MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent,
4095                       mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous));
4096     if (New->isInvalidDecl())
4097       return;
4098   }
4099 
4100   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
4101   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
4102     return;
4103 
4104   diag::kind PrevDiag;
4105   SourceLocation OldLocation;
4106   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
4107       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
4108 
4109   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
4110   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
4111       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
4112       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
4113     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
4114       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static)
4115           << New->getDeclName();
4116       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4117     } else {
4118       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static)
4119           << New->getDeclName();
4120       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4121       return New->setInvalidDecl();
4122     }
4123   }
4124   // C99 6.2.2p4:
4125   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
4126   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
4127   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
4128   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
4129   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
4130   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
4131   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
4132   //   identifier has external linkage.
4133   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
4134     /* Okay */;
4135   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
4136            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
4137            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
4138     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
4139     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4140     return New->setInvalidDecl();
4141   }
4142 
4143   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
4144   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
4145       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) {
4146     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
4147     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4148     return New->setInvalidDecl();
4149   }
4150   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() &&
4151       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
4152     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
4153     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4154     return New->setInvalidDecl();
4155   }
4156 
4157   if (CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, Old))
4158     return;
4159 
4160   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
4161 
4162   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
4163   // need to check for mismatches.
4164   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
4165       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
4166       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
4167         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
4168     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
4169     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4170     return New->setInvalidDecl();
4171   }
4172 
4173   if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) {
4174     if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) {
4175       // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4:
4176       //   If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before
4177       //   its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed.
4178       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New;
4179       Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
4180     }
4181   }
4182 
4183   // If this redeclaration makes the variable inline, we may need to add it to
4184   // UndefinedButUsed.
4185   if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) &&
4186       !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
4187     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
4188                                            SourceLocation()));
4189 
4190   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
4191     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
4192       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
4193       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4194     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
4195       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
4196       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4197     } else {
4198       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
4199       // static and dynamic initialization.
4200       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
4201       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
4202       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
4203         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
4204       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4205     }
4206   }
4207 
4208   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
4209   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4210       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition) {
4211     if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() &&
4212         Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) {
4213       // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged.
4214       Diag(New->getLocation(),
4215            diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def);
4216     } else if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) {
4217       if (checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, New))
4218         return;
4219     }
4220   }
4221 
4222   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
4223     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
4224     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4225     New->setInvalidDecl();
4226     return;
4227   }
4228 
4229   // Merge "used" flag.
4230   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
4231     New->setIsUsed();
4232 
4233   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
4234   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
4235   if (NewTemplate)
4236     NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
4237   adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(New, Old);
4238 
4239   // Inherit access appropriately.
4240   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
4241   if (NewTemplate)
4242     NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
4243 
4244   if (Old->isInline())
4245     New->setImplicitlyInline();
4246 }
4247 
4248 void Sema::notePreviousDefinition(const NamedDecl *Old, SourceLocation New) {
4249   SourceManager &SrcMgr = getSourceManager();
4250   auto FNewDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(New);
4251   auto FOldDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(Old->getLocation());
4252   auto *FNew = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FNewDecLoc.first);
4253   auto *FOld = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FOldDecLoc.first);
4254   auto &HSI = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo();
4255   StringRef HdrFilename =
4256       SrcMgr.getFilename(SrcMgr.getSpellingLoc(Old->getLocation()));
4257 
4258   auto noteFromModuleOrInclude = [&](Module *Mod,
4259                                      SourceLocation IncLoc) -> bool {
4260     // Redefinition errors with modules are common with non modular mapped
4261     // headers, example: a non-modular header H in module A that also gets
4262     // included directly in a TU. Pointing twice to the same header/definition
4263     // is confusing, try to get better diagnostics when modules is on.
4264     if (IncLoc.isValid()) {
4265       if (Mod) {
4266         Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_modules_same_file)
4267             << HdrFilename.str() << Mod->getFullModuleName();
4268         if (!Mod->DefinitionLoc.isInvalid())
4269           Diag(Mod->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_defined_here)
4270               << Mod->getFullModuleName();
4271       } else {
4272         Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_include_same_file)
4273             << HdrFilename.str();
4274       }
4275       return true;
4276     }
4277 
4278     return false;
4279   };
4280 
4281   // Is it the same file and same offset? Provide more information on why
4282   // this leads to a redefinition error.
4283   if (FNew == FOld && FNewDecLoc.second == FOldDecLoc.second) {
4284     SourceLocation OldIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FOldDecLoc.first);
4285     SourceLocation NewIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FNewDecLoc.first);
4286     bool EmittedDiag =
4287         noteFromModuleOrInclude(Old->getOwningModule(), OldIncLoc);
4288     EmittedDiag |= noteFromModuleOrInclude(getCurrentModule(), NewIncLoc);
4289 
4290     // If the header has no guards, emit a note suggesting one.
4291     if (FOld && !HSI.isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(FOld))
4292       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_use_ifdef_guards);
4293 
4294     if (EmittedDiag)
4295       return;
4296   }
4297 
4298   // Redefinition coming from different files or couldn't do better above.
4299   if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
4300     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
4301 }
4302 
4303 /// We've just determined that \p Old and \p New both appear to be definitions
4304 /// of the same variable. Either diagnose or fix the problem.
4305 bool Sema::checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *Old, VarDecl *New) {
4306   if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Old) &&
4307       (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
4308        New->isInline() ||
4309        New->getDescribedVarTemplate() ||
4310        New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() ||
4311        New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) {
4312     // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are
4313     // permitted (in separate TUs). Demote this to a declaration.
4314     New->demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration();
4315 
4316     // Make the canonical definition visible.
4317     if (auto *OldTD = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate())
4318       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(OldTD);
4319     makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Old);
4320     return false;
4321   } else {
4322     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
4323     notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
4324     New->setInvalidDecl();
4325     return true;
4326   }
4327 }
4328 
4329 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
4330 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
4331 Decl *
4332 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
4333                                  RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) {
4334   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false,
4335                                     AnonRecord);
4336 }
4337 
4338 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to
4339 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes.
4340 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks
4341 // compatibility.
4342 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being
4343 // targeted.
4344 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) {
4345   return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015)
4346              ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber()
4347              : S->getMSLastManglingNumber();
4348 }
4349 
4350 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) {
4351   if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4352     return;
4353 
4354   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
4355     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
4356     // it is anonymous.
4357     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
4358       return;
4359     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
4360         Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
4361     Context.setManglingNumber(
4362         Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(
4363                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
4364     return;
4365   }
4366 
4367   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
4368   MangleNumberingContext *MCtx;
4369   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
4370   std::tie(MCtx, ManglingContextDecl) =
4371       getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext());
4372   if (MCtx) {
4373     Context.setManglingNumber(
4374         Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
4375                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
4376   }
4377 }
4378 
4379 namespace {
4380 struct NonCLikeKind {
4381   enum {
4382     None,
4383     BaseClass,
4384     DefaultMemberInit,
4385     Lambda,
4386     Friend,
4387     OtherMember,
4388     Invalid,
4389   } Kind = None;
4390   SourceRange Range;
4391 
4392   explicit operator bool() { return Kind != None; }
4393 };
4394 }
4395 
4396 /// Determine whether a class is C-like, according to the rules of C++
4397 /// [dcl.typedef] for anonymous classes with typedef names for linkage.
4398 static NonCLikeKind getNonCLikeKindForAnonymousStruct(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
4399   if (RD->isInvalidDecl())
4400     return {NonCLikeKind::Invalid, {}};
4401 
4402   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p9: [P1766R1]
4403   //   An unnamed class with a typedef name for linkage purposes shall not
4404   //
4405   //    -- have any base classes
4406   if (RD->getNumBases())
4407     return {NonCLikeKind::BaseClass,
4408             SourceRange(RD->bases_begin()->getBeginLoc(),
4409                         RD->bases_end()[-1].getEndLoc())};
4410   bool Invalid = false;
4411   for (Decl *D : RD->decls()) {
4412     // Don't complain about things we already diagnosed.
4413     if (D->isInvalidDecl()) {
4414       Invalid = true;
4415       continue;
4416     }
4417 
4418     //  -- have any [...] default member initializers
4419     if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
4420       if (FD->hasInClassInitializer()) {
4421         auto *Init = FD->getInClassInitializer();
4422         return {NonCLikeKind::DefaultMemberInit,
4423                 Init ? Init->getSourceRange() : D->getSourceRange()};
4424       }
4425       continue;
4426     }
4427 
4428     // FIXME: We don't allow friend declarations. This violates the wording of
4429     // P1766, but not the intent.
4430     if (isa<FriendDecl>(D))
4431       return {NonCLikeKind::Friend, D->getSourceRange()};
4432 
4433     //  -- declare any members other than non-static data members, member
4434     //     enumerations, or member classes,
4435     if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D) ||
4436         isa<EnumDecl>(D))
4437       continue;
4438     auto *MemberRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D);
4439     if (!MemberRD) {
4440       if (D->isImplicit())
4441         continue;
4442       return {NonCLikeKind::OtherMember, D->getSourceRange()};
4443     }
4444 
4445     //  -- contain a lambda-expression,
4446     if (MemberRD->isLambda())
4447       return {NonCLikeKind::Lambda, MemberRD->getSourceRange()};
4448 
4449     //  and all member classes shall also satisfy these requirements
4450     //  (recursively).
4451     if (MemberRD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
4452       if (auto Kind = getNonCLikeKindForAnonymousStruct(MemberRD))
4453         return Kind;
4454     }
4455   }
4456 
4457   return {Invalid ? NonCLikeKind::Invalid : NonCLikeKind::None, {}};
4458 }
4459 
4460 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec,
4461                                         TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
4462   if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl())
4463     return;
4464 
4465   // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes.
4466   if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage())
4467     return;
4468 
4469   // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
4470   assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
4471 
4472   // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
4473   if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(),
4474                            Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) {
4475     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4476       Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
4477     return;
4478   }
4479 
4480   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p9: [P1766R1, applied as DR]
4481   //   An unnamed class with a typedef name for linkage purposes shall [be
4482   //   C-like].
4483   //
4484   // FIXME: Also diagnose if we've already computed the linkage. That ideally
4485   // shouldn't happen, but there are constructs that the language rule doesn't
4486   // disallow for which we can't reasonably avoid computing linkage early.
4487   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagFromDeclSpec);
4488   NonCLikeKind NonCLike = RD ? getNonCLikeKindForAnonymousStruct(RD)
4489                              : NonCLikeKind();
4490   bool ChangesLinkage = TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed();
4491   if (NonCLike || ChangesLinkage) {
4492     if (NonCLike.Kind == NonCLikeKind::Invalid)
4493       return;
4494 
4495     unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_non_c_like_anon_struct_in_typedef;
4496     if (ChangesLinkage) {
4497       // If the linkage changes, we can't accept this as an extension.
4498       if (NonCLike.Kind == NonCLikeKind::None)
4499         DiagID = diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage;
4500       else
4501         DiagID = diag::err_non_c_like_anon_struct_in_typedef;
4502     }
4503 
4504     SourceLocation FixitLoc =
4505         getLocForEndOfToken(TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart());
4506     llvm::SmallString<40> TextToInsert;
4507     TextToInsert += ' ';
4508     TextToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName();
4509 
4510     Diag(FixitLoc, DiagID)
4511       << isa<TypeAliasDecl>(NewTD)
4512       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FixitLoc, TextToInsert);
4513     if (NonCLike.Kind != NonCLikeKind::None) {
4514       Diag(NonCLike.Range.getBegin(), diag::note_non_c_like_anon_struct)
4515         << NonCLike.Kind - 1 << NonCLike.Range;
4516     }
4517     Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::note_typedef_for_linkage_here)
4518       << NewTD << isa<TypeAliasDecl>(NewTD);
4519 
4520     if (ChangesLinkage)
4521       return;
4522   }
4523 
4524   // Otherwise, set this as the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
4525   TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
4526 }
4527 
4528 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) {
4529   switch (T) {
4530   case DeclSpec::TST_class:
4531     return 0;
4532   case DeclSpec::TST_struct:
4533     return 1;
4534   case DeclSpec::TST_interface:
4535     return 2;
4536   case DeclSpec::TST_union:
4537     return 3;
4538   case DeclSpec::TST_enum:
4539     return 4;
4540   default:
4541     llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier");
4542   }
4543 }
4544 
4545 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
4546 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
4547 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
4548 Decl *
4549 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
4550                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
4551                                  bool IsExplicitInstantiation,
4552                                  RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) {
4553   Decl *TagD = nullptr;
4554   TagDecl *Tag = nullptr;
4555   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
4556       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
4557       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
4558       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
4559       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
4560     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
4561 
4562     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
4563       return nullptr;
4564 
4565     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
4566     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
4567     // it's a Type.
4568     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
4569       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
4570     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
4571       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4572   }
4573 
4574   if (Tag) {
4575     handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
4576     Tag->setFreeStanding();
4577     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
4578       return Tag;
4579   }
4580 
4581   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
4582     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
4583     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
4584     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
4585       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
4586            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
4587            << DS.getSourceRange();
4588   }
4589 
4590   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
4591     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
4592         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17;
4593 
4594   if (DS.hasConstexprSpecifier()) {
4595     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
4596     // and definitions of functions and variables.
4597     // C++2a [dcl.constexpr]p1: The consteval specifier shall be applied only to
4598     // the declaration of a function or function template
4599     if (Tag)
4600       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
4601           << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType())
4602           << static_cast<int>(DS.getConstexprSpecifier());
4603     else
4604       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_wrong_decl_kind)
4605           << static_cast<int>(DS.getConstexprSpecifier());
4606     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
4607     return TagD;
4608   }
4609 
4610   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
4611 
4612   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
4613     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
4614     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
4615     if (TagD && !Tag)
4616       return nullptr;
4617     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
4618   }
4619 
4620   const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
4621   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
4622     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
4623   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
4624       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization &&
4625       !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) {
4626     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
4627     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
4628     // or an explicit specialization.
4629     //
4630     // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the
4631     // obvious intent of DR1819.
4632     //
4633     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
4634     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
4635         << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange();
4636     return nullptr;
4637   }
4638 
4639   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
4640   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
4641 
4642   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
4643   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
4644     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
4645         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4646       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
4647           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
4648         // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements,
4649         // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that
4650         // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext.
4651         // Also store them here so that they can be part of the
4652         // DeclStmt that gets created in this case.
4653         // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by
4654         // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason?
4655         if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
4656           AnonRecord = Record;
4657         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record,
4658                                            Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4659       }
4660 
4661       DeclaresAnything = false;
4662     }
4663   }
4664 
4665   // C11 6.7.2.1p2:
4666   //   A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or
4667   //   anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list.
4668   //
4669   // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration
4670   // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list.
4671   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() &&
4672       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
4673     // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member.
4674     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union:
4675     //   struct STRUCT;
4676     //   union UNION;
4677     // and
4678     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
4679     //   UNION_TYPE;   <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union.
4680     if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) ||
4681         DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) {
4682       RecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
4683       if (Tag)
4684         Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag);
4685       else if (const RecordType *RT =
4686                    DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType())
4687         Record = RT->getDecl();
4688       else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType())
4689         Record = UT->getDecl();
4690 
4691       if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
4692         Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record)
4693             << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange();
4694         return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
4695       }
4696 
4697       DeclaresAnything = false;
4698     }
4699   }
4700 
4701   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
4702   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
4703       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
4704     return TagD;
4705 
4706   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4707       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4708     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
4709       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
4710           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
4711         DeclaresAnything = false;
4712 
4713   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
4714     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
4715     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4716       Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
4717           << DS.getSourceRange();
4718     else
4719       DeclaresAnything = false;
4720   }
4721 
4722   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
4723       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
4724     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
4725       << Tag->getTagKind()
4726       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
4727 
4728   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
4729 
4730   // C 6.7/2:
4731   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
4732   //   or the members of an enumeration.
4733   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
4734   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
4735   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
4736   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
4737   //   previous declaration.
4738   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
4739     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
4740     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
4741     Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), (IsExplicitInstantiation || !TemplateParams.empty())
4742                                ? diag::err_no_declarators
4743                                : diag::ext_no_declarators)
4744         << DS.getSourceRange();
4745     return TagD;
4746   }
4747 
4748   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
4749   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
4750   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
4751   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
4752   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
4753   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
4754   //
4755   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
4756   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
4757   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4758     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
4759 
4760   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
4761   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
4762   // useless.
4763   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) {
4764     if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable)
4765       // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is
4766       // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error.
4767       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4768     else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4769       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
4770         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
4771   }
4772 
4773   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
4774     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
4775       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
4776   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
4777     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
4778       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
4779     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
4780       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
4781     // Restrict is covered above.
4782     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
4783       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
4784     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned)
4785       Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned";
4786   }
4787 
4788   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
4789   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
4790   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
4791   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
4792     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
4793     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
4794         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
4795         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
4796         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
4797         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
4798       for (const ParsedAttr &AL : DS.getAttributes())
4799         Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
4800             << AL << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType);
4801     }
4802   }
4803 
4804   return TagD;
4805 }
4806 
4807 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
4808 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
4809 ///
4810 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
4811 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
4812                                          Scope *S,
4813                                          DeclContext *Owner,
4814                                          DeclarationName Name,
4815                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
4816                                          bool IsUnion) {
4817   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
4818                  Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration);
4819   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
4820 
4821   // Pick a representative declaration.
4822   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
4823   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
4824 
4825   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
4826     return false;
4827 
4828   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl)
4829     << IsUnion << Name;
4830   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4831 
4832   return true;
4833 }
4834 
4835 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
4836 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
4837 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
4838 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
4839 /// struct, e.g.,
4840 ///
4841 /// @code
4842 /// union {
4843 ///   int i;
4844 ///   float f;
4845 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
4846 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
4847 /// @endcode
4848 ///
4849 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
4850 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
4851 static bool
4852 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner,
4853                                     RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS,
4854                                     SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) {
4855   bool Invalid = false;
4856 
4857   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
4858   for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) {
4859     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) &&
4860         cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) {
4861       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
4862       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
4863                                        VD->getLocation(),
4864                                        AnonRecord->isUnion())) {
4865         // C++ [class.union]p2:
4866         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
4867         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
4868         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
4869         Invalid = true;
4870       } else {
4871         // C++ [class.union]p2:
4872         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
4873         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
4874         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
4875         //   anonymous union is declared.
4876         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
4877         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
4878           Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end());
4879         else
4880           Chaining.push_back(VD);
4881 
4882         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
4883         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
4884           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
4885         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
4886           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
4887 
4888         IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create(
4889             SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(),
4890             VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()});
4891 
4892         for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs())
4893           IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context));
4894 
4895         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
4896         IndirectField->setImplicit();
4897         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
4898 
4899         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
4900         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
4901 
4902         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
4903       }
4904     }
4905   }
4906 
4907   return Invalid;
4908 }
4909 
4910 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
4911 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
4912 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
4913 static StorageClass
4914 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4915   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
4916   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
4917          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
4918   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
4919   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
4920   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
4921     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
4922       return SC_None;
4923     return SC_Extern;
4924   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
4925   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
4926   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
4927   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
4928     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
4929   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
4930   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
4931   }
4932   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
4933 }
4934 
4935 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
4936   assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer());
4937 
4938   for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
4939     const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I);
4940     if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
4941       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
4942     if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
4943       return FD->getLocation();
4944   }
4945 
4946   llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer");
4947 }
4948 
4949 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
4950                                       SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
4951   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
4952     return;
4953 
4954   S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
4955   S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
4956 }
4957 
4958 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
4959                                       CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
4960   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
4961     return;
4962 
4963   checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
4964 }
4965 
4966 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
4967 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
4968 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
4969 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
4970 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4971                                         AccessSpecifier AS,
4972                                         RecordDecl *Record,
4973                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
4974   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
4975 
4976   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
4977   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
4978     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
4979   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4980     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
4981   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
4982     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
4983 
4984   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
4985   // structs/unions.
4986   bool Invalid = false;
4987   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4988     const char *PrevSpec = nullptr;
4989     if (Record->isUnion()) {
4990       // C++ [class.union]p6:
4991       // C++17 [class.union.anon]p2:
4992       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
4993       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
4994       unsigned DiagID;
4995       DeclContext *OwnerScope = Owner->getRedeclContext();
4996       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
4997           (OwnerScope->isTranslationUnit() ||
4998            (OwnerScope->isNamespace() &&
4999             !cast<NamespaceDecl>(OwnerScope)->isAnonymousNamespace()))) {
5000         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
5001           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
5002 
5003         // Recover by adding 'static'.
5004         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
5005                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
5006       }
5007       // C++ [class.union]p6:
5008       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
5009       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
5010       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
5011                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
5012         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5013              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
5014           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5015 
5016         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
5017         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
5018                                SourceLocation(),
5019                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
5020       }
5021     }
5022 
5023     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
5024     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
5025       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
5026         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
5027           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
5028           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
5029       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
5030         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
5031              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
5032           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
5033           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
5034       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
5035         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
5036              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
5037           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
5038           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
5039       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
5040         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
5041              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
5042           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
5043           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
5044       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned)
5045         Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(),
5046              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
5047           << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned"
5048           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc());
5049 
5050       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
5051     }
5052 
5053     // C++ [class.union]p2:
5054     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
5055     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
5056     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
5057     for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) {
5058       // Ignore invalid declarations; we already diagnosed them.
5059       if (Mem->isInvalidDecl())
5060         continue;
5061 
5062       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) {
5063         // C++ [class.union]p3:
5064         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
5065         //   members (clause 11).
5066         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
5067         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
5068           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
5069             << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
5070           Invalid = true;
5071         }
5072 
5073         // C++ [class.union]p1
5074         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
5075         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
5076         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
5077         //   array of such objects.
5078         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
5079           Invalid = true;
5080       } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) {
5081         // Any implicit members are fine.
5082       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) {
5083         // This is a type that showed up in an
5084         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
5085         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
5086         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
5087       } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) {
5088         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
5089             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
5090           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
5091           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
5092             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
5093               << Record->isUnion();
5094           else {
5095             // This is a nested type declaration.
5096             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
5097               << Record->isUnion();
5098             Invalid = true;
5099           }
5100         } else {
5101           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
5102           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
5103           // not part of standard C++.
5104           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
5105                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
5106             << Record->isUnion();
5107         }
5108       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) {
5109         // Any access specifier is fine.
5110       } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) {
5111         // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine.
5112       } else {
5113         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
5114         // member. Complain about it.
5115         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
5116         if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem))
5117           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
5118         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem))
5119           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
5120         else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem))
5121           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
5122 
5123         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
5124         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
5125             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
5126           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
5127             << Record->isUnion();
5128         else {
5129           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion();
5130           Invalid = true;
5131         }
5132       }
5133     }
5134 
5135     // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
5136     //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
5137     //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
5138     if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
5139         Owner->isRecord())
5140       checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
5141                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
5142   }
5143 
5144   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
5145     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
5146       << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
5147     Invalid = true;
5148   }
5149 
5150   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
5151   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
5152   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
5153   //   names into the program
5154   // C++ [class.mem]p2:
5155   //   each such member-declaration shall either declare at least one member
5156   //   name of the class or declare at least one unnamed bit-field
5157   //
5158   // For C this is an error even for a named struct, and is diagnosed elsewhere.
5159   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Record->field_empty())
5160     Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
5161 
5162   // Mock up a declarator.
5163   Declarator Dc(DS, DeclaratorContext::Member);
5164   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
5165   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
5166 
5167   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
5168   NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr;
5169   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
5170     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(
5171         Context, OwningClass, DS.getBeginLoc(), Record->getLocation(),
5172         /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), TInfo,
5173         /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
5174         /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
5175     Anon->setAccess(AS);
5176     ProcessDeclAttributes(S, Anon, Dc);
5177 
5178     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
5179       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
5180   } else {
5181     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
5182     StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
5183     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
5184       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
5185       // an error here
5186       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
5187       Invalid = true;
5188       SC = SC_None;
5189     }
5190 
5191     assert(DS.getAttributes().empty() && "No attribute expected");
5192     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, DS.getBeginLoc(),
5193                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
5194                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), TInfo, SC);
5195 
5196     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
5197     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
5198     // initializer:
5199     //   union { int n = 0; };
5200     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon);
5201   }
5202   Anon->setImplicit();
5203 
5204   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
5205   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
5206 
5207   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
5208   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
5209   // its members.
5210   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
5211 
5212   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
5213   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
5214   // purposes.
5215   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
5216   Chain.push_back(Anon);
5217 
5218   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain))
5219     Invalid = true;
5220 
5221   if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) {
5222     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5223       MangleNumberingContext *MCtx;
5224       Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
5225       std::tie(MCtx, ManglingContextDecl) =
5226           getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext());
5227       if (MCtx) {
5228         Context.setManglingNumber(
5229             NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
5230                        NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
5231         Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
5232       }
5233     }
5234   }
5235 
5236   if (Invalid)
5237     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
5238 
5239   return Anon;
5240 }
5241 
5242 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
5243 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
5244 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
5245 /// Example:
5246 ///
5247 /// struct A { int a; };
5248 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
5249 ///
5250 /// void foo() {
5251 ///   B var;
5252 ///   var.a = 3;
5253 /// }
5254 ///
5255 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
5256                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
5257   assert(Record && "expected a record!");
5258 
5259   // Mock up a declarator.
5260   Declarator Dc(DS, DeclaratorContext::TypeName);
5261   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
5262   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
5263 
5264   auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext);
5265   QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
5266 
5267   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
5268   NamedDecl *Anon =
5269       FieldDecl::Create(Context, ParentDecl, DS.getBeginLoc(), DS.getBeginLoc(),
5270                         /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, RecTy, TInfo,
5271                         /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
5272                         /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
5273   Anon->setImplicit();
5274 
5275   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
5276   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
5277 
5278   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
5279   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
5280   // purposes.
5281   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
5282   Chain.push_back(Anon);
5283 
5284   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
5285   if (RequireCompleteSizedType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy,
5286                                diag::err_field_incomplete_or_sizeless) ||
5287       InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef,
5288                                           AS_none, Chain)) {
5289     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
5290     ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5291   }
5292 
5293   return Anon;
5294 }
5295 
5296 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
5297 /// given Declarator.
5298 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
5299   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
5300 }
5301 
5302 /// Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
5303 DeclarationNameInfo
5304 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
5305   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
5306   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
5307 
5308   switch (Name.getKind()) {
5309 
5310   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
5311   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier:
5312     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
5313     return NameInfo;
5314 
5315   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName: {
5316     // C++ [temp.deduct.guide]p3:
5317     //   The simple-template-id shall name a class template specialization.
5318     //   The template-name shall be the same identifier as the template-name
5319     //   of the simple-template-id.
5320     // These together intend to imply that the template-name shall name a
5321     // class template.
5322     // FIXME: template<typename T> struct X {};
5323     //        template<typename T> using Y = X<T>;
5324     //        Y(int) -> Y<int>;
5325     //   satisfies these rules but does not name a class template.
5326     TemplateName TN = Name.TemplateName.get().get();
5327     auto *Template = TN.getAsTemplateDecl();
5328     if (!Template || !isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template)) {
5329       Diag(Name.StartLocation,
5330            diag::err_deduction_guide_name_not_class_template)
5331         << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TN) << TN;
5332       if (Template)
5333         Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here);
5334       return DeclarationNameInfo();
5335     }
5336 
5337     NameInfo.setName(
5338         Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDeductionGuideName(Template));
5339     return NameInfo;
5340   }
5341 
5342   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
5343     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
5344                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
5345     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
5346       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
5347     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
5348       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
5349     return NameInfo;
5350 
5351   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
5352     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
5353                                                            Name.Identifier));
5354     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
5355     return NameInfo;
5356 
5357   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
5358     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
5359     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
5360     if (Ty.isNull())
5361       return DeclarationNameInfo();
5362     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
5363                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
5364     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
5365     return NameInfo;
5366   }
5367 
5368   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName: {
5369     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
5370     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
5371     if (Ty.isNull())
5372       return DeclarationNameInfo();
5373     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
5374                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
5375     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
5376     return NameInfo;
5377   }
5378 
5379   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
5380     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
5381     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
5382     // to find the actual type being constructed.
5383     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
5384     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
5385       return DeclarationNameInfo();
5386 
5387     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
5388     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
5389 
5390     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
5391     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
5392     // was qualified.
5393 
5394     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
5395                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
5396     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
5397     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr);
5398     return NameInfo;
5399   }
5400 
5401   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName: {
5402     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
5403     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
5404     if (Ty.isNull())
5405       return DeclarationNameInfo();
5406     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
5407                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
5408     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
5409     return NameInfo;
5410   }
5411 
5412   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId: {
5413     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
5414     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
5415     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
5416   }
5417 
5418   } // switch (Name.getKind())
5419 
5420   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
5421 }
5422 
5423 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
5424   do {
5425     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
5426       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
5427     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
5428       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
5429     else
5430       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
5431   } while (true);
5432 }
5433 
5434 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
5435 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
5436 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
5437 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
5438 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
5439 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
5440 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
5441 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
5442                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
5443                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
5444                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
5445   Params.clear();
5446   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
5447     return false;
5448   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
5449     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
5450     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
5451 
5452     // The parameter types are identical
5453     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
5454       continue;
5455 
5456     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
5457     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
5458     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
5459     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
5460 
5461     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
5462         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
5463       Params.push_back(Idx);
5464     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
5465       return false;
5466   }
5467 
5468   return true;
5469 }
5470 
5471 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
5472 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
5473 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
5474 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
5475 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
5476 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
5477                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
5478   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
5479   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
5480   //   - types which will become injected class names
5481   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
5482   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
5483   // few cases here.
5484 
5485   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
5486   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
5487   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
5488   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
5489   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
5490   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
5491     // Grab the type from the parser.
5492     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr;
5493     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
5494     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
5495 
5496     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
5497     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
5498     // attached already.
5499     if (!TSI)
5500       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
5501 
5502     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
5503     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
5504     if (!TSI) return true;
5505 
5506     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
5507     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
5508     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
5509     break;
5510   }
5511 
5512   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
5513   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
5514     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
5515     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
5516     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
5517     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
5518     break;
5519   }
5520 
5521   default:
5522     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
5523     break;
5524   }
5525 
5526   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
5527   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
5528     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
5529 
5530     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
5531     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
5532     // pointer.
5533     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
5534       continue;
5535 
5536     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
5537     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
5538     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
5539       return true;
5540   }
5541 
5542   return false;
5543 }
5544 
5545 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
5546   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FunctionDefinitionKind::Declaration);
5547   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
5548 
5549   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
5550       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
5551     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
5552 
5553   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL)
5554     setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Dcl);
5555 
5556   return Dcl;
5557 }
5558 
5559 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
5560 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
5561 ///   name different from T:
5562 ///     - every static data member of class T;
5563 ///     - every member function of class T
5564 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
5565 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
5566 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
5567                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
5568   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
5569 
5570   CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
5571   while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
5572     Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent());
5573   if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
5574     Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
5575     return true;
5576   }
5577 
5578   return false;
5579 }
5580 
5581 /// Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
5582 /// nested-name-specifier.
5583 ///
5584 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
5585 ///
5586 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
5587 /// resolves.
5588 ///
5589 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
5590 ///
5591 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
5592 ///
5593 /// \param IsTemplateId Whether the name is a (simple-)template-id, and thus
5594 /// we're declaring an explicit / partial specialization / instantiation.
5595 ///
5596 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
5597 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
5598                                         DeclarationName Name,
5599                                         SourceLocation Loc, bool IsTemplateId) {
5600   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
5601   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
5602     Cur = Cur->getParent();
5603 
5604   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
5605   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
5606   //
5607   // class X {
5608   //   void X::f();
5609   // };
5610   //
5611   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
5612   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
5613   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
5614     if (Cur->isRecord()) {
5615       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
5616                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
5617         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
5618       SS.clear();
5619     } else {
5620       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
5621     }
5622     return false;
5623   }
5624 
5625   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
5626   // declaration. For a template-id, we perform the checks in
5627   // CheckTemplateSpecializationScope.
5628   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC) && !IsTemplateId) {
5629     if (Cur->isRecord())
5630       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
5631         << Name << SS.getRange();
5632     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
5633       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
5634         << Name << SS.getRange();
5635     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
5636       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
5637         << Name << SS.getRange();
5638     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
5639       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
5640         << Name << SS.getRange();
5641     else
5642       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
5643       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
5644 
5645     return true;
5646   }
5647 
5648   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
5649     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
5650     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
5651       << Name << SS.getRange();
5652     SS.clear();
5653 
5654     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
5655     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
5656     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
5657     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
5658          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
5659         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
5660                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
5661       return true;
5662 
5663     return false;
5664   }
5665 
5666   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
5667   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
5668   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
5669   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
5670   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
5671     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
5672   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
5673         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
5674     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
5675       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
5676 
5677   return false;
5678 }
5679 
5680 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
5681                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
5682   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
5683   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
5684   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
5685 
5686   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
5687   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
5688   if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
5689     return ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(S, D, TemplateParamLists);
5690   } else if (!Name) {
5691     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
5692       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
5693           << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
5694     return nullptr;
5695   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
5696     return nullptr;
5697 
5698   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
5699   // we find one that is.
5700   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
5701          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
5702     S = S->getParent();
5703 
5704   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
5705   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
5706     D.setInvalidType();
5707   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5708     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5709                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
5710       return nullptr;
5711 
5712     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
5713     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
5714     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
5715       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
5716       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
5717       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
5718       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
5719       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5720            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
5721         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
5722         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5723       return nullptr;
5724     }
5725     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
5726 
5727     if (!IsDependentContext &&
5728         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
5729       return nullptr;
5730 
5731     // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it.
5732     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
5733       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5734            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
5735         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5736       return nullptr;
5737     }
5738     if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
5739       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(
5740               D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, Name, D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5741               D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId)) {
5742         if (DC->isRecord())
5743           return nullptr;
5744 
5745         D.setInvalidType();
5746       }
5747     }
5748 
5749     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
5750     // declaration in the current instantiation.
5751     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
5752         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
5753       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
5754       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
5755         D.setInvalidType();
5756     }
5757   }
5758 
5759   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
5760   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5761 
5762   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
5763                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
5764     D.setInvalidType();
5765 
5766   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
5767                         forRedeclarationInCurContext());
5768 
5769   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
5770   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5771     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
5772     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
5773 
5774     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
5775     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
5776     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
5777     //
5778     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
5779     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
5780     // the same name.
5781     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
5782       /* Do nothing*/;
5783     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
5784              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
5785               R->isFunctionType())) {
5786       IsLinkageLookup = true;
5787       CreateBuiltins =
5788           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
5789     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
5790                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
5791       CreateBuiltins = true;
5792 
5793     if (IsLinkageLookup) {
5794       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
5795       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForExternalRedeclaration);
5796     }
5797 
5798     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
5799   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
5800     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
5801 
5802     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
5803     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
5804     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
5805     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
5806     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
5807     //  thereof; [...]
5808     //
5809     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
5810     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
5811     // we want to match. For example, given:
5812     //
5813     //   class X {
5814     //     void f();
5815     //     void f(float);
5816     //   };
5817     //
5818     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
5819     //
5820     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
5821     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
5822     // matches.
5823 
5824     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
5825     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
5826     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
5827     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
5828     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
5829   }
5830 
5831   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5832       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
5833     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
5834     if (!D.isInvalidType())
5835       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5836                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
5837 
5838     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
5839     Previous.clear();
5840   }
5841 
5842   if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
5843     // Forget that the previous declaration is the injected-class-name.
5844     Previous.clear();
5845 
5846   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
5847   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
5848   // tag type. Note that this applies to functions, function templates, and
5849   // variables, but not to typedefs (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4) or variable templates.
5850   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
5851       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
5852       (TemplateParamLists.size() == 0 || R->isFunctionType()))
5853     Previous.clear();
5854 
5855   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
5856   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
5857   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
5858     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
5859 
5860   NamedDecl *New;
5861 
5862   bool AddToScope = true;
5863   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
5864     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
5865       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
5866       return nullptr;
5867     }
5868 
5869     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
5870   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
5871     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
5872                                   TemplateParamLists,
5873                                   AddToScope);
5874   } else {
5875     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
5876                                   AddToScope);
5877   }
5878 
5879   if (!New)
5880     return nullptr;
5881 
5882   // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization,
5883   // add it to the scope stack.
5884   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope)
5885     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
5886 
5887   if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext())
5888     checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New);
5889 
5890   return New;
5891 }
5892 
5893 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
5894 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
5895 /// GCC compatibility).
5896 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
5897                                                     ASTContext &Context,
5898                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
5899                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
5900   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
5901   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
5902   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
5903   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
5904   SizeIsNegative = false;
5905   Oversized = 0;
5906 
5907   if (T->isDependentType())
5908     return QualType();
5909 
5910   QualifierCollector Qs;
5911   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
5912 
5913   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
5914     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
5915     QualType FixedType =
5916         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
5917                                             Oversized);
5918     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
5919     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
5920     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
5921   }
5922   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
5923     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
5924     QualType FixedType =
5925         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
5926                                             Oversized);
5927     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
5928     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
5929     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
5930   }
5931 
5932   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
5933   if (!VLATy)
5934     return QualType();
5935 
5936   QualType ElemTy = VLATy->getElementType();
5937   if (ElemTy->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
5938     ElemTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(ElemTy, Context,
5939                                                  SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
5940     if (ElemTy.isNull())
5941       return QualType();
5942   }
5943 
5944   Expr::EvalResult Result;
5945   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
5946       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Context))
5947     return QualType();
5948 
5949   llvm::APSInt Res = Result.Val.getInt();
5950 
5951   // Check whether the array size is negative.
5952   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
5953     SizeIsNegative = true;
5954     return QualType();
5955   }
5956 
5957   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
5958   unsigned ActiveSizeBits =
5959       (!ElemTy->isDependentType() && !ElemTy->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
5960        !ElemTy->isIncompleteType() && !ElemTy->isUndeducedType())
5961           ? ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, ElemTy, Res)
5962           : Res.getActiveBits();
5963   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
5964     Oversized = Res;
5965     return QualType();
5966   }
5967 
5968   return Context.getConstantArrayType(ElemTy, Res, VLATy->getSizeExpr(),
5969                                       ArrayType::Normal, 0);
5970 }
5971 
5972 static void
5973 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
5974   SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
5975   DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
5976   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
5977     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
5978     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
5979                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
5980     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
5981     return;
5982   }
5983   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
5984     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
5985     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
5986                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
5987     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
5988     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
5989     return;
5990   }
5991   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
5992   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
5993   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
5994   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
5995   if (VariableArrayTypeLoc SrcElemATL =
5996           SrcElemTL.getAs<VariableArrayTypeLoc>()) {
5997     ConstantArrayTypeLoc DstElemATL = DstElemTL.castAs<ConstantArrayTypeLoc>();
5998     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcElemATL, DstElemATL);
5999   } else {
6000     DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
6001   }
6002   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
6003   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
6004   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
6005 }
6006 
6007 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
6008 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
6009 /// GCC compatibility).
6010 static TypeSourceInfo*
6011 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6012                                               ASTContext &Context,
6013                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
6014                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
6015   QualType FixedTy
6016     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
6017                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
6018   if (FixedTy.isNull())
6019     return nullptr;
6020   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
6021   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
6022                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
6023   return FixedTInfo;
6024 }
6025 
6026 /// Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
6027 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
6028 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
6029 /// function-scope declarations.
6030 void
6031 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
6032   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
6033       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
6034     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
6035     return;
6036 
6037   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
6038   Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND);
6039 }
6040 
6041 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
6042   // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)).
6043   auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name);
6044   return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin();
6045 }
6046 
6047 /// Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
6048 /// does not identify a function.
6049 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
6050   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
6051   // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;"
6052   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
6053     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6054          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
6055 
6056   if (DS.hasExplicitSpecifier())
6057     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
6058          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
6059 
6060   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
6061     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
6062          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
6063 }
6064 
6065 NamedDecl*
6066 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
6067                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
6068   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
6069   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6070     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
6071       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6072     D.setInvalidType();
6073     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
6074     DC = CurContext;
6075     Previous.clear();
6076   }
6077 
6078   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
6079 
6080   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
6081     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
6082         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17;
6083   if (D.getDeclSpec().hasConstexprSpecifier())
6084     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
6085         << 1 << static_cast<int>(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier());
6086 
6087   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) {
6088     if (D.getName().Kind == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName)
6089       Diag(D.getName().StartLocation,
6090            diag::err_deduction_guide_invalid_specifier)
6091           << "typedef";
6092     else
6093       Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
6094           << D.getName().getSourceRange();
6095     return nullptr;
6096   }
6097 
6098   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
6099   if (!NewTD) return nullptr;
6100 
6101   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
6102   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
6103 
6104   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
6105 
6106   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
6107   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
6108   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
6109   return ND;
6110 }
6111 
6112 void
6113 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
6114   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
6115   // then it shall have block scope.
6116   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
6117   // that redeclarations will match.
6118   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
6119   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
6120   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
6121     setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
6122 
6123     if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
6124       bool SizeIsNegative;
6125       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
6126       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
6127         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
6128                                                       SizeIsNegative,
6129                                                       Oversized);
6130       if (FixedTInfo) {
6131         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::ext_vla_folded_to_constant);
6132         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
6133       } else {
6134         if (SizeIsNegative)
6135           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
6136         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
6137           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
6138         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
6139           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
6140             << Oversized.toString(10);
6141         else
6142           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
6143         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
6144       }
6145     }
6146   }
6147 }
6148 
6149 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
6150 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
6151 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
6152 NamedDecl*
6153 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
6154                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
6155 
6156   // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope.
6157   NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(NewTD, Previous);
6158 
6159   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
6160   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
6161   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
6162                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
6163   filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous);
6164   if (!Previous.empty()) {
6165     Redeclaration = true;
6166     MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous);
6167   } else {
6168     inferGslPointerAttribute(NewTD);
6169   }
6170 
6171   if (ShadowedDecl && !Redeclaration)
6172     CheckShadow(NewTD, ShadowedDecl, Previous);
6173 
6174   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
6175   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
6176     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6177         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
6178       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
6179         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
6180       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
6181         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
6182       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
6183         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
6184       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
6185         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
6186     }
6187 
6188   return NewTD;
6189 }
6190 
6191 /// Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
6192 /// previous declaration.
6193 ///
6194 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
6195 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
6196 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
6197 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
6198 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
6199 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
6200 ///
6201 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
6202 /// lookup
6203 ///
6204 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
6205 /// declared.
6206 ///
6207 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
6208 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
6209 static bool
6210 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
6211                                 ASTContext &Context) {
6212   if (!PrevDecl)
6213     return false;
6214 
6215   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
6216     return false;
6217 
6218   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6219     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
6220     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
6221     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
6222     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
6223     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
6224     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
6225     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
6226     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
6227       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
6228       return false;
6229 
6230     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
6231     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
6232       // We found a member function: ignore it.
6233       return false;
6234 
6235     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
6236     // previous declarations.
6237     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
6238     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
6239 
6240     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
6241     // isn't the same function.
6242     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
6243       return false;
6244   }
6245 
6246   return true;
6247 }
6248 
6249 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(Sema &S, DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
6250   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
6251   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
6252   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(S.Context));
6253 }
6254 
6255 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
6256   QualType type = decl->getType();
6257   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
6258   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
6259     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
6260     unsigned kind = -1U;
6261     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
6262       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
6263         kind = 0; // __block
6264       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
6265         kind = 1; // global
6266     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
6267       kind = 3; // ivar
6268     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
6269       kind = 2; // field
6270     }
6271 
6272     if (kind != -1U) {
6273       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
6274         << kind;
6275     }
6276   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
6277     // Try to infer lifetime.
6278     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
6279       return false;
6280 
6281     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
6282     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
6283     decl->setType(type);
6284   }
6285 
6286   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
6287     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
6288     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
6289         var->getTLSKind()) {
6290       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
6291         << var->getType();
6292       return true;
6293     }
6294   }
6295 
6296   return false;
6297 }
6298 
6299 void Sema::deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(ValueDecl *Decl) {
6300   if (Decl->getType().hasAddressSpace())
6301     return;
6302   if (Decl->getType()->isDependentType())
6303     return;
6304   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) {
6305     QualType Type = Var->getType();
6306     if (Type->isSamplerT() || Type->isVoidType())
6307       return;
6308     LangAS ImplAS = LangAS::opencl_private;
6309     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus || getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) &&
6310         Var->hasGlobalStorage())
6311       ImplAS = LangAS::opencl_global;
6312     // If the original type from a decayed type is an array type and that array
6313     // type has no address space yet, deduce it now.
6314     if (auto DT = dyn_cast<DecayedType>(Type)) {
6315       auto OrigTy = DT->getOriginalType();
6316       if (!OrigTy.hasAddressSpace() && OrigTy->isArrayType()) {
6317         // Add the address space to the original array type and then propagate
6318         // that to the element type through `getAsArrayType`.
6319         OrigTy = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(OrigTy, ImplAS);
6320         OrigTy = QualType(Context.getAsArrayType(OrigTy), 0);
6321         // Re-generate the decayed type.
6322         Type = Context.getDecayedType(OrigTy);
6323       }
6324     }
6325     Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, ImplAS);
6326     // Apply any qualifiers (including address space) from the array type to
6327     // the element type. This implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of
6328     // an array type includes any type qualifiers, the element type is so
6329     // qualified, not the array type."
6330     if (Type->isArrayType())
6331       Type = QualType(Context.getAsArrayType(Type), 0);
6332     Decl->setType(Type);
6333   }
6334 }
6335 
6336 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
6337   // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
6338   // the wrong linkage.
6339   assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0);
6340 
6341   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
6342   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
6343     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
6344       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
6345       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
6346     }
6347   }
6348   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
6349     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
6350       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
6351       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
6352       ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
6353     }
6354   }
6355 
6356   if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) {
6357     if (VD->hasInit()) {
6358       if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
6359         assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
6360                !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!");
6361         S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0;
6362         VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
6363       }
6364     }
6365   }
6366 
6367   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations.
6368   // It does not apply to functions.
6369   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
6370     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
6371       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(),
6372              diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
6373       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
6374     }
6375   }
6376 
6377   if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) {
6378     auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND);
6379     bool IsAnonymousNS = false;
6380     bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft();
6381     if (VD) {
6382       const NamespaceDecl *NS = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(VD->getDeclContext());
6383       while (NS && !IsAnonymousNS) {
6384         IsAnonymousNS = NS->isAnonymousNamespace();
6385         NS = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(NS->getParent());
6386       }
6387     }
6388     // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external
6389     // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported.
6390     // In Microsoft mode, a variable defined in anonymous namespace must have
6391     // external linkage in order to be exported.
6392     bool AnonNSInMicrosoftMode = IsAnonymousNS && IsMicrosoft;
6393     if ((ND.isExternallyVisible() && AnonNSInMicrosoftMode) ||
6394         (!AnonNSInMicrosoftMode &&
6395          (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())))) {
6396       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
6397         << &ND << Attr;
6398       ND.setInvalidDecl();
6399     }
6400   }
6401 
6402   // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'.
6403   if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>())
6404     if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND))
6405       if (MD->isVirtual()) {
6406         S.Diag(ND.getLocation(),
6407                diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function)
6408             << Attr;
6409         ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>();
6410       }
6411 
6412   // Check the attributes on the function type, if any.
6413   if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(&ND)) {
6414     // Don't declare this variable in the second operand of the for-statement;
6415     // GCC miscompiles that by ending its lifetime before evaluating the
6416     // third operand. See gcc.gnu.org/PR86769.
6417     AttributedTypeLoc ATL;
6418     for (TypeLoc TL = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc();
6419          (ATL = TL.getAsAdjusted<AttributedTypeLoc>());
6420          TL = ATL.getModifiedLoc()) {
6421       // The [[lifetimebound]] attribute can be applied to the implicit object
6422       // parameter of a non-static member function (other than a ctor or dtor)
6423       // by applying it to the function type.
6424       if (const auto *A = ATL.getAttrAs<LifetimeBoundAttr>()) {
6425         const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
6426         if (!MD || MD->isStatic()) {
6427           S.Diag(A->getLocation(), diag::err_lifetimebound_no_object_param)
6428               << !MD << A->getRange();
6429         } else if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) || isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
6430           S.Diag(A->getLocation(), diag::err_lifetimebound_ctor_dtor)
6431               << isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD) << A->getRange();
6432         }
6433       }
6434     }
6435   }
6436 }
6437 
6438 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl,
6439                                            NamedDecl *NewDecl,
6440                                            bool IsSpecialization,
6441                                            bool IsDefinition) {
6442   if (OldDecl->isInvalidDecl() || NewDecl->isInvalidDecl())
6443     return;
6444 
6445   bool IsTemplate = false;
6446   if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
6447     OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl();
6448     IsTemplate = true;
6449     if (!IsSpecialization)
6450       IsDefinition = false;
6451   }
6452   if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) {
6453     NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl();
6454     IsTemplate = true;
6455   }
6456 
6457   if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl)
6458     return;
6459 
6460   const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6461   const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
6462   const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6463   const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
6464 
6465   // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude
6466   // inherited attribute instances.
6467   bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) ||
6468                     (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited());
6469 
6470   // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute,
6471   // the only exception being explicit specializations.
6472   // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there
6473   // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport.
6474   bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr;
6475 
6476   if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) {
6477     // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables.
6478     bool JustWarn = false;
6479     if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) {
6480       auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl);
6481       if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate())
6482         JustWarn = true;
6483       auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl);
6484       if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate)
6485         JustWarn = true;
6486     }
6487 
6488     // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already
6489     // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo
6490     // address equality) as they can use the thunk.
6491     if (OldDecl->isUsed())
6492       if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr)
6493         JustWarn = false;
6494 
6495     unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration
6496                                : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration;
6497     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID)
6498         << NewDecl
6499         << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr);
6500     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6501     if (!JustWarn) {
6502       NewDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6503       return;
6504     }
6505   }
6506 
6507   // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only
6508   // exceptions being inline function definitions (except for function
6509   // templates), local extern declarations, qualified friend declarations or
6510   // special MSVC extension: in the last case, the declaration is treated as if
6511   // it were marked dllexport.
6512   bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false;
6513   bool IsMicrosoft =
6514       S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() ||
6515       S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isWindowsItaniumEnvironment();
6516   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) {
6517     // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed
6518     // separately.
6519     IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember();
6520     IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) !=
6521                    VarDecl::DeclarationOnly;
6522   } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) {
6523     IsInline = FD->isInlined();
6524     IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() &&
6525                         FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared;
6526   }
6527 
6528   if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr &&
6529       (!IsInline || (IsMicrosoft && IsTemplate)) && !IsStaticDataMember &&
6530       !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) {
6531     if (IsMicrosoft && IsDefinition) {
6532       S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
6533              diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute)
6534           << NewDecl;
6535       S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6536       NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6537       NewDecl->addAttr(
6538           DLLExportAttr::CreateImplicit(S.Context, NewImportAttr->getRange()));
6539     } else {
6540       S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
6541              diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
6542           << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
6543       S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6544       S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute);
6545       OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6546       NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6547     }
6548   } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoft) {
6549     // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport
6550     // attribute.
6551     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6552     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6553     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
6554            diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function)
6555         << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
6556   }
6557 
6558   // A specialization of a class template member function is processed here
6559   // since it's a redeclaration. If the parent class is dllexport, the
6560   // specialization inherits that attribute. This doesn't happen automatically
6561   // since the parent class isn't instantiated until later.
6562   if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDecl)) {
6563     if (MD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_MemberSpecialization &&
6564         !NewImportAttr && !NewExportAttr) {
6565       if (const DLLExportAttr *ParentExportAttr =
6566               MD->getParent()->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) {
6567         DLLExportAttr *NewAttr = ParentExportAttr->clone(S.Context);
6568         NewAttr->setInherited(true);
6569         NewDecl->addAttr(NewAttr);
6570       }
6571     }
6572   }
6573 }
6574 
6575 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
6576 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
6577 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
6578 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
6579   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
6580 
6581   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
6582   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
6583 
6584   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
6585   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
6586     return false;
6587 
6588   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
6589   return S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally;
6590 }
6591 
6592 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
6593 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
6594 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
6595 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
6596 ///
6597 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
6598 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
6599 ///
6600 /// For instance:
6601 ///
6602 ///   auto x = []{};
6603 ///
6604 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
6605 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
6606 ///
6607 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
6608 template<typename T>
6609 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
6610   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6611     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
6612     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
6613       return false;
6614 
6615     // So do CUDA's host/device attributes.
6616     if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() ||
6617                                  D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()))
6618       return false;
6619   }
6620   return D->isExternC();
6621 }
6622 
6623 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
6624   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
6625   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC) ||
6626       isa<OMPDeclareMapperDecl>(DC))
6627     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
6628   if (DC->isFileContext())
6629     return true;
6630   if (DC->isRecord())
6631     return false;
6632   if (isa<RequiresExprBodyDecl>(DC))
6633     return false;
6634   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
6635 }
6636 
6637 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
6638   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
6639   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
6640       isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC) || isa<OMPDeclareMapperDecl>(DC))
6641     return true;
6642   if (DC->isRecord())
6643     return false;
6644   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
6645 }
6646 
6647 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD,
6648                           ParsedAttr::Kind Kind) {
6649   // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec.
6650   if (PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().hasAttribute(Kind))
6651     return true;
6652 
6653   // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type
6654   // position to the decl itself.
6655   for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
6656     if (PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs().hasAttribute(Kind))
6657       return true;
6658   }
6659 
6660   // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself.
6661   return PD.getAttributes().hasAttribute(Kind);
6662 }
6663 
6664 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
6665 /// function-local external declaration.
6666 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
6667   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
6668     return false;
6669 
6670   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
6671   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
6672   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
6673   if (DC->isDependentContext())
6674     return true;
6675 
6676   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
6677   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
6678   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
6679   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
6680   //
6681   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
6682   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
6683   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
6684     DC = DC->getParent();
6685   return true;
6686 }
6687 
6688 /// Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage.
6689 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) {
6690   if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
6691     return FD->isExternC();
6692   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
6693     return VD->isExternC();
6694 
6695   llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!");
6696 }
6697 /// Returns true if there hasn't been any invalid type diagnosed.
6698 static bool diagnoseOpenCLTypes(Scope *S, Sema &Se, Declarator &D,
6699                                 DeclContext *DC, QualType R) {
6700   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument.
6701   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function
6702   // argument.
6703   if (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType()) {
6704     Se.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6705             diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter)
6706         << R;
6707     D.setInvalidType();
6708     return false;
6709   }
6710 
6711   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r:
6712   // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
6713   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.q:
6714   // The clk_event_t and reserve_id_t types cannot be declared in program
6715   // scope.
6716   if (NULL == S->getParent()) {
6717     if (R->isReserveIDT() || R->isClkEventT() || R->isEventT()) {
6718       Se.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6719               diag::err_invalid_type_for_program_scope_var)
6720           << R;
6721       D.setInvalidType();
6722       return false;
6723     }
6724   }
6725 
6726   // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
6727   QualType NR = R;
6728   while (NR->isPointerType()) {
6729     if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) {
6730       Se.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer);
6731       D.setInvalidType();
6732       return false;
6733     }
6734     NR = NR->getPointeeType();
6735   }
6736 
6737   if (!Se.getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16")) {
6738     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
6739     // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
6740     if (Se.Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
6741       Se.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
6742       D.setInvalidType();
6743       return false;
6744     }
6745   }
6746 
6747   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r:
6748   // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
6749   // address space qualifiers.
6750   if (R->isEventT()) {
6751     if (R.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private) {
6752       Se.Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
6753       D.setInvalidType();
6754       return false;
6755     }
6756   }
6757 
6758   // C++ for OpenCL does not allow the thread_local storage qualifier.
6759   // OpenCL C does not support thread_local either, and
6760   // also reject all other thread storage class specifiers.
6761   DeclSpec::TSCS TSC = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec();
6762   if (TSC != TSCS_unspecified) {
6763     bool IsCXX = Se.getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus;
6764     Se.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6765             diag::err_opencl_unknown_type_specifier)
6766         << IsCXX << Se.getLangOpts().getOpenCLVersionTuple().getAsString()
6767         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSC) << 1;
6768     D.setInvalidType();
6769     return false;
6770   }
6771 
6772   if (R->isSamplerT()) {
6773     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
6774     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
6775     // space qualifiers.
6776     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
6777         R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) {
6778       Se.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
6779       D.setInvalidType();
6780     }
6781 
6782     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.12.14.1:
6783     // A global sampler must be declared with either the constant address
6784     // space qualifier or with the const qualifier.
6785     if (DC->isTranslationUnit() &&
6786         !(R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
6787           R.isConstQualified())) {
6788       Se.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_nonconst_global_sampler);
6789       D.setInvalidType();
6790     }
6791     if (D.isInvalidType())
6792       return false;
6793   }
6794   return true;
6795 }
6796 
6797 NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(
6798     Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6799     LookupResult &Previous, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
6800     bool &AddToScope, ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) {
6801   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
6802   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
6803 
6804   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
6805 
6806   if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
6807     // Take the name of the first declarator as our name for diagnostic
6808     // purposes.
6809     auto &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator();
6810     if (!Decomp.bindings().empty()) {
6811       II = Decomp.bindings()[0].Name;
6812       Name = II;
6813     }
6814   } else if (!II) {
6815     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) << Name;
6816     return nullptr;
6817   }
6818 
6819 
6820   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
6821   StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
6822 
6823   // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We
6824   // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext.
6825   if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() &&
6826       hasParsedAttr(S, D, ParsedAttr::AT_DLLImport) &&
6827       !hasParsedAttr(S, D, ParsedAttr::AT_DLLExport))
6828     SC = SC_Extern;
6829 
6830   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
6831   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
6832                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
6833 
6834   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
6835     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
6836     // an error here
6837     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
6838     D.setInvalidType();
6839     SC = SC_None;
6840   }
6841 
6842   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
6843       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
6844                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
6845     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
6846     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
6847     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
6848     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6849          getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_register_storage_class
6850                                    : diag::warn_deprecated_register)
6851       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6852   }
6853 
6854   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
6855 
6856   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
6857     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
6858     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
6859     // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support.
6860     if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) {
6861       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
6862       D.setInvalidType();
6863     }
6864   }
6865 
6866   bool IsMemberSpecialization = false;
6867   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
6868   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
6869   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
6870   VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr;
6871   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr;
6872   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr;
6873   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6874     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6875                             II, R, TInfo, SC);
6876 
6877     if (R->getContainedDeducedType())
6878       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
6879 
6880     if (D.isInvalidType())
6881       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6882 
6883     if (NewVD->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() &&
6884         NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
6885       checkNonTrivialCUnion(NewVD->getType(), NewVD->getLocation(),
6886                             NTCUC_AutoVar, NTCUK_Destruct);
6887   } else {
6888     bool Invalid = false;
6889 
6890     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
6891       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
6892       switch (SC) {
6893       case SC_None:
6894         break;
6895       case SC_Static:
6896         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6897              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
6898           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6899         break;
6900       case SC_Auto:
6901       case SC_Register:
6902       case SC_Extern:
6903         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
6904         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
6905         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
6906         // of class members
6907 
6908         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6909              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
6910           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6911         break;
6912       case SC_PrivateExtern:
6913         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
6914       }
6915     }
6916 
6917     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
6918       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
6919         // Walk up the enclosing DeclContexts to check for any that are
6920         // incompatible with static data members.
6921         const DeclContext *FunctionOrMethod = nullptr;
6922         const CXXRecordDecl *AnonStruct = nullptr;
6923         for (DeclContext *Ctxt = DC; Ctxt; Ctxt = Ctxt->getParent()) {
6924           if (Ctxt->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6925             FunctionOrMethod = Ctxt;
6926             break;
6927           }
6928           const CXXRecordDecl *ParentDecl = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctxt);
6929           if (ParentDecl && !ParentDecl->getDeclName()) {
6930             AnonStruct = ParentDecl;
6931             break;
6932           }
6933         }
6934         if (FunctionOrMethod) {
6935           // C++ [class.static.data]p5: A local class shall not have static data
6936           // members.
6937           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6938                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
6939             << Name << RD->getDeclName() << RD->getTagKind();
6940         } else if (AnonStruct) {
6941           // C++ [class.static.data]p4: Unnamed classes and classes contained
6942           // directly or indirectly within unnamed classes shall not contain
6943           // static data members.
6944           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6945                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
6946             << Name << AnonStruct->getTagKind();
6947           Invalid = true;
6948         } else if (RD->isUnion()) {
6949           // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
6950           // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
6951           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6952                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
6953                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
6954                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
6955         }
6956       }
6957     }
6958 
6959     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
6960     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
6961     bool InvalidScope = false;
6962     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
6963         D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6964         D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
6965         D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId
6966             ? D.getName().TemplateId
6967             : nullptr,
6968         TemplateParamLists,
6969         /*never a friend*/ false, IsMemberSpecialization, InvalidScope);
6970     Invalid |= InvalidScope;
6971 
6972     if (TemplateParams) {
6973       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
6974           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) {
6975         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
6976         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
6977         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
6978              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
6979           << II
6980           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
6981                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
6982         TemplateParams = nullptr;
6983       } else {
6984         // Check that we can declare a template here.
6985         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
6986           return nullptr;
6987 
6988         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) {
6989           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
6990           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
6991           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
6992         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
6993           // This is a template declaration.
6994           IsVariableTemplate = true;
6995 
6996           // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
6997           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6998                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14
6999                    ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
7000                    : diag::ext_variable_template);
7001         }
7002       }
7003     } else {
7004       // Check that we can declare a member specialization here.
7005       if (!TemplateParamLists.empty() && IsMemberSpecialization &&
7006           CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParamLists.back()))
7007         return nullptr;
7008       assert((Invalid ||
7009               D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) &&
7010              "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
7011     }
7012 
7013     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
7014       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
7015           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
7016               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
7017               : SourceLocation();
7018       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
7019           S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
7020           IsPartialSpecialization);
7021       if (Res.isInvalid())
7022         return nullptr;
7023       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
7024       AddToScope = false;
7025     } else if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
7026       NewVD = DecompositionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(),
7027                                         D.getIdentifierLoc(), R, TInfo, SC,
7028                                         Bindings);
7029     } else
7030       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(),
7031                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
7032 
7033     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
7034     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
7035       NewTemplate =
7036           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
7037                                   TemplateParams, NewVD);
7038       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
7039     }
7040 
7041     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
7042     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
7043     if (R->getContainedDeducedType())
7044       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
7045 
7046     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
7047       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7048       if (NewTemplate)
7049         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7050     }
7051 
7052     SetNestedNameSpecifier(*this, NewVD, D);
7053 
7054     // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
7055     // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
7056     unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0;
7057     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
7058       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
7059           Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists));
7060   }
7061 
7062   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) {
7063     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7064       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
7065           << 0;
7066     } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
7067       // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration.
7068       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7069            diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
7070         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
7071     } else {
7072       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7073            getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable
7074                                      : diag::ext_inline_variable);
7075       NewVD->setInlineSpecified();
7076     }
7077   }
7078 
7079   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
7080   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
7081   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7082   if (NewTemplate)
7083     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7084 
7085   if (IsLocalExternDecl) {
7086     if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator())
7087       for (auto *B : Bindings)
7088         B->setLocalExternDecl();
7089     else
7090       NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
7091   }
7092 
7093   bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false;
7094   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
7095     // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
7096     //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
7097     //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
7098     //   explicitly.
7099     // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
7100     //   'extern'.
7101     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() &&
7102         (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified ||
7103          TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local ||
7104          !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()))
7105       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7106            diag::err_thread_non_global)
7107         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
7108     else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) {
7109       if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice ||
7110           getLangOpts().SYCLIsDevice) {
7111         // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to
7112         // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the
7113         // error should be ignored.
7114         EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true;
7115         // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with
7116         // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going
7117         // to emit any code for it.
7118         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
7119       } else
7120         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7121              diag::err_thread_unsupported);
7122     } else
7123       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
7124   }
7125 
7126   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier()) {
7127   case ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified:
7128     break;
7129 
7130   case ConstexprSpecKind::Consteval:
7131     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
7132          diag::err_constexpr_wrong_decl_kind)
7133         << static_cast<int>(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier());
7134     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
7135 
7136   case ConstexprSpecKind::Constexpr:
7137     NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
7138     MaybeAddCUDAConstantAttr(NewVD);
7139     // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1:
7140     //   A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is
7141     //   implicitly an inline variable.
7142     if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() &&
7143         (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ||
7144          Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()))
7145       NewVD->setImplicitlyInline();
7146     break;
7147 
7148   case ConstexprSpecKind::Constinit:
7149     if (!NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())
7150       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
7151            diag::err_constinit_local_variable);
7152     else
7153       NewVD->addAttr(ConstInitAttr::Create(
7154           Context, D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
7155           AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Keyword, ConstInitAttr::Keyword_constinit));
7156     break;
7157   }
7158 
7159   // C99 6.7.4p3
7160   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
7161   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
7162   //   thread storage duration...
7163   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
7164   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
7165   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
7166   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
7167   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
7168   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
7169       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
7170     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
7171     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
7172       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7173            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
7174       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
7175     }
7176   }
7177 
7178   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
7179     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
7180       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
7181           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
7182           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7183                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
7184     else if (IsMemberSpecialization)
7185       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
7186         << 2
7187         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
7188     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
7189       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
7190           << 0 << NewVD
7191           << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
7192           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7193                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
7194     else {
7195       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
7196       if (NewTemplate)
7197         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
7198       for (auto *B : Bindings)
7199         B->setModulePrivate();
7200     }
7201   }
7202 
7203   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7204 
7205     deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(NewVD);
7206 
7207     diagnoseOpenCLTypes(S, *this, D, DC, NewVD->getType());
7208   }
7209 
7210   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
7211   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
7212 
7213   if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice ||
7214       getLangOpts().SYCLIsDevice) {
7215     if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError &&
7216         ((getLangOpts().CUDA && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) ||
7217          (getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice &&
7218           OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::isDeclareTargetDeclaration(NewVD))))
7219       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7220            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
7221 
7222     if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError &&
7223         (LangOpts.SYCLIsDevice || (LangOpts.OpenMP && LangOpts.OpenMPIsDevice)))
7224       targetDiag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported);
7225     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
7226     // storage [duration]."
7227     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
7228         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
7229          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
7230       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
7231     }
7232   }
7233 
7234   // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as
7235   // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can
7236   // check the VarDecl itself.
7237   assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() ||
7238          NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() ||
7239          NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None);
7240 
7241   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
7242   // retainable type.
7243   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
7244     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7245 
7246   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
7247   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
7248     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
7249     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
7250     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
7251     if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) {
7252       switch (SC) {
7253       case SC_None:
7254       case SC_Auto:
7255         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
7256         break;
7257       case SC_Register:
7258         // Local Named register
7259         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) &&
7260             DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl()))
7261           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
7262         break;
7263       case SC_Static:
7264       case SC_Extern:
7265       case SC_PrivateExtern:
7266         break;
7267       }
7268     } else if (SC == SC_Register) {
7269       // Global Named register
7270       if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) {
7271         const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo();
7272         bool HasSizeMismatch;
7273 
7274         if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
7275           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
7276         else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label,
7277                                                     Context.getTypeSize(R),
7278                                                     HasSizeMismatch))
7279           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label;
7280         else if (HasSizeMismatch)
7281           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label;
7282       }
7283 
7284       if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) {
7285         Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type);
7286         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7287       }
7288     }
7289 
7290     NewVD->addAttr(AsmLabelAttr::Create(Context, Label,
7291                                         /*IsLiteralLabel=*/true,
7292                                         SE->getStrTokenLoc(0)));
7293   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
7294     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
7295       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
7296     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
7297       if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) {
7298         NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
7299         ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
7300       } else
7301         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
7302             << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD;
7303     }
7304   }
7305 
7306   // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope.
7307   NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()
7308                                 ? getShadowedDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)
7309                                 : nullptr;
7310 
7311   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
7312   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
7313   // declaration has linkage).
7314   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
7315                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
7316                        IsMemberSpecialization ||
7317                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
7318 
7319   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
7320   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
7321   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7322       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
7323     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
7324         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
7325         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
7326 
7327   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7328     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
7329   } else {
7330     // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
7331     if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7332         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
7333       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7334 
7335     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
7336     if (!Previous.empty()) {
7337       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
7338           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
7339           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7340         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
7341         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
7342         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
7343           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7344         Previous.clear();
7345         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7346       }
7347     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7348       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
7349       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
7350         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
7351         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7352       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7353     }
7354 
7355     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
7356       D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
7357 
7358     if (NewTemplate) {
7359       VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
7360           NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
7361               ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
7362               : nullptr;
7363 
7364       // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
7365       // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
7366       // template declaration.
7367       if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
7368               TemplateParams,
7369               PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
7370                               : nullptr,
7371               (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
7372                DC->isDependentContext())
7373                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
7374                   : TPC_VarTemplate))
7375         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7376 
7377       // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
7378       // template, make a note of that.
7379       if (PrevVarTemplate &&
7380           PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
7381         PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
7382     }
7383   }
7384 
7385   // Diagnose shadowed variables iff this isn't a redeclaration.
7386   if (ShadowedDecl && !D.isRedeclaration())
7387     CheckShadow(NewVD, ShadowedDecl, Previous);
7388 
7389   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
7390 
7391   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
7392   // the map of such variables.
7393   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7394       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
7395     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
7396 
7397   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
7398     MangleNumberingContext *MCtx;
7399     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
7400     std::tie(MCtx, ManglingContextDecl) =
7401         getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext());
7402     if (MCtx) {
7403       Context.setManglingNumber(
7404           NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
7405                      NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
7406       Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
7407     }
7408   }
7409 
7410   // Special handling of variable named 'main'.
7411   if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") &&
7412       NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
7413       !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) {
7414 
7415     // C++ [basic.start.main]p3
7416     // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed.
7417     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
7418       Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_main_global_variable);
7419 
7420     // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined
7421     // behavior.
7422     else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage())
7423       Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_main_redefined);
7424   }
7425 
7426   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
7427     NamedDecl *Prev = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
7428     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(*this, Prev, NewVD, IsMemberSpecialization,
7429                                    D.isFunctionDefinition());
7430   }
7431 
7432   if (NewTemplate) {
7433     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
7434       NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7435     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
7436     return NewTemplate;
7437   }
7438 
7439   if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
7440     CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous);
7441 
7442   return NewVD;
7443 }
7444 
7445 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow.
7446 enum ShadowedDeclKind {
7447   SDK_Local,
7448   SDK_Global,
7449   SDK_StaticMember,
7450   SDK_Field,
7451   SDK_Typedef,
7452   SDK_Using
7453 };
7454 
7455 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
7456 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl,
7457                                                 const DeclContext *OldDC) {
7458   if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
7459     return SDK_Using;
7460   else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
7461     return SDK_Typedef;
7462   else if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC))
7463     return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember;
7464 
7465   return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local;
7466 }
7467 
7468 /// Return the location of the capture if the given lambda captures the given
7469 /// variable \p VD, or an invalid source location otherwise.
7470 static SourceLocation getCaptureLocation(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
7471                                          const VarDecl *VD) {
7472   for (const Capture &Capture : LSI->Captures) {
7473     if (Capture.isVariableCapture() && Capture.getVariable() == VD)
7474       return Capture.getLocation();
7475   }
7476   return SourceLocation();
7477 }
7478 
7479 static bool shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(const DiagnosticsEngine &Diags,
7480                                      const LookupResult &R) {
7481   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
7482   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
7483     return false;
7484 
7485   // Return false if warning is ignored.
7486   return !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc());
7487 }
7488 
7489 /// Return the declaration shadowed by the given variable \p D, or null
7490 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled.
7491 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D,
7492                                         const LookupResult &R) {
7493   if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R))
7494     return nullptr;
7495 
7496   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
7497   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
7498     return nullptr;
7499 
7500   NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
7501   return isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) || isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)
7502              ? ShadowedDecl
7503              : nullptr;
7504 }
7505 
7506 /// Return the declaration shadowed by the given typedef \p D, or null
7507 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled.
7508 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D,
7509                                         const LookupResult &R) {
7510   // Don't warn if typedef declaration is part of a class
7511   if (D->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
7512     return nullptr;
7513 
7514   if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R))
7515     return nullptr;
7516 
7517   NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
7518   return isa<TypedefNameDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? ShadowedDecl : nullptr;
7519 }
7520 
7521 /// Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
7522 /// -Wshadow.
7523 ///
7524 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
7525 /// scope.
7526 ///
7527 /// \param ShadowedDecl the declaration that is shadowed by the given variable
7528 /// \param R the lookup of the name
7529 ///
7530 void Sema::CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl,
7531                        const LookupResult &R) {
7532   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
7533 
7534   if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) {
7535     // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
7536     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
7537       if (MD->isStatic())
7538         return;
7539 
7540     // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually
7541     // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter.
7542     if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC))
7543       if (const auto PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) {
7544         // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its
7545         // modification or its existence depending on warning settings.
7546         ShadowingDecls.insert({PVD->getCanonicalDecl(), FD});
7547         return;
7548       }
7549   }
7550 
7551   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
7552     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
7553       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
7554       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
7555       for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls())
7556         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
7557           ShadowedDecl = I;
7558           break;
7559         }
7560     }
7561 
7562   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
7563 
7564   unsigned WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow;
7565   SourceLocation CaptureLoc;
7566   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && NewDC &&
7567       isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) {
7568     if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewDC->getParent())) {
7569       if (RD->isLambda() && OldDC->Encloses(NewDC->getLexicalParent())) {
7570         if (RD->getLambdaCaptureDefault() == LCD_None) {
7571           // Try to avoid warnings for lambdas with an explicit capture list.
7572           const auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction());
7573           // Warn only when the lambda captures the shadowed decl explicitly.
7574           CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl));
7575           if (CaptureLoc.isInvalid())
7576             WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local;
7577         } else {
7578           // Remember that this was shadowed so we can avoid the warning if the
7579           // shadowed decl isn't captured and the warning settings allow it.
7580           cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction())
7581               ->ShadowingDecls.push_back(
7582                   {cast<VarDecl>(D), cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)});
7583           return;
7584         }
7585       }
7586 
7587       if (cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)->hasLocalStorage()) {
7588         // A variable can't shadow a local variable in an enclosing scope, if
7589         // they are separated by a non-capturing declaration context.
7590         for (DeclContext *ParentDC = NewDC;
7591              ParentDC && !ParentDC->Equals(OldDC);
7592              ParentDC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(ParentDC)) {
7593           // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions
7594           // can capture; other scopes don't.
7595           if (!isa<BlockDecl>(ParentDC) && !isa<CapturedDecl>(ParentDC) &&
7596               !isLambdaCallOperator(ParentDC)) {
7597             return;
7598           }
7599         }
7600       }
7601     }
7602   }
7603 
7604   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
7605   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
7606     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
7607     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
7608       return;
7609 
7610     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
7611     // static data members from base classes?
7612 
7613     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
7614     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
7615     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
7616   }
7617 
7618 
7619   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
7620 
7621   // Emit warning and note.
7622   if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc()))
7623     return;
7624   ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC);
7625   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), WarningDiag) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
7626   if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid())
7627     Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here)
7628         << Name << /*explicitly*/ 1;
7629   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7630 }
7631 
7632 /// Diagnose shadowing for variables shadowed in the lambda record \p LambdaRD
7633 /// when these variables are captured by the lambda.
7634 void Sema::DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI) {
7635   for (const auto &Shadow : LSI->ShadowingDecls) {
7636     const VarDecl *ShadowedDecl = Shadow.ShadowedDecl;
7637     // Try to avoid the warning when the shadowed decl isn't captured.
7638     SourceLocation CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, ShadowedDecl);
7639     const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
7640     Diag(Shadow.VD->getLocation(), CaptureLoc.isInvalid()
7641                                        ? diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local
7642                                        : diag::warn_decl_shadow)
7643         << Shadow.VD->getDeclName()
7644         << computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC) << OldDC;
7645     if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid())
7646       Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here)
7647           << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() << /*explicitly*/ 0;
7648     Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7649   }
7650 }
7651 
7652 /// Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
7653 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
7654   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()))
7655     return;
7656 
7657   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
7658                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration);
7659   LookupName(R, S);
7660   if (NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(D, R))
7661     CheckShadow(D, ShadowedDecl, R);
7662 }
7663 
7664 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers
7665 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field.
7666 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) {
7667   // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters.
7668   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty())
7669     return;
7670   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7671   auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
7672   if (!DRE)
7673     return;
7674   const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
7675   auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D);
7676   if (I == ShadowingDecls.end())
7677     return;
7678   const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second;
7679   const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
7680   Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC;
7681   Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D;
7682   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7683 
7684   // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl.
7685   ShadowingDecls.erase(I);
7686 }
7687 
7688 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
7689 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
7690 template<typename T>
7691 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
7692     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
7693   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
7694   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
7695 
7696   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
7697     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
7698     // declaration.
7699     return false;
7700   }
7701 
7702   if (Prev) {
7703     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
7704       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
7705       // redeclaration.
7706       Previous.clear();
7707       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
7708       return true;
7709     }
7710 
7711     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
7712     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
7713     // declaration.
7714     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
7715       return false;
7716   } else {
7717     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
7718     // translation unit which might conflict.
7719     if (IsGlobal) {
7720       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
7721       IsGlobal = false;
7722       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
7723            I != E; ++I) {
7724         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
7725           Prev = *I;
7726           break;
7727         }
7728       }
7729     } else {
7730       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
7731           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
7732       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
7733            I != E; ++I) {
7734         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
7735           Prev = *I;
7736           break;
7737         }
7738         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
7739         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
7740         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
7741         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
7742         // diagnostic.
7743       }
7744     }
7745 
7746     if (!Prev)
7747       return false;
7748   }
7749 
7750   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
7751   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
7752   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
7753   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
7754     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
7755   else
7756     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
7757 
7758   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
7759     << IsGlobal << ND;
7760   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
7761     << IsGlobal;
7762   return false;
7763 }
7764 
7765 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
7766 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
7767 ///
7768 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
7769 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
7770 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
7771 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
7772 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
7773 template<typename T>
7774 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
7775                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
7776   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7777     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
7778     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
7779     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
7780     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
7781       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
7782         Previous.clear();
7783         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
7784         return true;
7785       }
7786     }
7787     return false;
7788   }
7789 
7790   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
7791   // declaration.
7792   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
7793     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
7794 
7795   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
7796   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
7797   // in another scope.
7798   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
7799     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
7800 
7801   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
7802   return false;
7803 }
7804 
7805 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
7806   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
7807   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
7808     return;
7809 
7810   QualType T = NewVD->getType();
7811 
7812   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
7813   if (T->isUndeducedType())
7814     return;
7815 
7816   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
7817     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
7818 
7819   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
7820     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
7821       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
7822     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
7823     NewVD->setType(T);
7824   }
7825 
7826   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
7827   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
7828   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
7829   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
7830   if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() &&
7831       T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) {
7832     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 0;
7833     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7834     return;
7835   }
7836 
7837   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program
7838   // scope.
7839   if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 &&
7840       !getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers") &&
7841       NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
7842     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
7843     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7844     return;
7845   }
7846 
7847   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7848     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported.
7849     if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7850       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type);
7851       return;
7852     }
7853 
7854     if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
7855       // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and
7856       // can't use 'extern' storage class.
7857       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
7858         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration)
7859             << 0 /*const*/;
7860         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7861         return;
7862       }
7863       if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
7864         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration);
7865         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7866         return;
7867       }
7868     }
7869     // OpenCL C v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
7870     // __constant address space.
7871     // OpenCL C v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static
7872     // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global
7873     // address space.
7874     // C++ for OpenCL inherits rule from OpenCL C v2.0.
7875     // FIXME: Adding local AS in C++ for OpenCL might make sense.
7876     if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() ||
7877         NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
7878       if (!T->isSamplerT() &&
7879           !T->isDependentType() &&
7880           !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
7881             (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global &&
7882              (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200 ||
7883               getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus)))) {
7884         int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1;
7885         if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200 || getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus)
7886           Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space)
7887               << Scope << "global or constant";
7888         else
7889           Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space)
7890               << Scope << "constant";
7891         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7892         return;
7893       }
7894     } else {
7895       if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) {
7896         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
7897             << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global";
7898         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7899         return;
7900       }
7901       if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
7902           T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
7903         FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl();
7904         // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: no local or constant variables
7905         // in functions.
7906         if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7907           if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant)
7908             Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
7909                 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant";
7910           else
7911             Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
7912                 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local";
7913           NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7914           return;
7915         }
7916         // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: local and constant variables must be
7917         // in the outermost scope of a kernel function.
7918         if (FD && FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7919           if (!getCurScope()->isFunctionScope()) {
7920             if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant)
7921               Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope)
7922                   << "constant";
7923             else
7924               Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope)
7925                   << "local";
7926             NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7927             return;
7928           }
7929         }
7930       } else if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private &&
7931                  // If we are parsing a template we didn't deduce an addr
7932                  // space yet.
7933                  T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) {
7934         // Do not allow other address spaces on automatic variable.
7935         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 1;
7936         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7937         return;
7938       }
7939     }
7940   }
7941 
7942   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
7943       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7944     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
7945       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
7946     else {
7947       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
7948       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
7949     }
7950   }
7951 
7952   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
7953   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
7954       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
7955     setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
7956 
7957   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
7958       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
7959     bool SizeIsNegative;
7960     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
7961     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(
7962         NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Context, SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
7963     QualType FixedT;
7964     if (FixedTInfo &&  T == NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType())
7965       FixedT = FixedTInfo->getType();
7966     else if (FixedTInfo) {
7967       // Type and type-as-written are canonically different. We need to fix up
7968       // both types separately.
7969       FixedT = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative,
7970                                                    Oversized);
7971     }
7972     if ((!FixedTInfo || FixedT.isNull()) && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
7973       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
7974       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
7975       // int a[10][n];
7976       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
7977 
7978       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
7979         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
7980         << SizeRange;
7981       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
7982         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
7983         << SizeRange;
7984       else
7985         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
7986         << SizeRange;
7987       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7988       return;
7989     }
7990 
7991     if (!FixedTInfo) {
7992       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
7993         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
7994       else
7995         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
7996       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7997       return;
7998     }
7999 
8000     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::ext_vla_folded_to_constant);
8001     NewVD->setType(FixedT);
8002     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
8003   }
8004 
8005   if (T->isVoidType()) {
8006     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
8007     //                    of objects and functions.
8008     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8009       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
8010         << T;
8011       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8012       return;
8013     }
8014   }
8015 
8016   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
8017     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
8018     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8019     return;
8020   }
8021 
8022   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T->isSizelessType()) {
8023     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_sizeless_nonlocal) << T;
8024     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8025     return;
8026   }
8027 
8028   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
8029     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
8030     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8031     return;
8032   }
8033 
8034   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
8035       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
8036                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
8037     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8038     return;
8039   }
8040 
8041   // PPC MMA non-pointer types are not allowed as non-local variable types.
8042   if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC64() &&
8043       !NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() &&
8044       CheckPPCMMAType(T, NewVD->getLocation())) {
8045     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8046     return;
8047   }
8048 }
8049 
8050 /// Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
8051 /// declaration.
8052 ///
8053 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
8054 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
8055 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
8056 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
8057 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
8058 ///
8059 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
8060 ///
8061 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
8062 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
8063   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
8064 
8065   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
8066   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
8067     return false;
8068 
8069   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
8070   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
8071   if (Previous.empty() &&
8072       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
8073     Previous.setShadowed();
8074 
8075   if (!Previous.empty()) {
8076     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
8077     return true;
8078   }
8079   return false;
8080 }
8081 
8082 namespace {
8083 struct FindOverriddenMethod {
8084   Sema *S;
8085   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
8086 
8087   /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
8088   /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
8089   /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
8090   bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) {
8091     RecordDecl *BaseRecord =
8092         Specifier->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
8093 
8094     DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName();
8095 
8096     // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
8097     if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
8098       // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
8099       QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
8100       CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
8101 
8102       Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
8103     }
8104 
8105     for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty();
8106          Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
8107       NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
8108       if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
8109         if (MD->isVirtual() &&
8110             !S->IsOverload(
8111                 Method, MD, /*UseMemberUsingDeclRules=*/false,
8112                 /*ConsiderCudaAttrs=*/true,
8113                 // C++2a [class.virtual]p2 does not consider requires clauses
8114                 // when overriding.
8115                 /*ConsiderRequiresClauses=*/false))
8116           return true;
8117       }
8118     }
8119 
8120     return false;
8121   }
8122 };
8123 } // end anonymous namespace
8124 
8125 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
8126 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
8127 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
8128   // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override.
8129   CXXBasePaths Paths;
8130   FindOverriddenMethod FOM;
8131   FOM.Method = MD;
8132   FOM.S = this;
8133   bool AddedAny = false;
8134   if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) {
8135     for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) {
8136       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) {
8137         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
8138         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
8139             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
8140             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
8141             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
8142           AddedAny = true;
8143         }
8144       }
8145     }
8146   }
8147 
8148   return AddedAny;
8149 }
8150 
8151 namespace {
8152   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
8153   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
8154   struct ActOnFDArgs {
8155     Scope *S;
8156     Declarator &D;
8157     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
8158     bool AddToScope;
8159   };
8160 } // end anonymous namespace
8161 
8162 namespace {
8163 
8164 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
8165 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
8166 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC final : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
8167  public:
8168   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
8169                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
8170       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
8171         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {}
8172 
8173   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
8174     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
8175       return false;
8176 
8177     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
8178     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
8179                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
8180          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
8181       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
8182 
8183       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
8184           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
8185         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
8186           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
8187           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
8188             return true;
8189         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
8190           return true;
8191         }
8192       }
8193     }
8194 
8195     return false;
8196   }
8197 
8198   std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> clone() override {
8199     return std::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>(*this);
8200   }
8201 
8202  private:
8203   ASTContext &Context;
8204   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
8205   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
8206 };
8207 
8208 } // end anonymous namespace
8209 
8210 void Sema::MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F) {
8211   TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.insert(F);
8212 }
8213 
8214 /// Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
8215 ///
8216 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
8217 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
8218 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
8219 /// the same name.
8220 ///
8221 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
8222 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
8223 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
8224     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
8225     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
8226   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
8227   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
8228   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
8229   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
8230   TypoCorrection Correction;
8231   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
8232   unsigned DiagMsg =
8233     IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend :
8234     NewFD->getFriendObjectKind() ? diag::err_qualified_friend_no_match :
8235     diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
8236   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
8237                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
8238                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
8239                     Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration);
8240 
8241   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8242   if (IsLocalFriend)
8243     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
8244   else
8245     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
8246   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
8247          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
8248   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
8249   DifferentNameValidatorCCC CCC(SemaRef.Context, NewFD,
8250                                 MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr);
8251   if (!Prev.empty()) {
8252     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
8253          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
8254       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
8255       if (FD &&
8256           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
8257         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
8258         // involve a parameter
8259         unsigned ParamNum =
8260             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
8261         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
8262       }
8263     }
8264   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
8265   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
8266                   Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
8267                   &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), CCC, Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery,
8268                   IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) {
8269     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
8270     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
8271                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
8272     Previous.clear();
8273     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
8274     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
8275                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
8276          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
8277       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
8278       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
8279           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
8280         Previous.addDecl(FD);
8281       }
8282     }
8283     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
8284 
8285     NamedDecl *Result;
8286     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
8287     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
8288     {
8289       // Trap errors.
8290       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
8291 
8292       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
8293       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
8294       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
8295       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
8296           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
8297           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
8298           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
8299           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
8300 
8301       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
8302         Result = nullptr;
8303     }
8304 
8305     if (Result) {
8306       // Determine which correction we picked.
8307       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
8308       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
8309            I != E; ++I)
8310         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
8311           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
8312 
8313       // Let Sema know about the correction.
8314       SemaRef.MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(Result);
8315       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
8316           Correction,
8317           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
8318                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
8319                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
8320             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
8321       return Result;
8322     }
8323 
8324     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
8325     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
8326                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
8327     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
8328     Previous.clear();
8329     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
8330   }
8331 
8332   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
8333       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
8334 
8335   bool NewFDisConst = false;
8336   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
8337     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
8338 
8339   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
8340        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
8341        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
8342     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
8343     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
8344     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
8345     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
8346 
8347     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
8348     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
8349       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
8350       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
8351       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
8352       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
8353                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
8354         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
8355         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
8356     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
8357       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
8358           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
8359     } else
8360       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
8361                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
8362                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
8363   }
8364   return nullptr;
8365 }
8366 
8367 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) {
8368   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
8369   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
8370   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
8371   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
8372   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
8373     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
8374                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
8375     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
8376     D.setInvalidType();
8377     break;
8378   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
8379   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
8380     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
8381       return SC_None;
8382     return SC_Extern;
8383   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
8384     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
8385       // C99 6.7.1p5:
8386       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
8387       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
8388       //   other than extern
8389       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
8390       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
8391                    diag::err_static_block_func);
8392       break;
8393     } else
8394       return SC_Static;
8395   }
8396   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
8397   }
8398 
8399   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
8400   return SC_None;
8401 }
8402 
8403 static FunctionDecl *CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
8404                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
8405                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
8406                                            StorageClass SC,
8407                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
8408   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
8409   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
8410 
8411   FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr;
8412   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
8413 
8414   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8415     // Determine whether the function was written with a
8416     // prototype. This true when:
8417     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
8418     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other non-
8419     //     attributed reference to a type name (which eventually refers to a
8420     //     function type).
8421     bool HasPrototype =
8422       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
8423       (!R->getAsAdjusted<FunctionType>() && R->isFunctionProtoType());
8424 
8425     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo,
8426                                  R, TInfo, SC, isInline, HasPrototype,
8427                                  ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified,
8428                                  /*TrailingRequiresClause=*/nullptr);
8429     if (D.isInvalidType())
8430       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8431 
8432     return NewFD;
8433   }
8434 
8435   ExplicitSpecifier ExplicitSpecifier = D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecifier();
8436 
8437   ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind = D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier();
8438   if (ConstexprKind == ConstexprSpecKind::Constinit) {
8439     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
8440                  diag::err_constexpr_wrong_decl_kind)
8441         << static_cast<int>(ConstexprKind);
8442     ConstexprKind = ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified;
8443     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearConstexprSpec();
8444   }
8445   Expr *TrailingRequiresClause = D.getTrailingRequiresClause();
8446 
8447   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
8448   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
8449   // the class has been completely parsed.
8450   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
8451       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(
8452           D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->castAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(),
8453           diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
8454     D.setInvalidType();
8455 
8456   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
8457     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
8458     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
8459            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
8460 
8461     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
8462     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(
8463         SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R,
8464         TInfo, ExplicitSpecifier, isInline,
8465         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, ConstexprKind, InheritedConstructor(),
8466         TrailingRequiresClause);
8467 
8468   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
8469     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
8470     if (DC->isRecord()) {
8471       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
8472       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
8473       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
8474           SemaRef.Context, Record, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, TInfo,
8475           isInline, /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, ConstexprKind,
8476           TrailingRequiresClause);
8477 
8478       // If the destructor needs an implicit exception specification, set it
8479       // now. FIXME: It'd be nice to be able to create the right type to start
8480       // with, but the type needs to reference the destructor declaration.
8481       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
8482         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(NewDD);
8483 
8484       IsVirtualOkay = true;
8485       return NewDD;
8486 
8487     } else {
8488       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
8489       D.setInvalidType();
8490 
8491       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
8492       // code path.
8493       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(),
8494                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, SC,
8495                                   isInline,
8496                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, ConstexprKind,
8497                                   TrailingRequiresClause);
8498     }
8499 
8500   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
8501     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
8502       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
8503            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
8504       return nullptr;
8505     }
8506 
8507     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
8508     if (D.isInvalidType())
8509       return nullptr;
8510 
8511     IsVirtualOkay = true;
8512     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(
8513         SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R,
8514         TInfo, isInline, ExplicitSpecifier, ConstexprKind, SourceLocation(),
8515         TrailingRequiresClause);
8516 
8517   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName) {
8518     if (TrailingRequiresClause)
8519       SemaRef.Diag(TrailingRequiresClause->getBeginLoc(),
8520                    diag::err_trailing_requires_clause_on_deduction_guide)
8521           << TrailingRequiresClause->getSourceRange();
8522     SemaRef.CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(D, R, SC);
8523 
8524     return CXXDeductionGuideDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(),
8525                                          ExplicitSpecifier, NameInfo, R, TInfo,
8526                                          D.getEndLoc());
8527   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
8528     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
8529     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
8530     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
8531     // constructor if it has no return type).
8532     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
8533         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
8534       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
8535         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
8536         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
8537       return nullptr;
8538     }
8539 
8540     // This is a C++ method declaration.
8541     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(
8542         SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R,
8543         TInfo, SC, isInline, ConstexprKind, SourceLocation(),
8544         TrailingRequiresClause);
8545     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
8546     return Ret;
8547   } else {
8548     bool isFriend =
8549         SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
8550     if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord())
8551       return nullptr;
8552 
8553     // Determine whether the function was written with a
8554     // prototype. This true when:
8555     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
8556     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo,
8557                                 R, TInfo, SC, isInline, true /*HasPrototype*/,
8558                                 ConstexprKind, TrailingRequiresClause);
8559   }
8560 }
8561 
8562 enum OpenCLParamType {
8563   ValidKernelParam,
8564   PtrPtrKernelParam,
8565   PtrKernelParam,
8566   InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam,
8567   InvalidKernelParam,
8568   RecordKernelParam
8569 };
8570 
8571 static bool isOpenCLSizeDependentType(ASTContext &C, QualType Ty) {
8572   // Size dependent types are just typedefs to normal integer types
8573   // (e.g. unsigned long), so we cannot distinguish them from other typedefs to
8574   // integers other than by their names.
8575   StringRef SizeTypeNames[] = {"size_t", "intptr_t", "uintptr_t", "ptrdiff_t"};
8576 
8577   // Remove typedefs one by one until we reach a typedef
8578   // for a size dependent type.
8579   QualType DesugaredTy = Ty;
8580   do {
8581     ArrayRef<StringRef> Names(SizeTypeNames);
8582     auto Match = llvm::find(Names, DesugaredTy.getUnqualifiedType().getAsString());
8583     if (Names.end() != Match)
8584       return true;
8585 
8586     Ty = DesugaredTy;
8587     DesugaredTy = Ty.getSingleStepDesugaredType(C);
8588   } while (DesugaredTy != Ty);
8589 
8590   return false;
8591 }
8592 
8593 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(Sema &S, QualType PT) {
8594   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
8595     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
8596     if (PointeeType->isPointerType())
8597       return PtrPtrKernelParam;
8598     if (PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_generic ||
8599         PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private ||
8600         PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::Default)
8601       return InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam;
8602     return PtrKernelParam;
8603   }
8604 
8605   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
8606   // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
8607   // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
8608   // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be one
8609   // of these built-in scalar types.
8610   if (isOpenCLSizeDependentType(S.getASTContext(), PT))
8611     return InvalidKernelParam;
8612 
8613   if (PT->isImageType())
8614     return PtrKernelParam;
8615 
8616   if (PT->isBooleanType() || PT->isEventT() || PT->isReserveIDT())
8617     return InvalidKernelParam;
8618 
8619   // OpenCL extension spec v1.2 s9.5:
8620   // This extension adds support for half scalar and vector types as built-in
8621   // types that can be used for arithmetic operations, conversions etc.
8622   if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16") && PT->isHalfType())
8623     return InvalidKernelParam;
8624 
8625   if (PT->isRecordType())
8626     return RecordKernelParam;
8627 
8628   // Look into an array argument to check if it has a forbidden type.
8629   if (PT->isArrayType()) {
8630     const Type *UnderlyingTy = PT->getPointeeOrArrayElementType();
8631     // Call ourself to check an underlying type of an array. Since the
8632     // getPointeeOrArrayElementType returns an innermost type which is not an
8633     // array, this recursive call only happens once.
8634     return getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QualType(UnderlyingTy, 0));
8635   }
8636 
8637   return ValidKernelParam;
8638 }
8639 
8640 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
8641   Sema &S,
8642   Declarator &D,
8643   ParmVarDecl *Param,
8644   llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) {
8645   QualType PT = Param->getType();
8646 
8647   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
8648   // used again
8649   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
8650     return;
8651 
8652   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PT)) {
8653   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
8654     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
8655     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
8656     // pointer to a pointer type.
8657     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
8658     D.setInvalidType();
8659     return;
8660 
8661   case InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam:
8662     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.5:
8663     // __kernel function arguments declared to be a pointer of a type can point
8664     // to one of the following address spaces only : __global, __local or
8665     // __constant.
8666     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_kernel_arg_address_space);
8667     D.setInvalidType();
8668     return;
8669 
8670     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
8671     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
8672     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
8673     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
8674     // one of these built-in scalar types.
8675 
8676   case InvalidKernelParam:
8677     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
8678     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
8679     // of event_t type.
8680     // Do not diagnose half type since it is diagnosed as invalid argument
8681     // type for any function elsewhere.
8682     if (!PT->isHalfType()) {
8683       S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
8684 
8685       // Explain what typedefs are involved.
8686       const TypedefType *Typedef = nullptr;
8687       while ((Typedef = PT->getAs<TypedefType>())) {
8688         SourceLocation Loc = Typedef->getDecl()->getLocation();
8689         // SourceLocation may be invalid for a built-in type.
8690         if (Loc.isValid())
8691           S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_entity_declared_at) << PT;
8692         PT = Typedef->desugar();
8693       }
8694     }
8695 
8696     D.setInvalidType();
8697     return;
8698 
8699   case PtrKernelParam:
8700   case ValidKernelParam:
8701     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
8702     return;
8703 
8704   case RecordKernelParam:
8705     break;
8706   }
8707 
8708   // Track nested structs we will inspect
8709   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
8710 
8711   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
8712   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
8713   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
8714   HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr);
8715 
8716   // At this point we already handled everything except of a RecordType or
8717   // an ArrayType of a RecordType.
8718   assert((PT->isArrayType() || PT->isRecordType()) && "Unexpected type.");
8719   const RecordType *RecTy =
8720       PT->getPointeeOrArrayElementType()->getAs<RecordType>();
8721   const RecordDecl *OrigRecDecl = RecTy->getDecl();
8722 
8723   VisitStack.push_back(RecTy->getDecl());
8724   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
8725 
8726   do {
8727     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
8728     if (!Next) {
8729       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
8730       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
8731       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
8732         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
8733 
8734       continue;
8735     }
8736 
8737     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
8738     // field itself) to the history stack.
8739     const RecordDecl *RD;
8740     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
8741       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
8742 
8743       QualType FieldTy = Field->getType();
8744       // Other field types (known to be valid or invalid) are handled while we
8745       // walk around RecordDecl::fields().
8746       assert((FieldTy->isArrayType() || FieldTy->isRecordType()) &&
8747              "Unexpected type.");
8748       const Type *FieldRecTy = FieldTy->getPointeeOrArrayElementType();
8749 
8750       RD = FieldRecTy->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
8751     } else {
8752       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
8753     }
8754 
8755     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
8756     VisitStack.push_back(nullptr);
8757 
8758     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
8759       QualType QT = FD->getType();
8760 
8761       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
8762         continue;
8763 
8764       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QT);
8765       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
8766         continue;
8767 
8768       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
8769         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
8770         continue;
8771       }
8772 
8773       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
8774       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
8775       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
8776       // union.
8777       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam ||
8778           ParamType == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam) {
8779         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
8780                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
8781           << PT->isUnionType()
8782           << PT;
8783       } else {
8784         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
8785       }
8786 
8787       S.Diag(OrigRecDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
8788           << OrigRecDecl->getDeclName();
8789 
8790       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
8791       // the offending field came from
8792       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator
8793                I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
8794                E = HistoryStack.end();
8795            I != E; ++I) {
8796         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
8797         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
8798           << OuterField->getType();
8799       }
8800 
8801       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
8802         << QT->isPointerType()
8803         << QT;
8804       D.setInvalidType();
8805       return;
8806     }
8807   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
8808 }
8809 
8810 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an
8811 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds
8812 /// nothing.
8813 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) {
8814   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
8815     DC = DC->getParent();
8816   return DC;
8817 }
8818 
8819 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an
8820 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds
8821 /// nothing.
8822 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
8823   while (S->isClassScope() ||
8824          (LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
8825           S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
8826          ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
8827          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
8828     S = S->getParent();
8829   return S;
8830 }
8831 
8832 NamedDecl*
8833 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
8834                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
8835                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamListsRef,
8836                               bool &AddToScope) {
8837   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
8838 
8839   assert(R->isFunctionType());
8840   if (R.getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->getCmseNSCallAttr())
8841     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_decl_cmse_ns_call);
8842 
8843   SmallVector<TemplateParameterList *, 4> TemplateParamLists;
8844   for (TemplateParameterList *TPL : TemplateParamListsRef)
8845     TemplateParamLists.push_back(TPL);
8846   if (TemplateParameterList *Invented = D.getInventedTemplateParameterList()) {
8847     if (!TemplateParamLists.empty() &&
8848         Invented->getDepth() == TemplateParamLists.back()->getDepth())
8849       TemplateParamLists.back() = Invented;
8850     else
8851       TemplateParamLists.push_back(Invented);
8852   }
8853 
8854   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
8855   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
8856   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
8857   StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
8858 
8859   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
8860     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
8861          diag::err_invalid_thread)
8862       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
8863 
8864   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
8865     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(),
8866                            D.getIdentifierLoc());
8867 
8868   bool isFriend = false;
8869   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr;
8870   bool isMemberSpecialization = false;
8871   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
8872 
8873   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
8874   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
8875   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
8876 
8877   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
8878 
8879   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
8880   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
8881 
8882   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
8883                                               isVirtualOkay);
8884   if (!NewFD) return nullptr;
8885 
8886   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
8887     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
8888 
8889   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
8890   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
8891   // context will be different from the semantic context.
8892   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
8893 
8894   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
8895     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
8896 
8897   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8898     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
8899     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
8900     bool hasExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().hasExplicitSpecifier();
8901     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
8902     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
8903       // C++ [class.friend]p5
8904       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
8905       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
8906       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
8907     }
8908 
8909     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
8910     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
8911     // return true).
8912     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
8913           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
8914       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
8915         NewFD->setPure(true);
8916 
8917       // C++ [class.union]p2
8918       //   A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions.
8919       if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion())
8920         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union);
8921     }
8922 
8923     SetNestedNameSpecifier(*this, NewFD, D);
8924     isMemberSpecialization = false;
8925     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
8926     if (D.isInvalidType())
8927       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8928 
8929     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
8930     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
8931     bool Invalid = false;
8932     TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
8933         MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
8934             D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
8935             D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
8936             D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId
8937                 ? D.getName().TemplateId
8938                 : nullptr,
8939             TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isMemberSpecialization,
8940             Invalid);
8941     if (TemplateParams) {
8942       // Check that we can declare a template here.
8943       if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
8944         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8945 
8946       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
8947         // This is a function template
8948 
8949         // A destructor cannot be a template.
8950         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
8951           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
8952           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8953         }
8954 
8955         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
8956         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
8957         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
8958         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
8959           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
8960           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
8961             Invalid = true;
8962         }
8963 
8964         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
8965                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
8966                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
8967                                                         NewFD);
8968         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
8969         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
8970 
8971         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
8972         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
8973           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
8974               ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *>(TemplateParamLists)
8975                   .drop_back(1));
8976         }
8977       } else {
8978         // This is a function template specialization.
8979         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
8980         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
8981         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
8982           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists);
8983 
8984         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
8985         if (isFriend) {
8986           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
8987           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
8988 
8989           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
8990           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
8991           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
8992           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
8993           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
8994           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
8995           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) {
8996             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
8997             InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
8998           }
8999 
9000           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
9001             << Name << RemoveRange
9002             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
9003             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
9004         }
9005       }
9006     } else {
9007       // Check that we can declare a template here.
9008       if (!TemplateParamLists.empty() && isMemberSpecialization &&
9009           CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParamLists.back()))
9010         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9011 
9012       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
9013       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
9014       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
9015         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
9016         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists);
9017     }
9018 
9019     if (Invalid) {
9020       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9021       if (FunctionTemplate)
9022         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
9023     }
9024 
9025     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
9026     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
9027     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
9028     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
9029     //
9030     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9031       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
9032         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
9033              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
9034       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
9035         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
9036         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
9037              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
9038           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
9039       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
9040         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
9041         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
9042         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
9043              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
9044           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
9045       } else {
9046         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
9047         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
9048       }
9049 
9050       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
9051           NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
9052         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
9053     }
9054 
9055     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
9056         (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
9057          (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
9058         NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
9059       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
9060       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
9061       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
9062       // thing to do.
9063       // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
9064       // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
9065       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
9066           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
9067       QualType Result =
9068           SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy);
9069       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(),
9070                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
9071     }
9072 
9073     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
9074     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
9075     //  declaration.
9076     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9077       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
9078         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
9079         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
9080              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
9081           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
9082       }
9083     }
9084 
9085     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
9086     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
9087     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
9088     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
9089     if (hasExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9090         !isa<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) {
9091       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
9092         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
9093         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
9094              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
9095             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecRange());
9096       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
9097                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
9098         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
9099         // or conversion function.
9100         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
9101              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
9102             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecRange());
9103       }
9104     }
9105 
9106     ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind = D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier();
9107     if (ConstexprKind != ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified) {
9108       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
9109       // are implicitly inline.
9110       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
9111 
9112       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
9113       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
9114       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
9115       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
9116           (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 ||
9117            ConstexprKind == ConstexprSpecKind::Consteval)) {
9118         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor)
9119             << static_cast<int>(ConstexprKind);
9120         NewFD->setConstexprKind(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20
9121                                     ? ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified
9122                                     : ConstexprSpecKind::Constexpr);
9123       }
9124       // C++20 [dcl.constexpr]p2: An allocation function, or a
9125       // deallocation function shall not be declared with the consteval
9126       // specifier.
9127       if (ConstexprKind == ConstexprSpecKind::Consteval &&
9128           (NewFD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
9129            NewFD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New ||
9130            NewFD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
9131            NewFD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete)) {
9132         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
9133              diag::err_invalid_consteval_decl_kind)
9134             << NewFD;
9135         NewFD->setConstexprKind(ConstexprSpecKind::Constexpr);
9136       }
9137     }
9138 
9139     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
9140     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
9141       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
9142         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
9143           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
9144         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
9145           << 0
9146           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
9147       } else {
9148         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
9149         if (FunctionTemplate)
9150           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
9151       }
9152     }
9153 
9154     if (isFriend) {
9155       if (FunctionTemplate) {
9156         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
9157         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
9158       }
9159       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
9160       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
9161     }
9162 
9163     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
9164     // We'll do the relevant checks on defaulted / deleted functions later.
9165     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
9166     case FunctionDefinitionKind::Declaration:
9167     case FunctionDefinitionKind::Definition:
9168       break;
9169 
9170     case FunctionDefinitionKind::Defaulted:
9171       NewFD->setDefaulted();
9172       break;
9173 
9174     case FunctionDefinitionKind::Deleted:
9175       NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
9176       break;
9177     }
9178 
9179     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
9180         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
9181       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
9182       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
9183       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
9184       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
9185     }
9186 
9187     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
9188         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
9189       // C++ [class.static]p1:
9190       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
9191       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
9192       //   the class.
9193 
9194       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
9195       // member function definition.
9196 
9197       // MSVC permits the use of a 'static' storage specifier on an out-of-line
9198       // member function template declaration and class member template
9199       // declaration (MSVC versions before 2015), warn about this.
9200       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
9201            ((!getLangOpts().isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) &&
9202              cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getDescribedClassTemplate()) ||
9203            (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()))
9204            ? diag::ext_static_out_of_line : diag::err_static_out_of_line)
9205         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
9206     }
9207 
9208     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
9209     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
9210     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
9211     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
9212     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
9213          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
9214         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec())
9215       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(
9216           FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(),
9217           FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept)));
9218   }
9219 
9220   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
9221   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
9222                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
9223                        isMemberSpecialization ||
9224                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
9225 
9226   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
9227   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
9228     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
9229     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
9230     NewFD->addAttr(AsmLabelAttr::Create(Context, SE->getString(),
9231                                         /*IsLiteralLabel=*/true,
9232                                         SE->getStrTokenLoc(0)));
9233   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
9234     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
9235       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
9236     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
9237       if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) {
9238         NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
9239         ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
9240       } else
9241         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
9242             << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD;
9243     }
9244   }
9245 
9246   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
9247   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
9248   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
9249   unsigned FTIIdx;
9250   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator(FTIIdx)) {
9251     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(FTIIdx).Fun;
9252 
9253     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
9254     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
9255     // single void argument.
9256     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
9257     // already checks for that case.
9258     if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) {
9259       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) {
9260         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
9261         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
9262         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
9263         Params.push_back(Param);
9264 
9265         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
9266           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9267       }
9268     }
9269 
9270     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9271       // In C, find all the tag declarations from the prototype and move them
9272       // into the function DeclContext. Remove them from the surrounding tag
9273       // injection context of the function, which is typically but not always
9274       // the TU.
9275       DeclContext *PrototypeTagContext =
9276           getTagInjectionContext(NewFD->getLexicalDeclContext());
9277       for (NamedDecl *NonParmDecl : FTI.getDeclsInPrototype()) {
9278         auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(NonParmDecl);
9279 
9280         // We don't want to reparent enumerators. Look at their parent enum
9281         // instead.
9282         if (!TD) {
9283           if (auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(NonParmDecl))
9284             TD = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext());
9285         }
9286         if (!TD)
9287           continue;
9288         DeclContext *TagDC = TD->getLexicalDeclContext();
9289         if (!TagDC->containsDecl(TD))
9290           continue;
9291         TagDC->removeDecl(TD);
9292         TD->setDeclContext(NewFD);
9293         NewFD->addDecl(TD);
9294 
9295         // Preserve the lexical DeclContext if it is not the surrounding tag
9296         // injection context of the FD. In this example, the semantic context of
9297         // E will be f and the lexical context will be S, while both the
9298         // semantic and lexical contexts of S will be f:
9299         //   void f(struct S { enum E { a } f; } s);
9300         if (TagDC != PrototypeTagContext)
9301           TD->setLexicalDeclContext(TagDC);
9302       }
9303     }
9304   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
9305     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
9306     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
9307     // parameters for use in the declaration.
9308     //
9309     // @code
9310     // typedef void fn(int);
9311     // fn f;
9312     // @endcode
9313 
9314     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
9315     for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
9316       ParmVarDecl *Param =
9317           BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI);
9318       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
9319       Params.push_back(Param);
9320     }
9321   } else {
9322     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
9323            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
9324   }
9325 
9326   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
9327   NewFD->setParams(Params);
9328 
9329   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
9330     NewFD->addAttr(C11NoReturnAttr::Create(Context,
9331                                            D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
9332                                            AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Keyword));
9333 
9334   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
9335   // because all functions have linkage.
9336   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9337       NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
9338     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
9339     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9340   }
9341 
9342   // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section text' is active
9343   if (PragmaClangTextSection.Valid && D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
9344       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>())
9345     NewFD->addAttr(PragmaClangTextSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
9346         Context, PragmaClangTextSection.SectionName,
9347         PragmaClangTextSection.PragmaLocation, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
9348 
9349   // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active.
9350   if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
9351       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
9352     NewFD->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
9353         Context, CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
9354         CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma,
9355         SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate));
9356     if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
9357                      ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute |
9358                          ASTContext::PSF_Read,
9359                      NewFD))
9360       NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
9361   }
9362 
9363   // Apply an implicit CodeSegAttr from class declspec or
9364   // apply an implicit SectionAttr from #pragma code_seg if active.
9365   if (!NewFD->hasAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) {
9366     if (Attr *SAttr = getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(NewFD,
9367                                                                  D.isFunctionDefinition())) {
9368       NewFD->addAttr(SAttr);
9369     }
9370   }
9371 
9372   // Handle attributes.
9373   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
9374 
9375   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
9376     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
9377     // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
9378     LangAS AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace();
9379     if (AddressSpace != LangAS::Default) {
9380       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
9381            diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space);
9382       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9383     }
9384   }
9385 
9386   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9387     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
9388     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
9389       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
9390 
9391     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
9392       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
9393 
9394     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9395       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
9396                                                   isMemberSpecialization));
9397     else if (!Previous.empty())
9398       // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
9399       D.setRedeclaration(true);
9400     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
9401             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
9402            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
9403 
9404     // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that
9405     // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging
9406     // possibly prototyped redeclarations.
9407     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
9408     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
9409       CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC();
9410       if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) {
9411         // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without
9412         // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning.
9413         int DiagID =
9414             CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr;
9415         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID)
9416             << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC);
9417       }
9418     }
9419 
9420    if (NewFD->getReturnType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() ||
9421        NewFD->getReturnType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
9422      checkNonTrivialCUnion(NewFD->getReturnType(),
9423                            NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange().getBegin(),
9424                            NTCUC_FunctionReturn, NTCUK_Destruct|NTCUK_Copy);
9425   } else {
9426     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
9427     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
9428     //
9429     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
9430     //
9431     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
9432     // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
9433     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
9434         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
9435         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
9436       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
9437            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
9438         << NewFD->getDeclName();
9439 
9440     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
9441     // argument list into our AST format.
9442     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) {
9443       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
9444       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
9445       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
9446       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
9447                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
9448       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
9449                                  TemplateArgs);
9450 
9451       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
9452 
9453       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9454         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
9455       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
9456         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
9457         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
9458           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
9459 
9460         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
9461       } else {
9462         assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization ||
9463                 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) &&
9464                "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
9465         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
9466         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
9467       }
9468     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
9469       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
9470       // wrote something like:
9471       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
9472       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
9473       //   friend void foo<>(int);
9474       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
9475       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
9476       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
9477       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
9478     }
9479 
9480     // We do not add HD attributes to specializations here because
9481     // they may have different constexpr-ness compared to their
9482     // templates and, after maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs() is applied,
9483     // may end up with different effective targets. Instead, a
9484     // specialization inherits its target attributes from its template
9485     // in the CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization() call below.
9486     if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization)
9487       maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(NewFD, Previous);
9488 
9489     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
9490     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
9491     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
9492     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
9493     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
9494     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
9495         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
9496          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
9497             TemplateArgs,
9498             InstantiationDependent))) {
9499       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
9500              "friend function specialization without template args");
9501       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
9502                                                        Previous))
9503         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9504     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
9505       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
9506           && !isFriend) {
9507         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
9508       } else if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9509                  CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
9510                      NewFD, (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : nullptr),
9511                      Previous))
9512         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9513 
9514       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
9515       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
9516       //   specialization (14.7.3)
9517       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
9518           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
9519       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
9520         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
9521           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
9522                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
9523             << SC
9524             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
9525                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
9526 
9527         else
9528           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
9529                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
9530             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
9531                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
9532       }
9533     } else if (isMemberSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
9534       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
9535           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9536     }
9537 
9538     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
9539     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
9540       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
9541         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
9542 
9543       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
9544         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
9545 
9546       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9547         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
9548                                                     isMemberSpecialization));
9549       else if (!Previous.empty())
9550         // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
9551         D.setRedeclaration(true);
9552     }
9553 
9554     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
9555             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
9556            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
9557 
9558     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
9559                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
9560                                 : NewFD);
9561 
9562     if (isFriend && NewFD->getPreviousDecl()) {
9563       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
9564       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9565         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
9566 
9567       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
9568       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
9569     }
9570 
9571     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
9572         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
9573       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
9574 
9575     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
9576     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
9577     if (FunctionTemplate) {
9578       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
9579                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
9580       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
9581                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
9582                                     : nullptr,
9583                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
9584                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
9585                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
9586                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
9587                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
9588                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
9589                                  DC->isDependentContext())
9590                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
9591                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
9592     }
9593 
9594     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9595       // Ignore all the rest of this.
9596     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
9597       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
9598                                        AddToScope };
9599       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
9600       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
9601         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
9602 
9603       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
9604       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
9605         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
9606         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
9607 
9608         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
9609         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
9610         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
9611         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
9612         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
9613         // can actually do this check immediately.
9614         //
9615         // Unless the scope is dependent, it's always an error if qualified
9616         // redeclaration lookup found nothing at all. Diagnose that now;
9617         // nothing will diagnose that error later.
9618         if (isFriend &&
9619             (D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
9620              (!Previous.empty() && CurContext->isDependentContext()))) {
9621           // ignore these
9622         } else {
9623           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
9624           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
9625           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
9626           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
9627           //
9628           // class X {
9629           //   void f() const;
9630           // };
9631           //
9632           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
9633           //
9634           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
9635           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
9636           // whether the parameter types are references).
9637 
9638           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
9639                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) {
9640             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
9641             return Result;
9642           }
9643         }
9644 
9645         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
9646         // to something.
9647       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
9648         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
9649                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
9650           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
9651           return Result;
9652         }
9653       }
9654     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
9655                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
9656                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
9657                !isMemberSpecialization) {
9658       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
9659       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
9660       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
9661       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
9662       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
9663       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
9664       // generate them.
9665       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
9666         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
9667     }
9668   }
9669 
9670   // If this is the first declaration of a library builtin function, add
9671   // attributes as appropriate.
9672   if (!D.isRedeclaration() &&
9673       NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) {
9674     if (IdentifierInfo *II = Previous.getLookupName().getAsIdentifierInfo()) {
9675       if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
9676         if (NewFD->getLanguageLinkage() == CLanguageLinkage) {
9677           // Validate the type matches unless this builtin is specified as
9678           // matching regardless of its declared type.
9679           if (Context.BuiltinInfo.allowTypeMismatch(BuiltinID)) {
9680             NewFD->addAttr(BuiltinAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, BuiltinID));
9681           } else {
9682             ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
9683             LookupNecessaryTypesForBuiltin(S, BuiltinID);
9684             QualType BuiltinType = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
9685 
9686             if (!Error && !BuiltinType.isNull() &&
9687                 Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(
9688                     NewFD->getType(), BuiltinType))
9689               NewFD->addAttr(BuiltinAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, BuiltinID));
9690           }
9691         } else if (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__GetExceptionInfo &&
9692                    Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
9693           // FIXME: We should consider this a builtin only in the std namespace.
9694           NewFD->addAttr(BuiltinAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, BuiltinID));
9695         }
9696       }
9697     }
9698   }
9699 
9700   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
9701   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
9702 
9703   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
9704 
9705   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
9706       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
9707     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
9708          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
9709       << NewFD;
9710 
9711     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
9712     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
9713     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
9714         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
9715     EPI.Variadic = true;
9716     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
9717 
9718     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI);
9719     NewFD->setType(R);
9720   }
9721 
9722   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
9723   // member, set the visibility of this function.
9724   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
9725     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
9726 
9727   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
9728   // marking the function.
9729   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
9730 
9731   // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to
9732   // a pragma.
9733   if(D.isFunctionDefinition())
9734     AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD);
9735 
9736   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
9737   // the map of such variables.
9738   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9739       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
9740     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
9741 
9742   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
9743   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
9744 
9745   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
9746     NamedDecl *Prev = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
9747     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(*this, Prev, NewFD,
9748                                    isMemberSpecialization ||
9749                                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization,
9750                                    D.isFunctionDefinition());
9751   }
9752 
9753   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
9754     IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier();
9755     if (II && II->isStr(getCudaConfigureFuncName()) &&
9756         !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9757         NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
9758       if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
9759         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return)
9760             << getCudaConfigureFuncName();
9761       Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
9762     }
9763 
9764     // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed
9765     // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed
9766     // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions.
9767     if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() &&
9768         (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() ||
9769          NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) &&
9770         !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() &&
9771           !D.isFunctionDefinition())) {
9772       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn);
9773     }
9774   }
9775 
9776   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
9777 
9778 
9779 
9780   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
9781     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
9782     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
9783         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
9784       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
9785       D.setInvalidType();
9786     }
9787 
9788     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
9789     if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
9790       SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
9791       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type)
9792           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void")
9793                                 : FixItHint());
9794       D.setInvalidType();
9795     }
9796 
9797     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
9798     for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters())
9799       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
9800 
9801     if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) {
9802       if (DC->isRecord()) {
9803         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_method_kernel);
9804         D.setInvalidType();
9805       }
9806       if (FunctionTemplate) {
9807         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_kernel);
9808         D.setInvalidType();
9809       }
9810     }
9811   }
9812 
9813   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9814     if (FunctionTemplate) {
9815       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9816         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
9817       return FunctionTemplate;
9818     }
9819 
9820     if (isMemberSpecialization && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9821       CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous);
9822   }
9823 
9824   for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) {
9825     QualType PT = Param->getType();
9826 
9827     // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value
9828     // types.
9829     if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200 || getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) {
9830       if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) {
9831         QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType();
9832           if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) {
9833             Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type );
9834             D.setInvalidType();
9835           }
9836       }
9837     }
9838   }
9839 
9840   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
9841   // The actual specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
9842   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
9843   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
9844     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
9845                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
9846                                 Context, CurContext, NewFD->getLocation(),
9847                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
9848                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
9849     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
9850     AddToScope = false;
9851   }
9852 
9853   // Diagnose availability attributes. Availability cannot be used on functions
9854   // that are run during load/unload.
9855   if (const auto *attr = NewFD->getAttr<AvailabilityAttr>()) {
9856     if (NewFD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>()) {
9857       Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_availability_on_static_initializer)
9858           << 1;
9859       NewFD->dropAttr<AvailabilityAttr>();
9860     }
9861     if (NewFD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) {
9862       Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_availability_on_static_initializer)
9863           << 2;
9864       NewFD->dropAttr<AvailabilityAttr>();
9865     }
9866   }
9867 
9868   // Diagnose no_builtin attribute on function declaration that are not a
9869   // definition.
9870   // FIXME: We should really be doing this in
9871   // SemaDeclAttr.cpp::handleNoBuiltinAttr, unfortunately we only have access to
9872   // the FunctionDecl and at this point of the code
9873   // FunctionDecl::isThisDeclarationADefinition() which always returns `false`
9874   // because Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef has not been called yet.
9875   if (const auto *NBA = NewFD->getAttr<NoBuiltinAttr>())
9876     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
9877     case FunctionDefinitionKind::Defaulted:
9878     case FunctionDefinitionKind::Deleted:
9879       Diag(NBA->getLocation(),
9880            diag::err_attribute_no_builtin_on_defaulted_deleted_function)
9881           << NBA->getSpelling();
9882       break;
9883     case FunctionDefinitionKind::Declaration:
9884       Diag(NBA->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_no_builtin_on_non_definition)
9885           << NBA->getSpelling();
9886       break;
9887     case FunctionDefinitionKind::Definition:
9888       break;
9889     }
9890 
9891   return NewFD;
9892 }
9893 
9894 /// Return a CodeSegAttr from a containing class.  The Microsoft docs say
9895 /// when __declspec(code_seg) "is applied to a class, all member functions of
9896 /// the class and nested classes -- this includes compiler-generated special
9897 /// member functions -- are put in the specified segment."
9898 /// The actual behavior is a little more complicated. The Microsoft compiler
9899 /// won't check outer classes if there is an active value from #pragma code_seg.
9900 /// The CodeSeg is always applied from the direct parent but only from outer
9901 /// classes when the #pragma code_seg stack is empty. See:
9902 /// https://reviews.llvm.org/D22931, the Microsoft feedback page is no longer
9903 /// available since MS has removed the page.
9904 static Attr *getImplicitCodeSegAttrFromClass(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD) {
9905   const auto *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
9906   if (!Method)
9907     return nullptr;
9908   const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = Method->getParent();
9909   if (const auto *SAttr = Parent->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) {
9910     Attr *NewAttr = SAttr->clone(S.getASTContext());
9911     NewAttr->setImplicit(true);
9912     return NewAttr;
9913   }
9914 
9915   // The Microsoft compiler won't check outer classes for the CodeSeg
9916   // when the #pragma code_seg stack is active.
9917   if (S.CodeSegStack.CurrentValue)
9918    return nullptr;
9919 
9920   while ((Parent = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Parent->getParent()))) {
9921     if (const auto *SAttr = Parent->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) {
9922       Attr *NewAttr = SAttr->clone(S.getASTContext());
9923       NewAttr->setImplicit(true);
9924       return NewAttr;
9925     }
9926   }
9927   return nullptr;
9928 }
9929 
9930 /// Returns an implicit CodeSegAttr if a __declspec(code_seg) is found on a
9931 /// containing class. Otherwise it will return implicit SectionAttr if the
9932 /// function is a definition and there is an active value on CodeSegStack
9933 /// (from the current #pragma code-seg value).
9934 ///
9935 /// \param FD Function being declared.
9936 /// \param IsDefinition Whether it is a definition or just a declarartion.
9937 /// \returns A CodeSegAttr or SectionAttr to apply to the function or
9938 ///          nullptr if no attribute should be added.
9939 Attr *Sema::getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
9940                                                        bool IsDefinition) {
9941   if (Attr *A = getImplicitCodeSegAttrFromClass(*this, FD))
9942     return A;
9943   if (!FD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && IsDefinition &&
9944       CodeSegStack.CurrentValue)
9945     return SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
9946         getASTContext(), CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
9947         CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma,
9948         SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate);
9949   return nullptr;
9950 }
9951 
9952 /// Determines if we can perform a correct type check for \p D as a
9953 /// redeclaration of \p PrevDecl. If not, we can generally still perform a
9954 /// best-effort check.
9955 ///
9956 /// \param NewD The new declaration.
9957 /// \param OldD The old declaration.
9958 /// \param NewT The portion of the type of the new declaration to check.
9959 /// \param OldT The portion of the type of the old declaration to check.
9960 bool Sema::canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(ValueDecl *NewD, ValueDecl *OldD,
9961                                           QualType NewT, QualType OldT) {
9962   if (!NewD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
9963     return true;
9964 
9965   // For dependently-typed local extern declarations and friends, we can't
9966   // perform a correct type check in general until instantiation:
9967   //
9968   //   int f();
9969   //   template<typename T> void g() { T f(); }
9970   //
9971   // (valid if g() is only instantiated with T = int).
9972   if (NewT->isDependentType() &&
9973       (NewD->isLocalExternDecl() || NewD->getFriendObjectKind()))
9974     return false;
9975 
9976   // Similarly, if the previous declaration was a dependent local extern
9977   // declaration, we don't really know its type yet.
9978   if (OldT->isDependentType() && OldD->isLocalExternDecl())
9979     return false;
9980 
9981   return true;
9982 }
9983 
9984 /// Checks if the new declaration declared in dependent context must be
9985 /// put in the same redeclaration chain as the specified declaration.
9986 ///
9987 /// \param D Declaration that is checked.
9988 /// \param PrevDecl Previous declaration found with proper lookup method for the
9989 ///                 same declaration name.
9990 /// \returns True if D must be added to the redeclaration chain which PrevDecl
9991 ///          belongs to.
9992 ///
9993 bool Sema::shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *PrevDecl) {
9994   if (!D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
9995     return true;
9996 
9997   // Don't chain dependent friend function definitions until instantiation, to
9998   // permit cases like
9999   //
10000   //   void func();
10001   //   template<typename T> class C1 { friend void func() {} };
10002   //   template<typename T> class C2 { friend void func() {} };
10003   //
10004   // ... which is valid if only one of C1 and C2 is ever instantiated.
10005   //
10006   // FIXME: This need only apply to function definitions. For now, we proxy
10007   // this by checking for a file-scope function. We do not want this to apply
10008   // to friend declarations nominating member functions, because that gets in
10009   // the way of access checks.
10010   if (D->getFriendObjectKind() && D->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
10011     return false;
10012 
10013   auto *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
10014   auto *PrevVD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(PrevDecl);
10015   return !VD || !PrevVD ||
10016          canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(VD, PrevVD, VD->getType(),
10017                                         PrevVD->getType());
10018 }
10019 
10020 /// Check the target attribute of the function for MultiVersion
10021 /// validity.
10022 ///
10023 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
10024 static bool CheckMultiVersionValue(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD) {
10025   const auto *TA = FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
10026   assert(TA && "MultiVersion Candidate requires a target attribute");
10027   ParsedTargetAttr ParseInfo = TA->parse();
10028   const TargetInfo &TargetInfo = S.Context.getTargetInfo();
10029   enum ErrType { Feature = 0, Architecture = 1 };
10030 
10031   if (!ParseInfo.Architecture.empty() &&
10032       !TargetInfo.validateCpuIs(ParseInfo.Architecture)) {
10033     S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option)
10034         << Architecture << ParseInfo.Architecture;
10035     return true;
10036   }
10037 
10038   for (const auto &Feat : ParseInfo.Features) {
10039     auto BareFeat = StringRef{Feat}.substr(1);
10040     if (Feat[0] == '-') {
10041       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option)
10042           << Feature << ("no-" + BareFeat).str();
10043       return true;
10044     }
10045 
10046     if (!TargetInfo.validateCpuSupports(BareFeat) ||
10047         !TargetInfo.isValidFeatureName(BareFeat)) {
10048       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option)
10049           << Feature << BareFeat;
10050       return true;
10051     }
10052   }
10053   return false;
10054 }
10055 
10056 // Provide a white-list of attributes that are allowed to be combined with
10057 // multiversion functions.
10058 static bool AttrCompatibleWithMultiVersion(attr::Kind Kind,
10059                                            MultiVersionKind MVType) {
10060   // Note: this list/diagnosis must match the list in
10061   // checkMultiversionAttributesAllSame.
10062   switch (Kind) {
10063   default:
10064     return false;
10065   case attr::Used:
10066     return MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target;
10067   case attr::NonNull:
10068   case attr::NoThrow:
10069     return true;
10070   }
10071 }
10072 
10073 static bool checkNonMultiVersionCompatAttributes(Sema &S,
10074                                                  const FunctionDecl *FD,
10075                                                  const FunctionDecl *CausedFD,
10076                                                  MultiVersionKind MVType) {
10077   bool IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType =
10078       MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch ||
10079       MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific;
10080   const auto Diagnose = [FD, CausedFD, IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType](
10081                             Sema &S, const Attr *A) {
10082     S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_disallowed_other_attr)
10083         << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << A;
10084     if (CausedFD)
10085       S.Diag(CausedFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here);
10086     return true;
10087   };
10088 
10089   for (const Attr *A : FD->attrs()) {
10090     switch (A->getKind()) {
10091     case attr::CPUDispatch:
10092     case attr::CPUSpecific:
10093       if (MVType != MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch &&
10094           MVType != MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific)
10095         return Diagnose(S, A);
10096       break;
10097     case attr::Target:
10098       if (MVType != MultiVersionKind::Target)
10099         return Diagnose(S, A);
10100       break;
10101     default:
10102       if (!AttrCompatibleWithMultiVersion(A->getKind(), MVType))
10103         return Diagnose(S, A);
10104       break;
10105     }
10106   }
10107   return false;
10108 }
10109 
10110 bool Sema::areMultiversionVariantFunctionsCompatible(
10111     const FunctionDecl *OldFD, const FunctionDecl *NewFD,
10112     const PartialDiagnostic &NoProtoDiagID,
10113     const PartialDiagnosticAt &NoteCausedDiagIDAt,
10114     const PartialDiagnosticAt &NoSupportDiagIDAt,
10115     const PartialDiagnosticAt &DiffDiagIDAt, bool TemplatesSupported,
10116     bool ConstexprSupported, bool CLinkageMayDiffer) {
10117   enum DoesntSupport {
10118     FuncTemplates = 0,
10119     VirtFuncs = 1,
10120     DeducedReturn = 2,
10121     Constructors = 3,
10122     Destructors = 4,
10123     DeletedFuncs = 5,
10124     DefaultedFuncs = 6,
10125     ConstexprFuncs = 7,
10126     ConstevalFuncs = 8,
10127   };
10128   enum Different {
10129     CallingConv = 0,
10130     ReturnType = 1,
10131     ConstexprSpec = 2,
10132     InlineSpec = 3,
10133     StorageClass = 4,
10134     Linkage = 5,
10135   };
10136 
10137   if (NoProtoDiagID.getDiagID() != 0 && OldFD &&
10138       !OldFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
10139     Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), NoProtoDiagID);
10140     Diag(NoteCausedDiagIDAt.first, NoteCausedDiagIDAt.second);
10141     return true;
10142   }
10143 
10144   if (NoProtoDiagID.getDiagID() != 0 &&
10145       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
10146     return Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), NoProtoDiagID);
10147 
10148   if (!TemplatesSupported &&
10149       NewFD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplate)
10150     return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10151            << FuncTemplates;
10152 
10153   if (const auto *NewCXXFD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
10154     if (NewCXXFD->isVirtual())
10155       return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10156              << VirtFuncs;
10157 
10158     if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewCXXFD))
10159       return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10160              << Constructors;
10161 
10162     if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewCXXFD))
10163       return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10164              << Destructors;
10165   }
10166 
10167   if (NewFD->isDeleted())
10168     return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10169            << DeletedFuncs;
10170 
10171   if (NewFD->isDefaulted())
10172     return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10173            << DefaultedFuncs;
10174 
10175   if (!ConstexprSupported && NewFD->isConstexpr())
10176     return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10177            << (NewFD->isConsteval() ? ConstevalFuncs : ConstexprFuncs);
10178 
10179   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(NewFD->getType());
10180   const auto *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
10181   QualType NewReturnType = NewType->getReturnType();
10182 
10183   if (NewReturnType->isUndeducedType())
10184     return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10185            << DeducedReturn;
10186 
10187   // Ensure the return type is identical.
10188   if (OldFD) {
10189     QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(OldFD->getType());
10190     const auto *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
10191     FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
10192     FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
10193 
10194     if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC())
10195       return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << CallingConv;
10196 
10197     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
10198 
10199     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType)
10200       return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << ReturnType;
10201 
10202     if (OldFD->getConstexprKind() != NewFD->getConstexprKind())
10203       return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << ConstexprSpec;
10204 
10205     if (OldFD->isInlineSpecified() != NewFD->isInlineSpecified())
10206       return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << InlineSpec;
10207 
10208     if (OldFD->getStorageClass() != NewFD->getStorageClass())
10209       return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << StorageClass;
10210 
10211     if (!CLinkageMayDiffer && OldFD->isExternC() != NewFD->isExternC())
10212       return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << Linkage;
10213 
10214     if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
10215             OldFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), OldFD->getLocation(),
10216             NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), NewFD->getLocation()))
10217       return true;
10218   }
10219   return false;
10220 }
10221 
10222 static bool CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *OldFD,
10223                                              const FunctionDecl *NewFD,
10224                                              bool CausesMV,
10225                                              MultiVersionKind MVType) {
10226   if (!S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().supportsMultiVersioning()) {
10227     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_supported);
10228     if (OldFD)
10229       S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10230     return true;
10231   }
10232 
10233   bool IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType =
10234       MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch ||
10235       MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific;
10236 
10237   if (CausesMV && OldFD &&
10238       checkNonMultiVersionCompatAttributes(S, OldFD, NewFD, MVType))
10239     return true;
10240 
10241   if (checkNonMultiVersionCompatAttributes(S, NewFD, nullptr, MVType))
10242     return true;
10243 
10244   // Only allow transition to MultiVersion if it hasn't been used.
10245   if (OldFD && CausesMV && OldFD->isUsed(false))
10246     return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_after_used);
10247 
10248   return S.areMultiversionVariantFunctionsCompatible(
10249       OldFD, NewFD, S.PDiag(diag::err_multiversion_noproto),
10250       PartialDiagnosticAt(NewFD->getLocation(),
10251                           S.PDiag(diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here)),
10252       PartialDiagnosticAt(NewFD->getLocation(),
10253                           S.PDiag(diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support)
10254                               << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType),
10255       PartialDiagnosticAt(NewFD->getLocation(),
10256                           S.PDiag(diag::err_multiversion_diff)),
10257       /*TemplatesSupported=*/false,
10258       /*ConstexprSupported=*/!IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType,
10259       /*CLinkageMayDiffer=*/false);
10260 }
10261 
10262 /// Check the validity of a multiversion function declaration that is the
10263 /// first of its kind. Also sets the multiversion'ness' of the function itself.
10264 ///
10265 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
10266 ///
10267 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
10268 static bool CheckMultiVersionFirstFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD,
10269                                            MultiVersionKind MVType,
10270                                            const TargetAttr *TA) {
10271   assert(MVType != MultiVersionKind::None &&
10272          "Function lacks multiversion attribute");
10273 
10274   // Target only causes MV if it is default, otherwise this is a normal
10275   // function.
10276   if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && !TA->isDefaultVersion())
10277     return false;
10278 
10279   if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && CheckMultiVersionValue(S, FD)) {
10280     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10281     return true;
10282   }
10283 
10284   if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, nullptr, FD, true, MVType)) {
10285     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10286     return true;
10287   }
10288 
10289   FD->setIsMultiVersion();
10290   return false;
10291 }
10292 
10293 static bool PreviousDeclsHaveMultiVersionAttribute(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
10294   for (const Decl *D = FD->getPreviousDecl(); D; D = D->getPreviousDecl()) {
10295     if (D->getAsFunction()->getMultiVersionKind() != MultiVersionKind::None)
10296       return true;
10297   }
10298 
10299   return false;
10300 }
10301 
10302 static bool CheckTargetCausesMultiVersioning(
10303     Sema &S, FunctionDecl *OldFD, FunctionDecl *NewFD, const TargetAttr *NewTA,
10304     bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious,
10305     LookupResult &Previous) {
10306   const auto *OldTA = OldFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
10307   ParsedTargetAttr NewParsed = NewTA->parse();
10308   // Sort order doesn't matter, it just needs to be consistent.
10309   llvm::sort(NewParsed.Features);
10310 
10311   // If the old decl is NOT MultiVersioned yet, and we don't cause that
10312   // to change, this is a simple redeclaration.
10313   if (!NewTA->isDefaultVersion() &&
10314       (!OldTA || OldTA->getFeaturesStr() == NewTA->getFeaturesStr()))
10315     return false;
10316 
10317   // Otherwise, this decl causes MultiVersioning.
10318   if (!S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().supportsMultiVersioning()) {
10319     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_supported);
10320     S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10321     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10322     return true;
10323   }
10324 
10325   if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, OldFD, NewFD, true,
10326                                        MultiVersionKind::Target)) {
10327     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10328     return true;
10329   }
10330 
10331   if (CheckMultiVersionValue(S, NewFD)) {
10332     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10333     return true;
10334   }
10335 
10336   // If this is 'default', permit the forward declaration.
10337   if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && !OldTA && NewTA->isDefaultVersion()) {
10338     Redeclaration = true;
10339     OldDecl = OldFD;
10340     OldFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10341     NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10342     return false;
10343   }
10344 
10345   if (CheckMultiVersionValue(S, OldFD)) {
10346     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here);
10347     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10348     return true;
10349   }
10350 
10351   ParsedTargetAttr OldParsed = OldTA->parse(std::less<std::string>());
10352 
10353   if (OldParsed == NewParsed) {
10354     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_duplicate);
10355     S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10356     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10357     return true;
10358   }
10359 
10360   for (const auto *FD : OldFD->redecls()) {
10361     const auto *CurTA = FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
10362     // We allow forward declarations before ANY multiversioning attributes, but
10363     // nothing after the fact.
10364     if (PreviousDeclsHaveMultiVersionAttribute(FD) &&
10365         (!CurTA || CurTA->isInherited())) {
10366       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_required_in_redecl)
10367           << 0;
10368       S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here);
10369       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10370       return true;
10371     }
10372   }
10373 
10374   OldFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10375   NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10376   Redeclaration = false;
10377   MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
10378   OldDecl = nullptr;
10379   Previous.clear();
10380   return false;
10381 }
10382 
10383 /// Check the validity of a new function declaration being added to an existing
10384 /// multiversioned declaration collection.
10385 static bool CheckMultiVersionAdditionalDecl(
10386     Sema &S, FunctionDecl *OldFD, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
10387     MultiVersionKind NewMVType, const TargetAttr *NewTA,
10388     const CPUDispatchAttr *NewCPUDisp, const CPUSpecificAttr *NewCPUSpec,
10389     bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious,
10390     LookupResult &Previous) {
10391 
10392   MultiVersionKind OldMVType = OldFD->getMultiVersionKind();
10393   // Disallow mixing of multiversioning types.
10394   if ((OldMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target &&
10395        NewMVType != MultiVersionKind::Target) ||
10396       (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target &&
10397        OldMVType != MultiVersionKind::Target)) {
10398     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_types_mixed);
10399     S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10400     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10401     return true;
10402   }
10403 
10404   ParsedTargetAttr NewParsed;
10405   if (NewTA) {
10406     NewParsed = NewTA->parse();
10407     llvm::sort(NewParsed.Features);
10408   }
10409 
10410   bool UseMemberUsingDeclRules =
10411       S.CurContext->isRecord() && !NewFD->getFriendObjectKind();
10412 
10413   // Next, check ALL non-overloads to see if this is a redeclaration of a
10414   // previous member of the MultiVersion set.
10415   for (NamedDecl *ND : Previous) {
10416     FunctionDecl *CurFD = ND->getAsFunction();
10417     if (!CurFD)
10418       continue;
10419     if (S.IsOverload(NewFD, CurFD, UseMemberUsingDeclRules))
10420       continue;
10421 
10422     if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target) {
10423       const auto *CurTA = CurFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
10424       if (CurTA->getFeaturesStr() == NewTA->getFeaturesStr()) {
10425         NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10426         Redeclaration = true;
10427         OldDecl = ND;
10428         return false;
10429       }
10430 
10431       ParsedTargetAttr CurParsed = CurTA->parse(std::less<std::string>());
10432       if (CurParsed == NewParsed) {
10433         S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_duplicate);
10434         S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10435         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10436         return true;
10437       }
10438     } else {
10439       const auto *CurCPUSpec = CurFD->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>();
10440       const auto *CurCPUDisp = CurFD->getAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>();
10441       // Handle CPUDispatch/CPUSpecific versions.
10442       // Only 1 CPUDispatch function is allowed, this will make it go through
10443       // the redeclaration errors.
10444       if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch &&
10445           CurFD->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>()) {
10446         if (CurCPUDisp->cpus_size() == NewCPUDisp->cpus_size() &&
10447             std::equal(
10448                 CurCPUDisp->cpus_begin(), CurCPUDisp->cpus_end(),
10449                 NewCPUDisp->cpus_begin(),
10450                 [](const IdentifierInfo *Cur, const IdentifierInfo *New) {
10451                   return Cur->getName() == New->getName();
10452                 })) {
10453           NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10454           Redeclaration = true;
10455           OldDecl = ND;
10456           return false;
10457         }
10458 
10459         // If the declarations don't match, this is an error condition.
10460         S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cpu_dispatch_mismatch);
10461         S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10462         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10463         return true;
10464       }
10465       if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific && CurCPUSpec) {
10466 
10467         if (CurCPUSpec->cpus_size() == NewCPUSpec->cpus_size() &&
10468             std::equal(
10469                 CurCPUSpec->cpus_begin(), CurCPUSpec->cpus_end(),
10470                 NewCPUSpec->cpus_begin(),
10471                 [](const IdentifierInfo *Cur, const IdentifierInfo *New) {
10472                   return Cur->getName() == New->getName();
10473                 })) {
10474           NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10475           Redeclaration = true;
10476           OldDecl = ND;
10477           return false;
10478         }
10479 
10480         // Only 1 version of CPUSpecific is allowed for each CPU.
10481         for (const IdentifierInfo *CurII : CurCPUSpec->cpus()) {
10482           for (const IdentifierInfo *NewII : NewCPUSpec->cpus()) {
10483             if (CurII == NewII) {
10484               S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cpu_specific_multiple_defs)
10485                   << NewII;
10486               S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10487               NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10488               return true;
10489             }
10490           }
10491         }
10492       }
10493       // If the two decls aren't the same MVType, there is no possible error
10494       // condition.
10495     }
10496   }
10497 
10498   // Else, this is simply a non-redecl case.  Checking the 'value' is only
10499   // necessary in the Target case, since The CPUSpecific/Dispatch cases are
10500   // handled in the attribute adding step.
10501   if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target &&
10502       CheckMultiVersionValue(S, NewFD)) {
10503     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10504     return true;
10505   }
10506 
10507   if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, OldFD, NewFD,
10508                                        !OldFD->isMultiVersion(), NewMVType)) {
10509     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10510     return true;
10511   }
10512 
10513   // Permit forward declarations in the case where these two are compatible.
10514   if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion()) {
10515     OldFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10516     NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10517     Redeclaration = true;
10518     OldDecl = OldFD;
10519     return false;
10520   }
10521 
10522   NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10523   Redeclaration = false;
10524   MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
10525   OldDecl = nullptr;
10526   Previous.clear();
10527   return false;
10528 }
10529 
10530 
10531 /// Check the validity of a mulitversion function declaration.
10532 /// Also sets the multiversion'ness' of the function itself.
10533 ///
10534 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
10535 ///
10536 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
10537 static bool CheckMultiVersionFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
10538                                       bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
10539                                       bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious,
10540                                       LookupResult &Previous) {
10541   const auto *NewTA = NewFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
10542   const auto *NewCPUDisp = NewFD->getAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>();
10543   const auto *NewCPUSpec = NewFD->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>();
10544 
10545   // Mixing Multiversioning types is prohibited.
10546   if ((NewTA && NewCPUDisp) || (NewTA && NewCPUSpec) ||
10547       (NewCPUDisp && NewCPUSpec)) {
10548     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_types_mixed);
10549     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10550     return true;
10551   }
10552 
10553   MultiVersionKind  MVType = NewFD->getMultiVersionKind();
10554 
10555   // Main isn't allowed to become a multiversion function, however it IS
10556   // permitted to have 'main' be marked with the 'target' optimization hint.
10557   if (NewFD->isMain()) {
10558     if ((MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && NewTA->isDefaultVersion()) ||
10559         MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch ||
10560         MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific) {
10561       S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_allowed_on_main);
10562       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10563       return true;
10564     }
10565     return false;
10566   }
10567 
10568   if (!OldDecl || !OldDecl->getAsFunction() ||
10569       OldDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() !=
10570           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) {
10571     // If there's no previous declaration, AND this isn't attempting to cause
10572     // multiversioning, this isn't an error condition.
10573     if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::None)
10574       return false;
10575     return CheckMultiVersionFirstFunction(S, NewFD, MVType, NewTA);
10576   }
10577 
10578   FunctionDecl *OldFD = OldDecl->getAsFunction();
10579 
10580   if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::None)
10581     return false;
10582 
10583   if (OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::None) {
10584     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_required_in_redecl)
10585         << (OldFD->getMultiVersionKind() != MultiVersionKind::Target);
10586     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10587     return true;
10588   }
10589 
10590   // Handle the target potentially causes multiversioning case.
10591   if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target)
10592     return CheckTargetCausesMultiVersioning(S, OldFD, NewFD, NewTA,
10593                                             Redeclaration, OldDecl,
10594                                             MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous);
10595 
10596   // At this point, we have a multiversion function decl (in OldFD) AND an
10597   // appropriate attribute in the current function decl.  Resolve that these are
10598   // still compatible with previous declarations.
10599   return CheckMultiVersionAdditionalDecl(
10600       S, OldFD, NewFD, MVType, NewTA, NewCPUDisp, NewCPUSpec, Redeclaration,
10601       OldDecl, MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous);
10602 }
10603 
10604 /// Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
10605 ///
10606 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
10607 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
10608 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
10609 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
10610 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
10611 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
10612 /// via InstantiateDecl).
10613 ///
10614 /// \param IsMemberSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
10615 /// a member specialization (that replaces any definition provided by the
10616 /// previous declaration).
10617 ///
10618 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
10619 ///
10620 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
10621 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
10622                                     LookupResult &Previous,
10623                                     bool IsMemberSpecialization) {
10624   assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
10625          "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
10626 
10627   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
10628   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
10629   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
10630   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10631                                !Previous.isShadowed();
10632 
10633   bool Redeclaration = false;
10634   NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr;
10635   bool MayNeedOverloadableChecks = false;
10636 
10637   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
10638   // the same name, if appropriate.
10639   if (!Previous.empty()) {
10640     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
10641     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
10642     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
10643     // function to the scope.
10644     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context, NewFD)) {
10645       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
10646       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
10647         Redeclaration = true;
10648         OldDecl = Candidate;
10649       }
10650     } else {
10651       MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true;
10652       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
10653                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
10654       case Ovl_Match:
10655         Redeclaration = true;
10656         break;
10657 
10658       case Ovl_NonFunction:
10659         Redeclaration = true;
10660         break;
10661 
10662       case Ovl_Overload:
10663         Redeclaration = false;
10664         break;
10665       }
10666     }
10667   }
10668 
10669   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
10670   if (!Redeclaration &&
10671       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
10672     if (!Previous.empty()) {
10673       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
10674       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
10675       Redeclaration = true;
10676       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
10677       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
10678 
10679       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
10680       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() ||
10681           NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
10682         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
10683           MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true;
10684           Redeclaration = false;
10685           OldDecl = nullptr;
10686         }
10687       }
10688     }
10689   }
10690 
10691   if (CheckMultiVersionFunction(*this, NewFD, Redeclaration, OldDecl,
10692                                 MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous))
10693     return Redeclaration;
10694 
10695   // PPC MMA non-pointer types are not allowed as function return types.
10696   if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC64() &&
10697       CheckPPCMMAType(NewFD->getReturnType(), NewFD->getLocation())) {
10698     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10699   }
10700 
10701   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
10702   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
10703   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
10704   //
10705   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
10706   // definition of a static member function.
10707   //
10708   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
10709   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
10710   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
10711   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
10712       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
10713       !isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD) && !MD->getMethodQualifiers().hasConst()) {
10714     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr;
10715     if (OldDecl)
10716       OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
10717     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
10718       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
10719         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
10720       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
10721       EPI.TypeQuals.addConst();
10722       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
10723                                           FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
10724 
10725       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
10726       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
10727       if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) {
10728         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
10729         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
10730                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
10731           AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
10732 
10733         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const)
10734           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
10735       }
10736     }
10737   }
10738 
10739   if (Redeclaration) {
10740     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
10741     // merged.
10742     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
10743       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10744       return Redeclaration;
10745     }
10746 
10747     Previous.clear();
10748     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
10749 
10750     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl =
10751             dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
10752       auto *OldFD = OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl();
10753       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
10754         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
10755       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
10756 
10757       // The call to MergeFunctionDecl above may have created some state in
10758       // NewTemplateDecl that needs to be merged with OldTemplateDecl before we
10759       // can add it as a redeclaration.
10760       NewTemplateDecl->mergePrevDecl(OldTemplateDecl);
10761 
10762       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldFD);
10763       adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(NewFD, OldFD);
10764       if (NewFD->isCXXClassMember()) {
10765         NewFD->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
10766         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
10767       }
10768 
10769       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
10770       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
10771       if (IsMemberSpecialization &&
10772           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
10773         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
10774         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
10775         // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted
10776         // status from the parent member template that they are specializing.
10777         if (OldFD->isDeleted()) {
10778           // FIXME: This assert will not hold in the presence of modules.
10779           assert(OldFD->getCanonicalDecl() == OldFD);
10780           // FIXME: We need an update record for this AST mutation.
10781           OldFD->setDeletedAsWritten(false);
10782         }
10783       }
10784 
10785     } else {
10786       if (shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(NewFD, OldDecl)) {
10787         auto *OldFD = cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl);
10788         // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
10789         NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldFD);
10790         adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(NewFD, OldFD);
10791         if (NewFD->isCXXClassMember())
10792           NewFD->setAccess(OldFD->getAccess());
10793       }
10794     }
10795   } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && MayNeedOverloadableChecks &&
10796              !NewFD->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
10797     assert((Previous.empty() ||
10798             llvm::any_of(Previous,
10799                          [](const NamedDecl *ND) {
10800                            return ND->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
10801                          })) &&
10802            "Non-redecls shouldn't happen without overloadable present");
10803 
10804     auto OtherUnmarkedIter = llvm::find_if(Previous, [](const NamedDecl *ND) {
10805       const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND);
10806       return FD && !FD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
10807     });
10808 
10809     if (OtherUnmarkedIter != Previous.end()) {
10810       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
10811            diag::err_attribute_overloadable_multiple_unmarked_overloads);
10812       Diag((*OtherUnmarkedIter)->getLocation(),
10813            diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload)
10814           << false;
10815 
10816       NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
10817     }
10818   }
10819 
10820   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
10821 
10822   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10823     // C++-specific checks.
10824     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
10825       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
10826     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
10827                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
10828       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
10829       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
10830 
10831       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
10832       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
10833       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
10834         DeclarationName Name
10835           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
10836                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
10837         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
10838           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
10839           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10840           return Redeclaration;
10841         }
10842       }
10843     } else if (auto *Guide = dyn_cast<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) {
10844       if (auto *TD = Guide->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
10845         CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(TD);
10846 
10847       // A deduction guide is not on the list of entities that can be
10848       // explicitly specialized.
10849       if (Guide->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization)
10850         Diag(Guide->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_deduction_guide_specialized)
10851             << /*explicit specialization*/ 1;
10852     }
10853 
10854     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
10855     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
10856       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
10857           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
10858           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
10859         AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method);
10860       }
10861       if (Method->isVirtual() && NewFD->getTrailingRequiresClause())
10862         // C++2a [class.virtual]p6
10863         // A virtual method shall not have a requires-clause.
10864         Diag(NewFD->getTrailingRequiresClause()->getBeginLoc(),
10865              diag::err_constrained_virtual_method);
10866 
10867       if (Method->isStatic())
10868         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
10869     }
10870 
10871     if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD))
10872       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
10873 
10874     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
10875     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
10876         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
10877       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10878       return Redeclaration;
10879     }
10880 
10881     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
10882     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
10883         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
10884       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10885       return Redeclaration;
10886     }
10887 
10888     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
10889     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
10890     // during delayed parsing anyway.
10891     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
10892       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
10893 
10894     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
10895     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
10896     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
10897       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
10898       LookupNecessaryTypesForBuiltin(S, BuiltinID);
10899       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
10900       // If the type of the builtin differs only in its exception
10901       // specification, that's OK.
10902       // FIXME: If the types do differ in this way, it would be better to
10903       // retain the 'noexcept' form of the type.
10904       if (!T.isNull() &&
10905           !Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(T,
10906                                                             NewFD->getType()))
10907         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
10908         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
10909         Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
10910     }
10911 
10912     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
10913     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
10914     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
10915     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
10916     if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) {
10917       QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
10918       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
10919         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
10920             << NewFD << R;
10921       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
10922                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
10923         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
10924     }
10925 
10926     // C++1z [dcl.fct]p6:
10927     //   [...] whether the function has a non-throwing exception-specification
10928     //   [is] part of the function type
10929     //
10930     // This results in an ABI break between C++14 and C++17 for functions whose
10931     // declared type includes an exception-specification in a parameter or
10932     // return type. (Exception specifications on the function itself are OK in
10933     // most cases, and exception specifications are not permitted in most other
10934     // contexts where they could make it into a mangling.)
10935     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && !NewFD->getPrimaryTemplate()) {
10936       auto HasNoexcept = [&](QualType T) -> bool {
10937         // Strip off declarator chunks that could be between us and a function
10938         // type. We don't need to look far, exception specifications are very
10939         // restricted prior to C++17.
10940         if (auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
10941           T = RT->getPointeeType();
10942         else if (T->isAnyPointerType())
10943           T = T->getPointeeType();
10944         else if (auto *MPT = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
10945           T = MPT->getPointeeType();
10946         if (auto *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
10947           if (FPT->isNothrow())
10948             return true;
10949         return false;
10950       };
10951 
10952       auto *FPT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
10953       bool AnyNoexcept = HasNoexcept(FPT->getReturnType());
10954       for (QualType T : FPT->param_types())
10955         AnyNoexcept |= HasNoexcept(T);
10956       if (AnyNoexcept)
10957         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
10958              diag::warn_cxx17_compat_exception_spec_in_signature)
10959             << NewFD;
10960     }
10961 
10962     if (!Redeclaration && LangOpts.CUDA)
10963       checkCUDATargetOverload(NewFD, Previous);
10964   }
10965   return Redeclaration;
10966 }
10967 
10968 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
10969   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
10970   //   A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
10971   //   constexpr is ill-formed.
10972   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
10973   //   appear in a declaration of main.
10974   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
10975   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
10976   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
10977     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
10978          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
10979       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
10980   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
10981     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
10982       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
10983   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
10984     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
10985     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
10986     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
10987     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
10988       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
10989   }
10990   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
10991     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
10992         << FD->isConsteval()
10993         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
10994     FD->setConstexprKind(ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified);
10995   }
10996 
10997   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
10998     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
10999         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
11000     FD->setInvalidDecl();
11001     return;
11002   }
11003 
11004   QualType T = FD->getType();
11005   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
11006   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
11007 
11008   // Set default calling convention for main()
11009   if (FT->getCallConv() != CC_C) {
11010     FT = Context.adjustFunctionType(FT, FT->getExtInfo().withCallingConv(CC_C));
11011     FD->setType(QualType(FT, 0));
11012     T = Context.getCanonicalType(FD->getType());
11013   }
11014 
11015   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11016     // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
11017     // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
11018     // implicit-return-zero rule.
11019 
11020     // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'.
11021     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
11022       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
11023     else {
11024       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
11025       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
11026       if (RTRange.isValid())
11027         Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
11028             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int");
11029     }
11030   } else {
11031     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
11032     // set the flag which tells us that.
11033     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
11034 
11035     // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'.
11036     if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
11037       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
11038     else {
11039       // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
11040       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
11041       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
11042           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int")
11043                                 : FixItHint());
11044       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
11045     }
11046   }
11047 
11048   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
11049   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
11050 
11051   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
11052   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
11053   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
11054 
11055   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
11056 
11057   if (FTP->isVariadic()) {
11058     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main);
11059     // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we
11060     // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter.
11061   }
11062 
11063   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
11064   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
11065   // getting shifty.
11066   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
11067     HasExtraParameters = false;
11068 
11069   if (HasExtraParameters) {
11070     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
11071     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
11072     nparams = 3;
11073   }
11074 
11075   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
11076   // if we had some location information about types.
11077 
11078   QualType CharPP =
11079     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
11080   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
11081 
11082   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
11083     QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
11084 
11085     bool mismatch = true;
11086 
11087     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
11088       mismatch = false;
11089     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
11090       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
11091       //   char const **
11092       //   char const * const *
11093       //   char * const *
11094 
11095       QualifierCollector qs;
11096       const PointerType* PT;
11097       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
11098           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
11099           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
11100                               Context.CharTy)) {
11101         qs.removeConst();
11102         mismatch = !qs.empty();
11103       }
11104     }
11105 
11106     if (mismatch) {
11107       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
11108       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
11109       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
11110     }
11111   }
11112 
11113   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
11114     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
11115   }
11116 
11117   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
11118     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
11119     FD->setInvalidDecl();
11120   }
11121 }
11122 
11123 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
11124   QualType T = FD->getType();
11125   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
11126   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
11127 
11128   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
11129   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
11130   if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
11131       FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
11132       FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
11133     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
11134     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
11135       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
11136 
11137   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
11138     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
11139     FD->setInvalidDecl();
11140   }
11141 }
11142 
11143 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
11144   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
11145   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
11146   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
11147   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
11148   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
11149   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
11150   //
11151   // Regular C++ code will not end up here (exceptions: language extensions,
11152   // OpenCL C++ etc), so the constant expression rules there don't matter.
11153   if (Init->isValueDependent()) {
11154     assert(Init->containsErrors() &&
11155            "Dependent code should only occur in error-recovery path.");
11156     return true;
11157   }
11158   const Expr *Culprit;
11159   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
11160     return false;
11161   Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
11162     << Culprit->getSourceRange();
11163   return true;
11164 }
11165 
11166 namespace {
11167   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
11168   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
11169   class SelfReferenceChecker
11170       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
11171     Sema &S;
11172     Decl *OrigDecl;
11173     bool isRecordType;
11174     bool isPODType;
11175     bool isReferenceType;
11176 
11177     bool isInitList;
11178     llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex;
11179 
11180   public:
11181     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
11182 
11183     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
11184                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
11185       isPODType = false;
11186       isRecordType = false;
11187       isReferenceType = false;
11188       isInitList = false;
11189       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
11190         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
11191         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
11192         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
11193       }
11194     }
11195 
11196     // For most expressions, just call the visitor.  For initializer lists,
11197     // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are
11198     // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields.
11199     void CheckExpr(Expr *E) {
11200       InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E);
11201       if (!InitList) {
11202         Visit(E);
11203         return;
11204       }
11205 
11206       // Track and increment the index here.
11207       isInitList = true;
11208       InitFieldIndex.push_back(0);
11209       for (auto Child : InitList->children()) {
11210         CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child));
11211         ++InitFieldIndex.back();
11212       }
11213       InitFieldIndex.pop_back();
11214     }
11215 
11216     // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no further checking is needed.
11217     // Returns false if additional checking is required.
11218     bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) {
11219       llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields;
11220       Expr *Base = E;
11221       bool ReferenceField = false;
11222 
11223       // Get the field members used.
11224       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
11225         FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
11226         if (!FD)
11227           return false;
11228         Fields.push_back(FD);
11229         if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
11230           ReferenceField = true;
11231         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11232       }
11233 
11234       // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same.
11235       DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base);
11236       if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl)
11237         return false;
11238 
11239       // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field.
11240       if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField)
11241         return true;
11242 
11243       // Convert FieldDecls to their index number.
11244       llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex;
11245       for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields))
11246         UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex());
11247 
11248       // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index
11249       // numbers.  If field being used has index less than the field being
11250       // initialized, then the use is safe.
11251       for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(),
11252                 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(),
11253                 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(),
11254                 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end();
11255            UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) {
11256         if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter)
11257           return true;
11258         if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter)
11259           break;
11260       }
11261 
11262       // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names.
11263       HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
11264       return true;
11265     }
11266 
11267     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
11268     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
11269     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
11270     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
11271       E = E->IgnoreParens();
11272       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
11273         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
11274         return;
11275       }
11276 
11277       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
11278         Visit(CO->getCond());
11279         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
11280         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
11281         return;
11282       }
11283 
11284       if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
11285               dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
11286         Visit(BCO->getCond());
11287         HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
11288         return;
11289       }
11290 
11291       if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) {
11292         HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr());
11293         return;
11294       }
11295 
11296       if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
11297         if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
11298           Visit(BO->getLHS());
11299           HandleValue(BO->getRHS());
11300           return;
11301         }
11302       }
11303 
11304       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
11305         if (isInitList) {
11306           if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E),
11307                                       false /*CheckReference*/))
11308             return;
11309         }
11310 
11311         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11312         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
11313           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
11314           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
11315             return;
11316           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11317         }
11318         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
11319           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
11320         return;
11321       }
11322 
11323       Visit(E);
11324     }
11325 
11326     // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all
11327     // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses.
11328     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
11329       if (isReferenceType)
11330         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
11331     }
11332 
11333     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
11334       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
11335         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
11336         return;
11337       }
11338 
11339       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
11340     }
11341 
11342     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
11343       if (isInitList) {
11344         if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/))
11345           return;
11346       }
11347 
11348       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
11349       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
11350 
11351       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
11352       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
11353       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
11354       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
11355       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11356       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
11357         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
11358           Warn = false;
11359         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11360       }
11361 
11362       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
11363         if (Warn)
11364           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
11365         return;
11366       }
11367 
11368       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
11369       // Visit that expression.
11370       Visit(Base);
11371     }
11372 
11373     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
11374       Expr *Callee = E->getCallee();
11375 
11376       if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee))
11377         return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
11378 
11379       Visit(Callee);
11380       for (auto Arg: E->arguments())
11381         HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
11382     }
11383 
11384     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
11385       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
11386       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
11387           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
11388         if (!isPODType)
11389           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
11390         return;
11391       }
11392 
11393       if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) {
11394         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
11395         return;
11396       }
11397 
11398       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
11399     }
11400 
11401     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {}
11402 
11403     void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
11404       if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) {
11405         Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0);
11406         if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr))
11407           if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
11408             ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0);
11409         if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr))
11410           if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
11411             ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
11412         HandleValue(ArgExpr);
11413         return;
11414       }
11415       Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
11416     }
11417 
11418     void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
11419       // Treat std::move as a use.
11420       if (E->isCallToStdMove()) {
11421         HandleValue(E->getArg(0));
11422         return;
11423       }
11424 
11425       Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E);
11426     }
11427 
11428     void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) {
11429       if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) {
11430         HandleValue(E->getLHS());
11431         Visit(E->getRHS());
11432         return;
11433       }
11434 
11435       Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
11436     }
11437 
11438     // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the
11439     // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately
11440     // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics.
11441     void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) {
11442       Visit(E->getCond());
11443       Visit(E->getFalseExpr());
11444     }
11445 
11446     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
11447       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
11448       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
11449       unsigned diag;
11450       if (isReferenceType) {
11451         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
11452       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
11453         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
11454       } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
11455                  isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
11456                  DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) {
11457         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
11458       } else {
11459         // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis.
11460         return;
11461       }
11462 
11463       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getBeginLoc(), DRE,
11464                             S.PDiag(diag)
11465                                 << DRE->getDecl() << OrigDecl->getLocation()
11466                                 << DRE->getSourceRange());
11467     }
11468   };
11469 
11470   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
11471   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
11472                                  bool DirectInit) {
11473     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
11474     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
11475     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
11476       return;
11477 
11478     E = E->IgnoreParens();
11479 
11480     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
11481     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
11482     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
11483       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
11484         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
11485           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
11486             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
11487               return;
11488 
11489     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E);
11490   }
11491 } // end anonymous namespace
11492 
11493 namespace {
11494   // Simple wrapper to add the name of a variable or (if no variable is
11495   // available) a DeclarationName into a diagnostic.
11496   struct VarDeclOrName {
11497     VarDecl *VDecl;
11498     DeclarationName Name;
11499 
11500     friend const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &
11501     operator<<(const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, VarDeclOrName VN) {
11502       return VN.VDecl ? Diag << VN.VDecl : Diag << VN.Name;
11503     }
11504   };
11505 } // end anonymous namespace
11506 
11507 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl,
11508                                             DeclarationName Name, QualType Type,
11509                                             TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
11510                                             SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit,
11511                                             Expr *Init) {
11512   bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl;
11513   assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) &&
11514          "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization");
11515 
11516   VarDeclOrName VN{VDecl, Name};
11517 
11518   DeducedType *Deduced = Type->getContainedDeducedType();
11519   assert(Deduced && "deduceVarTypeFromInitializer for non-deduced type");
11520 
11521   // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
11522   if (!Init) {
11523     assert(VDecl && "no init for init capture deduction?");
11524 
11525     // Except for class argument deduction, and then for an initializing
11526     // declaration only, i.e. no static at class scope or extern.
11527     if (!isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced) ||
11528         VDecl->hasExternalStorage() ||
11529         VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
11530       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
11531         << VDecl->getDeclName() << Type;
11532       return QualType();
11533     }
11534   }
11535 
11536   ArrayRef<Expr*> DeduceInits;
11537   if (Init)
11538     DeduceInits = Init;
11539 
11540   if (DirectInit) {
11541     if (auto *PL = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Init))
11542       DeduceInits = PL->exprs();
11543   }
11544 
11545   if (isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) {
11546     assert(VDecl && "non-auto type for init capture deduction?");
11547     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
11548     InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit(
11549         VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init);
11550     // FIXME: Initialization should not be taking a mutable list of inits.
11551     SmallVector<Expr*, 8> InitsCopy(DeduceInits.begin(), DeduceInits.end());
11552     return DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(TSI, Entity, Kind,
11553                                                        InitsCopy);
11554   }
11555 
11556   if (DirectInit) {
11557     if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init))
11558       DeduceInits = IL->inits();
11559   }
11560 
11561   // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression.
11562   if (DeduceInits.empty()) {
11563     // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
11564     // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
11565     Diag(Init->getBeginLoc(), IsInitCapture
11566                                   ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
11567                                   : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
11568         << VN << Type << Range;
11569     return QualType();
11570   }
11571 
11572   if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) {
11573     Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getBeginLoc(),
11574          IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
11575                        : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
11576         << VN << Type << Range;
11577     return QualType();
11578   }
11579 
11580   Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0];
11581   if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) {
11582     Diag(Init->getBeginLoc(), IsInitCapture
11583                                   ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces
11584                                   : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces)
11585         << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << VN << Type << Range;
11586     return QualType();
11587   }
11588 
11589   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
11590   bool DefaultedAnyToId = false;
11591   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
11592       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) {
11593     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
11594     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
11595       return QualType();
11596     }
11597     Init = Result.get();
11598     DefaultedAnyToId = true;
11599   }
11600 
11601   // C++ [dcl.decomp]p1:
11602   //   If the assignment-expression [...] has array type A and no ref-qualifier
11603   //   is present, e has type cv A
11604   if (VDecl && isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl) &&
11605       Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, Context.getAutoDeductType()) &&
11606       DeduceInit->getType()->isConstantArrayType())
11607     return Context.getQualifiedType(DeduceInit->getType(),
11608                                     Type.getQualifiers());
11609 
11610   QualType DeducedType;
11611   if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) {
11612     if (!IsInitCapture)
11613       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
11614     else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init))
11615       Diag(Range.getBegin(),
11616            diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list)
11617           << VN
11618           << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType()
11619                                              : DeduceInit->getType())
11620           << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
11621     else
11622       Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure)
11623           << VN << TSI->getType()
11624           << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType()
11625                                              : DeduceInit->getType())
11626           << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
11627   }
11628 
11629   // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
11630   // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual
11631   // checks.
11632   // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
11633   // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
11634   if (!inTemplateInstantiation() && !DefaultedAnyToId && !IsInitCapture &&
11635       !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
11636     SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
11637     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << VN << Range;
11638   }
11639 
11640   return DeducedType;
11641 }
11642 
11643 bool Sema::DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit,
11644                                          Expr *Init) {
11645   assert(!Init || !Init->containsErrors());
11646   QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(
11647       VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(),
11648       VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init);
11649   if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
11650     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11651     return true;
11652   }
11653 
11654   VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
11655   assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
11656 
11657   // In ARC, infer lifetime.
11658   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
11659     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11660 
11661   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL)
11662     deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(VDecl);
11663 
11664   // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
11665   // the previously declared type.
11666   if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
11667     // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
11668     // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
11669     MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false);
11670   }
11671 
11672   // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
11673   CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
11674   return VDecl->isInvalidDecl();
11675 }
11676 
11677 void Sema::checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(const Expr *Init,
11678                                               SourceLocation Loc) {
11679   if (auto *EWC = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
11680     Init = EWC->getSubExpr();
11681 
11682   if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Init))
11683     Init = CE->getSubExpr();
11684 
11685   QualType InitType = Init->getType();
11686   assert((InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() ||
11687           InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) &&
11688          "shouldn't be called if type doesn't have a non-trivial C struct");
11689   if (auto *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
11690     for (auto I : ILE->inits()) {
11691       if (!I->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() &&
11692           !I->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
11693         continue;
11694       SourceLocation SL = I->getExprLoc();
11695       checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(I, SL.isValid() ? SL : Loc);
11696     }
11697     return;
11698   }
11699 
11700   if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init)) {
11701     if (InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion())
11702       checkNonTrivialCUnion(InitType, Loc, NTCUC_DefaultInitializedObject,
11703                             NTCUK_Init);
11704   } else {
11705     // Assume all other explicit initializers involving copying some existing
11706     // object.
11707     // TODO: ignore any explicit initializers where we can guarantee
11708     // copy-elision.
11709     if (InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
11710       checkNonTrivialCUnion(InitType, Loc, NTCUC_CopyInit, NTCUK_Copy);
11711   }
11712 }
11713 
11714 namespace {
11715 
11716 bool shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(const FieldDecl *FD) {
11717   // Ignore unavailable fields. A field can be marked as unavailable explicitly
11718   // in the source code or implicitly by the compiler if it is in a union
11719   // defined in a system header and has non-trivial ObjC ownership
11720   // qualifications. We don't want those fields to participate in determining
11721   // whether the containing union is non-trivial.
11722   return FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>();
11723 }
11724 
11725 struct DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor
11726     : DefaultInitializedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor,
11727                                     void> {
11728   using Super =
11729       DefaultInitializedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor,
11730                                     void>;
11731 
11732   DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor(
11733       QualType OrigTy, SourceLocation OrigLoc,
11734       Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, Sema &S)
11735       : OrigTy(OrigTy), OrigLoc(OrigLoc), UseContext(UseContext), S(S) {}
11736 
11737   void visitWithKind(QualType::PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind PDIK, QualType QT,
11738                      const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11739     if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(QT))
11740       return this->asDerived().visit(S.Context.getBaseElementType(AT), FD,
11741                                      InNonTrivialUnion);
11742     return Super::visitWithKind(PDIK, QT, FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
11743   }
11744 
11745   void visitARCStrong(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD,
11746                       bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11747     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11748       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11749           << 1 << 0 << QT << FD->getName();
11750   }
11751 
11752   void visitARCWeak(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11753     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11754       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11755           << 1 << 0 << QT << FD->getName();
11756   }
11757 
11758   void visitStruct(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11759     const RecordDecl *RD = QT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
11760     if (RD->isUnion()) {
11761       if (OrigLoc.isValid()) {
11762         bool IsUnion = false;
11763         if (auto *OrigRD = OrigTy->getAsRecordDecl())
11764           IsUnion = OrigRD->isUnion();
11765         S.Diag(OrigLoc, diag::err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context)
11766             << 0 << OrigTy << IsUnion << UseContext;
11767         // Reset OrigLoc so that this diagnostic is emitted only once.
11768         OrigLoc = SourceLocation();
11769       }
11770       InNonTrivialUnion = true;
11771     }
11772 
11773     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11774       S.Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11775           << 0 << 0 << QT.getUnqualifiedType() << "";
11776 
11777     for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields())
11778       if (!shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD))
11779         asDerived().visit(FD->getType(), FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
11780   }
11781 
11782   void visitTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
11783 
11784   // The non-trivial C union type or the struct/union type that contains a
11785   // non-trivial C union.
11786   QualType OrigTy;
11787   SourceLocation OrigLoc;
11788   Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext;
11789   Sema &S;
11790 };
11791 
11792 struct DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor
11793     : DestructedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor, void> {
11794   using Super =
11795       DestructedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor, void>;
11796 
11797   DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor(
11798       QualType OrigTy, SourceLocation OrigLoc,
11799       Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, Sema &S)
11800       : OrigTy(OrigTy), OrigLoc(OrigLoc), UseContext(UseContext), S(S) {}
11801 
11802   void visitWithKind(QualType::DestructionKind DK, QualType QT,
11803                      const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11804     if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(QT))
11805       return this->asDerived().visit(S.Context.getBaseElementType(AT), FD,
11806                                      InNonTrivialUnion);
11807     return Super::visitWithKind(DK, QT, FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
11808   }
11809 
11810   void visitARCStrong(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD,
11811                       bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11812     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11813       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11814           << 1 << 1 << QT << FD->getName();
11815   }
11816 
11817   void visitARCWeak(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11818     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11819       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11820           << 1 << 1 << QT << FD->getName();
11821   }
11822 
11823   void visitStruct(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11824     const RecordDecl *RD = QT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
11825     if (RD->isUnion()) {
11826       if (OrigLoc.isValid()) {
11827         bool IsUnion = false;
11828         if (auto *OrigRD = OrigTy->getAsRecordDecl())
11829           IsUnion = OrigRD->isUnion();
11830         S.Diag(OrigLoc, diag::err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context)
11831             << 1 << OrigTy << IsUnion << UseContext;
11832         // Reset OrigLoc so that this diagnostic is emitted only once.
11833         OrigLoc = SourceLocation();
11834       }
11835       InNonTrivialUnion = true;
11836     }
11837 
11838     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11839       S.Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11840           << 0 << 1 << QT.getUnqualifiedType() << "";
11841 
11842     for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields())
11843       if (!shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD))
11844         asDerived().visit(FD->getType(), FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
11845   }
11846 
11847   void visitTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
11848   void visitCXXDestructor(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD,
11849                           bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
11850 
11851   // The non-trivial C union type or the struct/union type that contains a
11852   // non-trivial C union.
11853   QualType OrigTy;
11854   SourceLocation OrigLoc;
11855   Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext;
11856   Sema &S;
11857 };
11858 
11859 struct DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor
11860     : CopiedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor, false, void> {
11861   using Super = CopiedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor, false, void>;
11862 
11863   DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor(QualType OrigTy, SourceLocation OrigLoc,
11864                                  Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext,
11865                                  Sema &S)
11866       : OrigTy(OrigTy), OrigLoc(OrigLoc), UseContext(UseContext), S(S) {}
11867 
11868   void visitWithKind(QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK, QualType QT,
11869                      const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11870     if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(QT))
11871       return this->asDerived().visit(S.Context.getBaseElementType(AT), FD,
11872                                      InNonTrivialUnion);
11873     return Super::visitWithKind(PCK, QT, FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
11874   }
11875 
11876   void visitARCStrong(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD,
11877                       bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11878     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11879       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11880           << 1 << 2 << QT << FD->getName();
11881   }
11882 
11883   void visitARCWeak(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11884     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11885       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11886           << 1 << 2 << QT << FD->getName();
11887   }
11888 
11889   void visitStruct(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11890     const RecordDecl *RD = QT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
11891     if (RD->isUnion()) {
11892       if (OrigLoc.isValid()) {
11893         bool IsUnion = false;
11894         if (auto *OrigRD = OrigTy->getAsRecordDecl())
11895           IsUnion = OrigRD->isUnion();
11896         S.Diag(OrigLoc, diag::err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context)
11897             << 2 << OrigTy << IsUnion << UseContext;
11898         // Reset OrigLoc so that this diagnostic is emitted only once.
11899         OrigLoc = SourceLocation();
11900       }
11901       InNonTrivialUnion = true;
11902     }
11903 
11904     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11905       S.Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11906           << 0 << 2 << QT.getUnqualifiedType() << "";
11907 
11908     for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields())
11909       if (!shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD))
11910         asDerived().visit(FD->getType(), FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
11911   }
11912 
11913   void preVisit(QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK, QualType QT,
11914                 const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
11915   void visitTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
11916   void visitVolatileTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD,
11917                             bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
11918 
11919   // The non-trivial C union type or the struct/union type that contains a
11920   // non-trivial C union.
11921   QualType OrigTy;
11922   SourceLocation OrigLoc;
11923   Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext;
11924   Sema &S;
11925 };
11926 
11927 } // namespace
11928 
11929 void Sema::checkNonTrivialCUnion(QualType QT, SourceLocation Loc,
11930                                  NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext,
11931                                  unsigned NonTrivialKind) {
11932   assert((QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() ||
11933           QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() ||
11934           QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) &&
11935          "shouldn't be called if type doesn't have a non-trivial C union");
11936 
11937   if ((NonTrivialKind & NTCUK_Init) &&
11938       QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion())
11939     DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor(QT, Loc, UseContext, *this)
11940         .visit(QT, nullptr, false);
11941   if ((NonTrivialKind & NTCUK_Destruct) &&
11942       QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion())
11943     DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor(QT, Loc, UseContext, *this)
11944         .visit(QT, nullptr, false);
11945   if ((NonTrivialKind & NTCUK_Copy) && QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
11946     DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor(QT, Loc, UseContext, *this)
11947         .visit(QT, nullptr, false);
11948 }
11949 
11950 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
11951 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
11952 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
11953 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) {
11954   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
11955   // the initializer.
11956   if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
11957     CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl));
11958     return;
11959   }
11960 
11961   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
11962     // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier.
11963     Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
11964       << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
11965     Method->setInvalidDecl();
11966     return;
11967   }
11968 
11969   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
11970   if (!VDecl) {
11971     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
11972     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
11973     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11974     return;
11975   }
11976 
11977   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
11978   if (VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
11979     // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can
11980     // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a
11981     // TypoExpr.
11982     ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl);
11983     if (!Res.isUsable()) {
11984       // There are unresolved typos in Init, just drop them.
11985       // FIXME: improve the recovery strategy to preserve the Init.
11986       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11987       return;
11988     }
11989     if (Res.get()->containsErrors()) {
11990       // Invalidate the decl as we don't know the type for recovery-expr yet.
11991       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11992       VDecl->setInit(Res.get());
11993       return;
11994     }
11995     Init = Res.get();
11996 
11997     if (DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VDecl, DirectInit, Init))
11998       return;
11999   }
12000 
12001   // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions.
12002   if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
12003     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition);
12004     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12005     return;
12006   }
12007 
12008   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
12009     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
12010     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
12011     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12012     return;
12013   }
12014 
12015   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
12016     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
12017     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
12018     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
12019     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
12020     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
12021       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
12022     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
12023                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
12024       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12025       return;
12026     }
12027 
12028     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
12029     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
12030                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12031                                AbstractVariableType))
12032       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12033   }
12034 
12035   // If adding the initializer will turn this declaration into a definition,
12036   // and we already have a definition for this variable, diagnose or otherwise
12037   // handle the situation.
12038   VarDecl *Def;
12039   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl &&
12040       (!VDecl->isStaticDataMember() || VDecl->isOutOfLine()) &&
12041       !VDecl->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() &&
12042       checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, VDecl))
12043     return;
12044 
12045   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12046     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
12047     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
12048     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
12049     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
12050     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
12051     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
12052     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
12053     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
12054     //
12055     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
12056     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
12057     // declaration with an initializer.
12058     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) {
12059       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
12060           << VDecl->getDeclName();
12061       Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(),
12062            diag::note_previous_initializer)
12063           << 0;
12064       return;
12065     }
12066 
12067     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
12068       setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
12069 
12070     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
12071       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12072       return;
12073     }
12074   }
12075 
12076   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
12077   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
12078   if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
12079     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
12080     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12081     return;
12082   }
12083 
12084   // The LoaderUninitialized attribute acts as a definition (of undef).
12085   if (VDecl->hasAttr<LoaderUninitializedAttr>()) {
12086     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_loader_uninitialized_cant_init);
12087     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12088     return;
12089   }
12090 
12091   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
12092   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
12093   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
12094 
12095   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
12096   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
12097   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
12098       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
12099     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
12100     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
12101       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12102       return;
12103     }
12104     Init = Result.get();
12105   }
12106 
12107   // Perform the initialization.
12108   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
12109   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
12110     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
12111     InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit(
12112         VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init);
12113 
12114     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
12115     if (CXXDirectInit)
12116       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
12117                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
12118 
12119     // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments.
12120     for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) {
12121       ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(
12122           Args[Idx], VDecl, /*RecoverUncorrectedTypos=*/true,
12123           [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) {
12124             InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E));
12125             return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E;
12126           });
12127       if (Res.isInvalid()) {
12128         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12129       } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) {
12130         Args[Idx] = Res.get();
12131       }
12132     }
12133     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
12134       return;
12135 
12136     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args,
12137                                    /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false,
12138                                    /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false);
12139     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
12140     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
12141       // If the provied initializer fails to initialize the var decl,
12142       // we attach a recovery expr for better recovery.
12143       auto RecoveryExpr =
12144           CreateRecoveryExpr(Init->getBeginLoc(), Init->getEndLoc(), Args);
12145       if (RecoveryExpr.get())
12146         VDecl->setInit(RecoveryExpr.get());
12147       return;
12148     }
12149 
12150     Init = Result.getAs<Expr>();
12151   }
12152 
12153   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
12154   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
12155   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
12156   // This is undefined behavior in C++, but valid in C.
12157   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12158     if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
12159         VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
12160       CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
12161     }
12162   }
12163 
12164   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
12165   // completed by the initializer. For example:
12166   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
12167   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
12168   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
12169     VDecl->setType(DclT);
12170 
12171   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
12172     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
12173 
12174     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
12175       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
12176 
12177     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
12178     // Although this code can still have problems:
12179     //   id x = self.weakProp;
12180     //   id y = self.weakProp;
12181     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
12182     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
12183     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
12184     if (FunctionScopeInfo *FSI = getCurFunction())
12185       if ((VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong ||
12186            VDecl->getType().isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(Context)) &&
12187           !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
12188                            Init->getBeginLoc()))
12189         FSI->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
12190   }
12191 
12192   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
12193   //
12194   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
12195   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
12196   // full-expression. For instance, in:
12197   //
12198   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
12199   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
12200   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
12201   //
12202   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
12203   ExprResult Result =
12204       ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
12205                           /*DiscardedValue*/ false, VDecl->isConstexpr());
12206   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
12207     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12208     return;
12209   }
12210   Init = Result.get();
12211 
12212   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
12213   VDecl->setInit(Init);
12214 
12215   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
12216     // Don't check the initializer if the declaration is malformed.
12217     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
12218       // do nothing
12219 
12220     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5.3: __constant locals must be constant-initialized.
12221     // This is true even in C++ for OpenCL.
12222     } else if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
12223       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
12224 
12225     // Otherwise, C++ does not restrict the initializer.
12226     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12227       // do nothing
12228 
12229     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
12230     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
12231     } else if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
12232       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
12233 
12234     // C89 is stricter than C99 for aggregate initializers.
12235     // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
12236     // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
12237     // constant expressions.
12238     } else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
12239                isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
12240       const Expr *Culprit;
12241       if (!Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) {
12242         Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(),
12243              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
12244           << Culprit->getSourceRange();
12245       }
12246     }
12247 
12248     if (auto *E = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
12249       if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens()))
12250         if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
12251           BE->getBlockDecl()->setCanAvoidCopyToHeap();
12252   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() &&
12253              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
12254     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
12255     //
12256     // struct S {
12257     //   static const int value = 17;
12258     // };
12259 
12260     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
12261     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
12262     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
12263     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
12264     //
12265     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
12266     //   If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral
12267     //   or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
12268     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause
12269     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
12270     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
12271     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
12272     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
12273     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
12274 
12275     // Do nothing on dependent types.
12276     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
12277 
12278     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
12279     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
12280     // type.
12281     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
12282 
12283     // Require constness.
12284     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
12285       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
12286         << Init->getSourceRange();
12287       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12288 
12289     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
12290     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
12291       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
12292       SourceLocation Loc;
12293       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
12294         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
12295         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
12296         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
12297       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
12298         ; // Nothing to check.
12299       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
12300         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
12301       else if (Init->getType()->isScopedEnumeralType() &&
12302                Init->isCXX11ConstantExpr(Context))
12303         ; // Ok, it is a scoped-enum constant expression.
12304       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
12305         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
12306         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
12307         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
12308           << Init->getSourceRange();
12309       } else {
12310         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
12311         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
12312         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
12313           << Init->getSourceRange();
12314         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12315       }
12316 
12317     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
12318     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
12319       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
12320       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
12321       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
12322         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
12323              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
12324             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
12325         Diag(VDecl->getBeginLoc(),
12326              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
12327             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getBeginLoc(), "constexpr ");
12328       } else {
12329         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
12330           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
12331 
12332         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
12333           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
12334             << Init->getSourceRange();
12335           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12336         }
12337       }
12338 
12339     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
12340     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
12341       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
12342           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
12343           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getBeginLoc(), "constexpr ");
12344       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
12345 
12346     } else {
12347       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
12348         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
12349       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12350     }
12351   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
12352     // In C, extern is typically used to avoid tentative definitions when
12353     // declaring variables in headers, but adding an intializer makes it a
12354     // definition. This is somewhat confusing, so GCC and Clang both warn on it.
12355     // In C++, extern is often used to give implictly static const variables
12356     // external linkage, so don't warn in that case. If selectany is present,
12357     // this might be header code intended for C and C++ inclusion, so apply the
12358     // C++ rules.
12359     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
12360         ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) ||
12361          !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()) &&
12362         !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->isExternC()) &&
12363         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
12364       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
12365 
12366     // In Microsoft C++ mode, a const variable defined in namespace scope has
12367     // external linkage by default if the variable is declared with
12368     // __declspec(dllexport).
12369     if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() &&
12370         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->getType().isConstQualified() &&
12371         VDecl->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>() && VDecl->getDefinition())
12372       VDecl->setStorageClass(SC_Extern);
12373 
12374     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
12375     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
12376       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
12377   }
12378 
12379   QualType InitType = Init->getType();
12380   if (!InitType.isNull() &&
12381       (InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() ||
12382        InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()))
12383     checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(Init, Init->getExprLoc());
12384 
12385   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
12386   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
12387   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
12388   //
12389   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
12390   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
12391   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
12392   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
12393   // special case code.
12394 
12395   // C++ 8.5p11:
12396   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
12397   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
12398   // class type.
12399   if (CXXDirectInit) {
12400     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
12401     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
12402   } else if (DirectInit) {
12403     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
12404     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
12405   }
12406 
12407   if (LangOpts.OpenMP && VDecl->isFileVarDecl())
12408     DeclsToCheckForDeferredDiags.push_back(VDecl);
12409   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
12410 }
12411 
12412 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
12413 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
12414 /// of sanity.
12415 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
12416   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
12417   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
12418   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
12419 
12420   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
12421   if (!VD) return;
12422 
12423   // Bindings are not usable if we can't make sense of the initializer.
12424   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D))
12425     for (auto *BD : DD->bindings())
12426       BD->setInvalidDecl();
12427 
12428   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
12429   if (VD->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
12430     D->setInvalidDecl();
12431     return;
12432   }
12433 
12434   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
12435   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
12436 
12437   // Require a complete type.
12438   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
12439                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
12440                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
12441     VD->setInvalidDecl();
12442     return;
12443   }
12444 
12445   // Require a non-abstract type.
12446   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
12447                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12448                              AbstractVariableType)) {
12449     VD->setInvalidDecl();
12450     return;
12451   }
12452 
12453   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
12454   // though.
12455 }
12456 
12457 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl) {
12458   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
12459   if (!RealDecl)
12460     return;
12461 
12462   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
12463     QualType Type = Var->getType();
12464 
12465     // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that an initializer is mandatory.
12466     if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(RealDecl)) {
12467       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_requires_init) << Var;
12468       Var->setInvalidDecl();
12469       return;
12470     }
12471 
12472     if (Type->isUndeducedType() &&
12473         DeduceVariableDeclarationType(Var, false, nullptr))
12474       return;
12475 
12476     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
12477     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
12478     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
12479     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
12480     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
12481     // member.
12482     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
12483         !Var->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition()) {
12484       if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) {
12485         // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always
12486         // a definition there.
12487         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 &&
12488             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
12489           Diag(Var->getLocation(),
12490                diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
12491               << Var;
12492           Var->setInvalidDecl();
12493           return;
12494         }
12495       } else {
12496         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
12497         Var->setInvalidDecl();
12498         return;
12499       }
12500     }
12501 
12502     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
12503     // be initialized.
12504     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
12505         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
12506         Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
12507       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
12508       Var->setInvalidDecl();
12509       return;
12510     }
12511 
12512     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && RealDecl->hasAttr<LoaderUninitializedAttr>()) {
12513       if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) {
12514         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_loader_uninitialized_extern_decl)
12515             << Var;
12516         Var->setInvalidDecl();
12517         return;
12518       }
12519       if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Var->getType(),
12520                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
12521         Var->setInvalidDecl();
12522         return;
12523       }
12524       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = Var->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
12525         if (!RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) {
12526           Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_loader_uninitialized_trivial_ctor);
12527           Var->setInvalidDecl();
12528           return;
12529         }
12530       }
12531     }
12532 
12533     VarDecl::DefinitionKind DefKind = Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
12534     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && DefKind != VarDecl::DeclarationOnly &&
12535         Var->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion())
12536       checkNonTrivialCUnion(Var->getType(), Var->getLocation(),
12537                             NTCUC_DefaultInitializedObject, NTCUK_Init);
12538 
12539 
12540     switch (DefKind) {
12541     case VarDecl::Definition:
12542       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
12543         break;
12544 
12545       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
12546       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
12547       // a declaration.
12548       //
12549       LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
12550 
12551     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
12552       // It's only a declaration.
12553 
12554       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
12555       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
12556       // object shall be complete.
12557       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
12558           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
12559           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
12560                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
12561         Var->setInvalidDecl();
12562 
12563       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
12564       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
12565           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
12566                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12567                                  AbstractVariableType))
12568         Var->setInvalidDecl();
12569       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
12570           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
12571         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
12572         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
12573       }
12574 
12575       if (Context.getTargetInfo().allowDebugInfoForExternalVar() &&
12576           !Var->isInvalidDecl() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12577         ExternalDeclarations.push_back(Var);
12578 
12579       return;
12580 
12581     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
12582       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
12583       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
12584       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
12585       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
12586       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
12587       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
12588         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
12589                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
12590           if (RequireCompleteSizedType(
12591                   Var->getLocation(), ArrayT->getElementType(),
12592                   diag::err_array_incomplete_or_sizeless_type))
12593             Var->setInvalidDecl();
12594         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
12595           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
12596           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
12597           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
12598           // NOTE: code such as the following
12599           //     static struct s;
12600           //     struct s { int a; };
12601           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
12602           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
12603           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
12604           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
12605             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
12606                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
12607         }
12608       }
12609 
12610       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
12611       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
12612         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
12613       return;
12614     }
12615 
12616     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
12617     // definitions with incomplete array type.
12618     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
12619       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
12620            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
12621       Var->setInvalidDecl();
12622       return;
12623     }
12624 
12625     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
12626     // definitions with reference type.
12627     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
12628       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
12629           << Var << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
12630       Var->setInvalidDecl();
12631       return;
12632     }
12633 
12634     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
12635     // variable with dependent type.
12636     if (Type->isDependentType())
12637       return;
12638 
12639     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
12640       return;
12641 
12642     if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
12643       if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
12644                               Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
12645                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
12646         Var->setInvalidDecl();
12647         return;
12648       }
12649     } else {
12650       return;
12651     }
12652 
12653     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
12654     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
12655                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12656                                AbstractVariableType)) {
12657       Var->setInvalidDecl();
12658       return;
12659     }
12660 
12661     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
12662     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
12663     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
12664     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
12665     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
12666     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
12667     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
12668     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
12669     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
12670     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
12671     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
12672       if (const RecordType *Record
12673             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12674         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
12675         // Mark the function (if we're in one) for further checking even if the
12676         // looser rules of C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can
12677         // diagnose incompatibilities with C++98.
12678         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
12679           setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
12680       }
12681     }
12682     // In OpenCL, we can't initialize objects in the __local address space,
12683     // even implicitly, so don't synthesize an implicit initializer.
12684     if (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
12685         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local)
12686       return;
12687     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
12688     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
12689     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
12690     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
12691     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
12692     //   type shall have a user-declared default
12693     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
12694     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
12695     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
12696     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
12697     //   program is ill-formed.
12698     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
12699     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
12700     //   default-initialized; [...].
12701     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
12702     InitializationKind Kind
12703       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
12704 
12705     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
12706     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
12707 
12708     if (Init.get()) {
12709       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
12710       // This is important for template substitution.
12711       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
12712     } else if (Init.isInvalid()) {
12713       // If default-init fails, attach a recovery-expr initializer to track
12714       // that initialization was attempted and failed.
12715       auto RecoveryExpr =
12716           CreateRecoveryExpr(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation(), {});
12717       if (RecoveryExpr.get())
12718         Var->setInit(RecoveryExpr.get());
12719     }
12720 
12721     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
12722   }
12723 }
12724 
12725 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
12726   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it.
12727   if (!D)
12728     return;
12729 
12730   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
12731   if (!VD) {
12732     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
12733     D->setInvalidDecl();
12734     return;
12735   }
12736 
12737   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
12738 
12739   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
12740   int Error = -1;
12741   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
12742   case SC_None:
12743     break;
12744   case SC_Extern:
12745     Error = 0;
12746     break;
12747   case SC_Static:
12748     Error = 1;
12749     break;
12750   case SC_PrivateExtern:
12751     Error = 2;
12752     break;
12753   case SC_Auto:
12754     Error = 3;
12755     break;
12756   case SC_Register:
12757     Error = 4;
12758     break;
12759   }
12760   if (Error != -1) {
12761     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
12762         << VD << Error;
12763     D->setInvalidDecl();
12764   }
12765 }
12766 
12767 StmtResult
12768 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
12769                                  IdentifierInfo *Ident,
12770                                  ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
12771                                  SourceLocation AttrEnd) {
12772   // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1:
12773   //   A range-based for statement of the form
12774   //      for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
12775   //   is equivalent to
12776   //      for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
12777   DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
12778 
12779   const char *PrevSpec;
12780   unsigned DiagID;
12781   DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID,
12782                      getPrintingPolicy());
12783 
12784   Declarator D(DS, DeclaratorContext::ForInit);
12785   D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc);
12786   D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd);
12787 
12788   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/ false),
12789                 IdentLoc);
12790   Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D);
12791   cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
12792   FinalizeDeclaration(Var);
12793   return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc,
12794                        AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc);
12795 }
12796 
12797 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
12798   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
12799 
12800   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
12801     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an
12802     // initialiser
12803     if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() &&
12804         !var->hasInit()) {
12805       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration)
12806           << 1 /*Init*/;
12807       var->setInvalidDecl();
12808       return;
12809     }
12810   }
12811 
12812   // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
12813   // local retaining variable.
12814   if (getLangOpts().ObjC &&
12815       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
12816     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
12817     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
12818     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
12819     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
12820       break;
12821 
12822     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
12823     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
12824       setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
12825       break;
12826     }
12827   }
12828 
12829   if (var->hasLocalStorage() &&
12830       var->getType().isDestructedType() == QualType::DK_nontrivial_c_struct)
12831     setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
12832 
12833   // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
12834   // prior declaration.  We only want to do this for global
12835   // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
12836   // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
12837   // change if it's later given a typedef name.
12838   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
12839       var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
12840       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
12841       !var->isInline() && !var->getDescribedVarTemplate() &&
12842       !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(var) &&
12843       !isTemplateInstantiation(var->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) &&
12844       !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
12845                                   var->getLocation())) {
12846     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
12847     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
12848     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
12849       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
12850 
12851     if (!prev) {
12852       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
12853       Diag(var->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::note_static_for_internal_linkage)
12854           << /* variable */ 0;
12855     }
12856   }
12857 
12858   // Cache the result of checking for constant initialization.
12859   Optional<bool> CacheHasConstInit;
12860   const Expr *CacheCulprit = nullptr;
12861   auto checkConstInit = [&]() mutable {
12862     if (!CacheHasConstInit)
12863       CacheHasConstInit = var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
12864             Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &CacheCulprit);
12865     return *CacheHasConstInit;
12866   };
12867 
12868   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) {
12869     if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
12870       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
12871       //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
12872       //   have a non-trivial destructor.
12873       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
12874       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
12875         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
12876     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit()) {
12877       if (!checkConstInit()) {
12878         // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
12879         //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
12880         //   initialization.
12881         // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
12882         Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init)
12883           << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange();
12884         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
12885           Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
12886       }
12887     }
12888   }
12889 
12890   // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables.
12891   bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage();
12892   if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
12893       !inTemplateInstantiation()) {
12894     PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr;
12895     int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Read;
12896     if (var->getType().isConstQualified())
12897       Stack = &ConstSegStack;
12898     else if (!var->getInit()) {
12899       Stack = &BSSSegStack;
12900       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
12901     } else {
12902       Stack = &DataSegStack;
12903       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
12904     }
12905     if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
12906       if (SA->getSyntax() == AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Declspec)
12907         SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Implicit;
12908       UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var);
12909     } else if (Stack->CurrentValue) {
12910       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Implicit;
12911       auto SectionName = Stack->CurrentValue->getString();
12912       var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
12913           Context, SectionName, Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation,
12914           AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate));
12915       if (UnifySection(SectionName, SectionFlags, var))
12916         var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
12917     }
12918 
12919     // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer.  If the
12920     // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this
12921     // attribute.
12922     if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit())
12923       var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(),
12924                                                CurInitSegLoc,
12925                                                AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
12926   }
12927 
12928   if (!var->getType()->isStructureType() && var->hasInit() &&
12929       isa<InitListExpr>(var->getInit())) {
12930     const auto *ILE = cast<InitListExpr>(var->getInit());
12931     unsigned NumInits = ILE->getNumInits();
12932     if (NumInits > 2)
12933       for (unsigned I = 0; I < NumInits; ++I) {
12934         const auto *Init = ILE->getInit(I);
12935         if (!Init)
12936           break;
12937         const auto *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Init->IgnoreImpCasts());
12938         if (!SL)
12939           break;
12940 
12941         unsigned NumConcat = SL->getNumConcatenated();
12942         // Diagnose missing comma in string array initialization.
12943         // Do not warn when all the elements in the initializer are concatenated
12944         // together. Do not warn for macros too.
12945         if (NumConcat == 2 && !SL->getBeginLoc().isMacroID()) {
12946           bool OnlyOneMissingComma = true;
12947           for (unsigned J = I + 1; J < NumInits; ++J) {
12948             const auto *Init = ILE->getInit(J);
12949             if (!Init)
12950               break;
12951             const auto *SLJ = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Init->IgnoreImpCasts());
12952             if (!SLJ || SLJ->getNumConcatenated() > 1) {
12953               OnlyOneMissingComma = false;
12954               break;
12955             }
12956           }
12957 
12958           if (OnlyOneMissingComma) {
12959             SmallVector<FixItHint, 1> Hints;
12960             for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumConcat - 1; ++i)
12961               Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
12962                   PP.getLocForEndOfToken(SL->getStrTokenLoc(i)), ","));
12963 
12964             Diag(SL->getStrTokenLoc(1),
12965                  diag::warn_concatenated_literal_array_init)
12966                 << Hints;
12967             Diag(SL->getBeginLoc(),
12968                  diag::note_concatenated_string_literal_silence);
12969           }
12970           // In any case, stop now.
12971           break;
12972         }
12973       }
12974   }
12975 
12976   // All the following checks are C++ only.
12977   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12978     // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the
12979     // current module.
12980     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty())
12981       Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var);
12982     return;
12983   }
12984 
12985   QualType type = var->getType();
12986 
12987   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
12988     getCurFunction()->addByrefBlockVar(var);
12989 
12990   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
12991   bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal();
12992   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
12993 
12994   // Check whether the initializer is sufficiently constant.
12995   if (!type->isDependentType() && Init && !Init->isValueDependent() &&
12996       (GlobalStorage || var->isConstexpr() ||
12997        var->mightBeUsableInConstantExpressions(Context))) {
12998     // If this variable might have a constant initializer or might be usable in
12999     // constant expressions, check whether or not it actually is now.  We can't
13000     // do this lazily, because the result might depend on things that change
13001     // later, such as which constexpr functions happen to be defined.
13002     SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
13003     bool HasConstInit;
13004     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
13005       // Prior to C++11, in contexts where a constant initializer is required,
13006       // the set of valid constant initializers is described by syntactic rules
13007       // in [expr.const]p2-6.
13008       // FIXME: Stricter checking for these rules would be useful for constinit /
13009       // -Wglobal-constructors.
13010       HasConstInit = checkConstInit();
13011 
13012       // Compute and cache the constant value, and remember that we have a
13013       // constant initializer.
13014       if (HasConstInit) {
13015         (void)var->checkForConstantInitialization(Notes);
13016         Notes.clear();
13017       } else if (CacheCulprit) {
13018         Notes.emplace_back(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(),
13019                            PDiag(diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr));
13020         Notes.back().second << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange();
13021       }
13022     } else {
13023       // Evaluate the initializer to see if it's a constant initializer.
13024       HasConstInit = var->checkForConstantInitialization(Notes);
13025     }
13026 
13027     if (HasConstInit) {
13028       // FIXME: Consider replacing the initializer with a ConstantExpr.
13029     } else if (var->isConstexpr()) {
13030       SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
13031       // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
13032       // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
13033       if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
13034                                    diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
13035         DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
13036         Notes.clear();
13037       }
13038       Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
13039           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
13040       for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
13041         Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
13042     } else if (GlobalStorage && var->hasAttr<ConstInitAttr>()) {
13043       auto *Attr = var->getAttr<ConstInitAttr>();
13044       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_require_constant_init_failed)
13045           << Init->getSourceRange();
13046       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_required_constant_init_here)
13047           << Attr->getRange() << Attr->isConstinit();
13048       for (auto &it : Notes)
13049         Diag(it.first, it.second);
13050     } else if (IsGlobal &&
13051                !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor,
13052                                            var->getLocation())) {
13053       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
13054       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
13055       // warned about them.
13056       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
13057       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) {
13058         // checkConstInit() here permits trivial default initialization even in
13059         // C++11 onwards, where such an initializer is not a constant initializer
13060         // but nonetheless doesn't require a global constructor.
13061         if (!checkConstInit())
13062           Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
13063               << Init->getSourceRange();
13064       }
13065     }
13066   }
13067 
13068   // Require the destructor.
13069   if (!type->isDependentType())
13070     if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
13071       FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
13072 
13073   // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current
13074   // module.
13075   if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty())
13076     Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var);
13077 
13078   // Build the bindings if this is a structured binding declaration.
13079   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(var))
13080     CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DD);
13081 }
13082 
13083 /// Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent.
13084 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) {
13085   if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
13086     return true;
13087   for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>())
13088     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
13089       return true;
13090   return false;
13091 }
13092 
13093 /// Check if VD needs to be dllexport/dllimport due to being in a
13094 /// dllexport/import function.
13095 void Sema::CheckStaticLocalForDllExport(VarDecl *VD) {
13096   assert(VD->isStaticLocal());
13097 
13098   auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod());
13099 
13100   // Find outermost function when VD is in lambda function.
13101   while (FD && !getDLLAttr(FD) &&
13102          !FD->hasAttr<DLLExportStaticLocalAttr>() &&
13103          !FD->hasAttr<DLLImportStaticLocalAttr>()) {
13104     FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(FD->getParentFunctionOrMethod());
13105   }
13106 
13107   if (!FD)
13108     return;
13109 
13110   // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function.
13111   if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) {
13112     auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext()));
13113     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
13114     VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
13115   } else if (Attr *A = FD->getAttr<DLLExportStaticLocalAttr>()) {
13116     auto *NewAttr = DLLExportAttr::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), *A);
13117     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
13118     VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
13119 
13120     // Export this function to enforce exporting this static variable even
13121     // if it is not used in this compilation unit.
13122     if (!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>())
13123       FD->addAttr(NewAttr);
13124 
13125   } else if (Attr *A = FD->getAttr<DLLImportStaticLocalAttr>()) {
13126     auto *NewAttr = DLLImportAttr::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), *A);
13127     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
13128     VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
13129   }
13130 }
13131 
13132 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
13133 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
13134 void Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
13135   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
13136   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
13137 
13138   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
13139   if (!VD)
13140     return;
13141 
13142   // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section bss|data|rodata' is active
13143   if (VD->hasGlobalStorage() && VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
13144       !inTemplateInstantiation() && !VD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
13145     if (PragmaClangBSSSection.Valid)
13146       VD->addAttr(PragmaClangBSSSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
13147           Context, PragmaClangBSSSection.SectionName,
13148           PragmaClangBSSSection.PragmaLocation,
13149           AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
13150     if (PragmaClangDataSection.Valid)
13151       VD->addAttr(PragmaClangDataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
13152           Context, PragmaClangDataSection.SectionName,
13153           PragmaClangDataSection.PragmaLocation,
13154           AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
13155     if (PragmaClangRodataSection.Valid)
13156       VD->addAttr(PragmaClangRodataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
13157           Context, PragmaClangRodataSection.SectionName,
13158           PragmaClangRodataSection.PragmaLocation,
13159           AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
13160     if (PragmaClangRelroSection.Valid)
13161       VD->addAttr(PragmaClangRelroSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
13162           Context, PragmaClangRelroSection.SectionName,
13163           PragmaClangRelroSection.PragmaLocation,
13164           AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
13165   }
13166 
13167   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ThisDecl)) {
13168     for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) {
13169       FinalizeDeclaration(BD);
13170     }
13171   }
13172 
13173   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
13174 
13175   // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable
13176   // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check
13177   // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints).
13178   if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) {
13179     // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and
13180     // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case).
13181     if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD) &&
13182         !VD->isInvalidDecl()) {
13183       CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign);
13184       if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) {
13185         Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum)
13186           << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD
13187           << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity();
13188       }
13189     }
13190   }
13191 
13192   if (VD->isStaticLocal())
13193     CheckStaticLocalForDllExport(VD);
13194 
13195   // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables.
13196   // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA
13197   // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__
13198   // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows
13199   // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables.
13200   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
13201     checkAllowedCUDAInitializer(VD);
13202 
13203   // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl.
13204   const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD);
13205 
13206   // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line.
13207   if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) {
13208     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() &&
13209         VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
13210       // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members
13211       // with a warning.
13212       CXXRecordDecl *Context =
13213         cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext());
13214       bool IsClassTemplateMember =
13215           isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) ||
13216           Context->getDescribedClassTemplate();
13217 
13218       Diag(VD->getLocation(),
13219            IsClassTemplateMember
13220                ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition
13221                : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition);
13222       Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
13223       if (!IsClassTemplateMember)
13224         VD->setInvalidDecl();
13225     }
13226   }
13227 
13228   // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index
13229   // isn't exported with the variable.
13230   if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) {
13231     auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod());
13232     if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) {
13233       assert(VD->isStaticLocal());
13234       // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the
13235       // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be
13236       // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe.
13237     } else {
13238       Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD
13239                                                                     << DLLAttr;
13240       VD->setInvalidDecl();
13241     }
13242   }
13243 
13244   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
13245     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
13246       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr;
13247       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
13248     }
13249   }
13250 
13251   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
13252   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
13253   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
13254   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
13255     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
13256 
13257   // FIXME: Warn on unused var template partial specializations.
13258   if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD))
13259     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
13260 
13261   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
13262   // tag values.
13263   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
13264       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
13265     return;
13266 
13267   for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
13268     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
13269     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
13270       continue;
13271     }
13272     Optional<llvm::APSInt> MagicValueInt;
13273     if (!(MagicValueInt = MagicValueExpr->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context))) {
13274       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
13275            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
13276         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
13277       continue;
13278     }
13279     if (MagicValueInt->getActiveBits() > 64) {
13280       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
13281            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
13282         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
13283       continue;
13284     }
13285     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt->getZExtValue();
13286     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
13287                                MagicValue,
13288                                I->getMatchingCType(),
13289                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
13290                                I->getMustBeNull());
13291   }
13292 }
13293 
13294 static bool hasDeducedAuto(DeclaratorDecl *DD) {
13295   auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DD);
13296   return VD && !VD->getType()->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType();
13297 }
13298 
13299 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
13300                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
13301   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
13302 
13303   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
13304     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
13305 
13306   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
13307   DecompositionDecl *FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
13308   bool DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = false;
13309   DeclaratorDecl *FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = nullptr;
13310   bool DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = false;
13311 
13312   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13313     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
13314       // For declarators, there are some additional syntactic-ish checks we need
13315       // to perform.
13316       if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) {
13317         if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
13318           FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
13319         if (!FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup)
13320           FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D);
13321         if (!FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && DS.hasAutoTypeSpec() &&
13322             !hasDeducedAuto(DD))
13323           FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = DD;
13324 
13325         if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup != DD) {
13326           // A decomposition declaration cannot be combined with any other
13327           // declaration in the same group.
13328           if (FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && !DiagnosedMultipleDecomps) {
13329             Diag(FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup->getLocation(),
13330                  diag::err_decomp_decl_not_alone)
13331                 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange()
13332                 << DD->getSourceRange();
13333             DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = true;
13334           }
13335 
13336           // A declarator that uses 'auto' in any way other than to declare a
13337           // variable with a deduced type cannot be combined with any other
13338           // declarator in the same group.
13339           if (FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && !DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto) {
13340             Diag(FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getLocation(),
13341                  diag::err_auto_non_deduced_not_alone)
13342                 << FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getType()
13343                        ->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType()
13344                 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange()
13345                 << DD->getSourceRange();
13346             DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = true;
13347           }
13348         }
13349       }
13350 
13351       Decls.push_back(D);
13352     }
13353   }
13354 
13355   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
13356     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
13357       handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
13358       if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() &&
13359           getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13360         Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
13361     }
13362   }
13363 
13364   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls);
13365 }
13366 
13367 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
13368 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
13369 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
13370 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
13371   // C++14 [dcl.spec.auto]p7: (DR1347)
13372   //   If the type that replaces the placeholder type is not the same in each
13373   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
13374   if (Group.size() > 1) {
13375     QualType Deduced;
13376     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr;
13377     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13378       VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i]);
13379       if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl())
13380         break;
13381       DeducedType *DT = D->getType()->getContainedDeducedType();
13382       if (!DT || DT->getDeducedType().isNull())
13383         continue;
13384       if (Deduced.isNull()) {
13385         Deduced = DT->getDeducedType();
13386         DeducedDecl = D;
13387       } else if (!Context.hasSameType(DT->getDeducedType(), Deduced)) {
13388         auto *AT = dyn_cast<AutoType>(DT);
13389         auto Dia = Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
13390                         diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
13391                    << (AT ? (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() : 3) << Deduced
13392                    << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() << DT->getDeducedType()
13393                    << D->getDeclName();
13394         if (DeducedDecl->hasInit())
13395           Dia << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange();
13396         if (D->getInit())
13397           Dia << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
13398         D->setInvalidDecl();
13399         break;
13400       }
13401     }
13402   }
13403 
13404   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
13405 
13406   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
13407       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
13408 }
13409 
13410 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
13411   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
13412 }
13413 
13414 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
13415   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
13416   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
13417     return;
13418 
13419   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
13420                       Group[0]->getLocation()) &&
13421       Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name,
13422                       Group[0]->getLocation()))
13423     return;
13424 
13425   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
13426     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
13427     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
13428     // additional declaration references:
13429     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
13430     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
13431     //   'struct S *pS;'
13432     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
13433     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
13434     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
13435       Group = Group.slice(1);
13436     }
13437   }
13438 
13439   // FIMXE: We assume every Decl in the group is in the same file.
13440   // This is false when preprocessor constructs the group from decls in
13441   // different files (e. g. macros or #include).
13442   Context.attachCommentsToJustParsedDecls(Group, &getPreprocessor());
13443 }
13444 
13445 /// Common checks for a parameter-declaration that should apply to both function
13446 /// parameters and non-type template parameters.
13447 void Sema::CheckFunctionOrTemplateParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
13448   // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
13449   // parameter.
13450   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13451     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
13452 
13453   // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
13454   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
13455     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
13456       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
13457   }
13458 
13459   // [dcl.meaning]p1: An unqualified-id occurring in a declarator-id shall be a
13460   // simple identifier except [...irrelevant cases...].
13461   switch (D.getName().getKind()) {
13462   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier:
13463     break;
13464 
13465   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
13466   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId:
13467   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
13468   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName:
13469   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName:
13470   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
13471   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName:
13472     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
13473       << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
13474     break;
13475 
13476   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId:
13477   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorTemplateId:
13478     // GetNameForDeclarator would not produce a useful name in this case.
13479     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name_template_id);
13480     break;
13481   }
13482 }
13483 
13484 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
13485 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
13486 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
13487   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
13488 
13489   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
13490 
13491   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
13492   StorageClass SC = SC_None;
13493   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
13494     SC = SC_Register;
13495     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
13496     // In C++17, it is not allowed, but we tolerate it as an extension.
13497     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
13498       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
13499            getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_register_storage_class
13500                                      : diag::warn_deprecated_register)
13501         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
13502     }
13503   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13504              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
13505     SC = SC_Auto;
13506   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
13507     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
13508          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
13509     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
13510   }
13511 
13512   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
13513     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
13514       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
13515   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
13516     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
13517         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17;
13518   if (DS.hasConstexprSpecifier())
13519     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
13520         << 0 << static_cast<int>(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier());
13521 
13522   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
13523 
13524   CheckFunctionOrTemplateParamDeclarator(S, D);
13525 
13526   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
13527   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
13528 
13529   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
13530   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
13531   if (II) {
13532     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
13533                    ForVisibleRedeclaration);
13534     LookupName(R, S);
13535     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
13536       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
13537       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
13538         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
13539         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
13540         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
13541         PrevDecl = nullptr;
13542       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
13543         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
13544         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
13545 
13546         // Recover by removing the name
13547         II = nullptr;
13548         D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc());
13549         D.setInvalidType(true);
13550       }
13551     }
13552   }
13553 
13554   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
13555   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
13556   // looking like class members in C++.
13557   ParmVarDecl *New =
13558       CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), D.getBeginLoc(),
13559                      D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, parmDeclType, TInfo, SC);
13560 
13561   if (D.isInvalidType())
13562     New->setInvalidDecl();
13563 
13564   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
13565   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
13566   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
13567                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
13568 
13569   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
13570   S->AddDecl(New);
13571   if (II)
13572     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
13573 
13574   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
13575 
13576   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
13577     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
13578         << 1 << New << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
13579         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
13580 
13581   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
13582     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
13583   }
13584 
13585   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL)
13586     deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(New);
13587 
13588   return New;
13589 }
13590 
13591 /// Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
13592 /// typedef.
13593 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
13594                                               SourceLocation Loc,
13595                                               QualType T) {
13596   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
13597      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
13598      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
13599   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr,
13600                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
13601                                            SC_None, nullptr);
13602   Param->setImplicit();
13603   return Param;
13604 }
13605 
13606 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) {
13607   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
13608   // will already have done so in the template itself.
13609   if (inTemplateInstantiation())
13610     return;
13611 
13612   for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) {
13613     if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() &&
13614         !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
13615       Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
13616         << Parameter->getDeclName();
13617     }
13618   }
13619 }
13620 
13621 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(
13622     ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) {
13623   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
13624     return;
13625 
13626   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
13627   // threshold.
13628   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
13629     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
13630     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
13631       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) << D << Size;
13632   }
13633 
13634   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
13635   // threshold.
13636   for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) {
13637     QualType T = Parameter->getType();
13638     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
13639       continue;
13640     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
13641     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
13642       Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
13643           << Parameter << Size;
13644   }
13645 }
13646 
13647 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
13648                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
13649                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
13650                                   StorageClass SC) {
13651   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
13652   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
13653       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
13654       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
13655 
13656     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
13657 
13658     // Special cases for arrays:
13659     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
13660     //   - otherwise, it's an error
13661     if (T->isArrayType()) {
13662       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
13663         if (DelayedDiagnostics.shouldDelayDiagnostics())
13664           DelayedDiagnostics.add(
13665               sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
13666               NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
13667         else
13668           Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership)
13669               << TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
13670       }
13671       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
13672     } else {
13673       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
13674     }
13675     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
13676   }
13677 
13678   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
13679                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
13680                                          TSInfo, SC, nullptr);
13681 
13682   // Make a note if we created a new pack in the scope of a lambda, so that
13683   // we know that references to that pack must also be expanded within the
13684   // lambda scope.
13685   if (New->isParameterPack())
13686     if (auto *LSI = getEnclosingLambda())
13687       LSI->LocalPacks.push_back(New);
13688 
13689   if (New->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() ||
13690       New->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
13691     checkNonTrivialCUnion(New->getType(), New->getLocation(),
13692                           NTCUC_FunctionParam, NTCUK_Destruct|NTCUK_Copy);
13693 
13694   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
13695   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
13696   // the class has been completely parsed.
13697   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
13698       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
13699                              AbstractParamType))
13700     New->setInvalidDecl();
13701 
13702   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
13703   // passed by reference.
13704   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
13705     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc =
13706         getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getEndLoc());
13707     Diag(NameLoc,
13708          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
13709       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
13710     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
13711     New->setType(T);
13712   }
13713 
13714   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
13715   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
13716   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
13717   // an address space.
13718   if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default &&
13719       // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type
13720       // to be qualified with an address space.
13721       !(getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
13722         (T->isArrayType() || T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private))) {
13723     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
13724     New->setInvalidDecl();
13725   }
13726 
13727   // PPC MMA non-pointer types are not allowed as function argument types.
13728   if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC64() &&
13729       CheckPPCMMAType(New->getOriginalType(), New->getLocation())) {
13730     New->setInvalidDecl();
13731   }
13732 
13733   return New;
13734 }
13735 
13736 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
13737                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
13738   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
13739 
13740   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
13741   // for a K&R function.
13742   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
13743     for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
13744       --i;
13745       if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) {
13746         SmallString<256> Code;
13747         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code)
13748             << "  int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n";
13749         Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
13750             << FTI.Params[i].Ident
13751             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code);
13752 
13753         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
13754         // type.
13755         AttributeFactory attrs;
13756         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
13757         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
13758         unsigned DiagID; // unused
13759         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec,
13760                            DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
13761         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
13762         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
13763         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
13764         Declarator ParamD(DS, DeclaratorContext::KNRTypeList);
13765         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
13766         FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
13767       }
13768     }
13769   }
13770 }
13771 
13772 Decl *
13773 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D,
13774                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
13775                               SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
13776   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused");
13777   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
13778   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
13779 
13780   // Check if we are in an `omp begin/end declare variant` scope. If we are, and
13781   // we define a non-templated function definition, we will create a declaration
13782   // instead (=BaseFD), and emit the definition with a mangled name afterwards.
13783   // The base function declaration will have the equivalent of an `omp declare
13784   // variant` annotation which specifies the mangled definition as a
13785   // specialization function under the OpenMP context defined as part of the
13786   // `omp begin declare variant`.
13787   SmallVector<FunctionDecl *, 4> Bases;
13788   if (LangOpts.OpenMP && isInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope())
13789     ActOnStartOfFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope(
13790         ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists, Bases);
13791 
13792   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FunctionDefinitionKind::Definition);
13793   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists);
13794   Decl *Dcl = ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody);
13795 
13796   if (!Bases.empty())
13797     ActOnFinishedFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope(Dcl, Bases);
13798 
13799   return Dcl;
13800 }
13801 
13802 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) {
13803   Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D);
13804 }
13805 
13806 static bool
13807 ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
13808                                 const FunctionDecl *&PossiblePrototype) {
13809   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
13810   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
13811     return false;
13812 
13813   // Or declarations that aren't global.
13814   if (!FD->isGlobal())
13815     return false;
13816 
13817   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
13818   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
13819     return false;
13820 
13821   // Don't warn about 'main'.
13822   if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
13823     if (IdentifierInfo *II = FD->getIdentifier())
13824       if (II->isStr("main"))
13825         return false;
13826 
13827   // Don't warn about inline functions.
13828   if (FD->isInlined())
13829     return false;
13830 
13831   // Don't warn about function templates.
13832   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
13833     return false;
13834 
13835   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
13836   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
13837     return false;
13838 
13839   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
13840   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
13841     return false;
13842 
13843   // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions.
13844   if (FD->isDeleted())
13845     return false;
13846 
13847   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
13848        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
13849     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
13850     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
13851     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
13852       continue;
13853 
13854     PossiblePrototype = Prev;
13855     return Prev->getType()->isFunctionNoProtoType();
13856   }
13857 
13858   return true;
13859 }
13860 
13861 void
13862 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
13863                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition,
13864                                    SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
13865   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
13866   if (!Definition &&
13867       !FD->isDefined(Definition, /*CheckForPendingFriendDefinition*/ true))
13868     return;
13869 
13870   if (Definition->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
13871     if (FunctionDecl *OrigDef = Definition->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) {
13872       if (FunctionDecl *OrigFD = FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) {
13873         // A merged copy of the same function, instantiated as a member of
13874         // the same class, is OK.
13875         if (declaresSameEntity(OrigFD, OrigDef) &&
13876             declaresSameEntity(cast<Decl>(Definition->getLexicalDeclContext()),
13877                                cast<Decl>(FD->getLexicalDeclContext())))
13878           return;
13879       }
13880     }
13881   }
13882 
13883   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
13884     return;
13885 
13886   // Don't emit an error when this is redefinition of a typo-corrected
13887   // definition.
13888   if (TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.count(Definition))
13889     return;
13890 
13891   // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or
13892   // a template, skip the new definition.
13893   if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) &&
13894       (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
13895        Definition->isInlined() ||
13896        Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() ||
13897        Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) {
13898     SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
13899     SkipBody->Previous = const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition);
13900     if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
13901       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD);
13902     makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition));
13903     return;
13904   }
13905 
13906   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
13907       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
13908     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
13909         << FD << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
13910   else
13911     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD;
13912 
13913   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13914   FD->setInvalidDecl();
13915 }
13916 
13917 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
13918                                    Sema &S) {
13919   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
13920 
13921   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
13922   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
13923   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
13924   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
13925   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
13926 
13927   if (LCD == LCD_None)
13928     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
13929   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
13930     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
13931   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
13932     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
13933   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
13934 
13935   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
13936   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
13937 
13938   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
13939   // captured within tryCaptureVar.
13940   auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin();
13941   for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) {
13942     if (C.capturesVariable()) {
13943       VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar();
13944       if (VD->isInitCapture())
13945         S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
13946       const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
13947       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
13948           /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(),
13949           /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion()
13950                          ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
13951           I->getType(), /*Invalid*/false);
13952 
13953     } else if (C.capturesThis()) {
13954       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), I->getType(),
13955                           C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis);
13956     } else {
13957       LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getCapturedVLAType(),
13958                              I->getType());
13959     }
13960     ++I;
13961   }
13962 }
13963 
13964 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D,
13965                                     SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
13966   if (!D) {
13967     // Parsing the function declaration failed in some way. Push on a fake scope
13968     // anyway so we can try to parse the function body.
13969     PushFunctionScope();
13970     PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExprEvalContexts.back().Context);
13971     return D;
13972   }
13973 
13974   FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
13975 
13976   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
13977     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
13978   else
13979     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
13980 
13981   // Do not push if it is a lambda because one is already pushed when building
13982   // the lambda in ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition().
13983   if (!isLambdaCallOperator(FD))
13984     PushExpressionEvaluationContext(
13985         FD->isConsteval() ? ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated
13986                           : ExprEvalContexts.back().Context);
13987 
13988   // Check for defining attributes before the check for redefinition.
13989   if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
13990     Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 0;
13991     FD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
13992     FD->setInvalidDecl();
13993   }
13994   if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<IFuncAttr>()) {
13995     Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 1;
13996     FD->dropAttr<IFuncAttr>();
13997     FD->setInvalidDecl();
13998   }
13999 
14000   if (auto *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) {
14001     if (Ctor->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization &&
14002         Ctor->isDefaultConstructor() &&
14003         Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
14004       // If this is an MS ABI dllexport default constructor, instantiate any
14005       // default arguments.
14006       InstantiateDefaultCtorDefaultArgs(Ctor);
14007     }
14008   }
14009 
14010   // See if this is a redefinition. If 'will have body' (or similar) is already
14011   // set, then these checks were already performed when it was set.
14012   if (!FD->willHaveBody() && !FD->isLateTemplateParsed() &&
14013       !FD->isThisDeclarationInstantiatedFromAFriendDefinition()) {
14014     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody);
14015 
14016     // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope.
14017     if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip)
14018       return D;
14019   }
14020 
14021   // Mark this function as "will have a body eventually".  This lets users to
14022   // call e.g. isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible while we're still parsing
14023   // this function.
14024   FD->setWillHaveBody();
14025 
14026   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
14027   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
14028   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
14029   // LambdaScopeInfo.
14030   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
14031   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
14032   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
14033   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
14034   // have the LSI properly restored.
14035   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
14036     assert(inTemplateInstantiation() &&
14037            "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
14038            "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
14039     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
14040   } else {
14041     // Enter a new function scope
14042     PushFunctionScope();
14043   }
14044 
14045   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
14046   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
14047     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
14048         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
14049       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
14050       FD->setInvalidDecl();
14051     }
14052   }
14053 
14054   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
14055   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
14056   QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
14057   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
14058       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
14059       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
14060                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
14061     FD->setInvalidDecl();
14062 
14063   if (FnBodyScope)
14064     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
14065 
14066   // Check the validity of our function parameters
14067   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(),
14068                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
14069 
14070   // Add non-parameter declarations already in the function to the current
14071   // scope.
14072   if (FnBodyScope) {
14073     for (Decl *NPD : FD->decls()) {
14074       auto *NonParmDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(NPD);
14075       if (!NonParmDecl)
14076         continue;
14077       assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(NonParmDecl) &&
14078              "parameters should not be in newly created FD yet");
14079 
14080       // If the decl has a name, make it accessible in the current scope.
14081       if (NonParmDecl->getDeclName())
14082         PushOnScopeChains(NonParmDecl, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
14083 
14084       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
14085       // accessible in this scope.
14086       if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(NonParmDecl)) {
14087         for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators())
14088           PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
14089       }
14090     }
14091   }
14092 
14093   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
14094   for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) {
14095     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
14096 
14097     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
14098     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
14099       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
14100 
14101       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
14102     }
14103   }
14104 
14105   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
14106   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
14107     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
14108 
14109   // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions.
14110   if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() &&
14111       !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) {
14112     assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>());
14113     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition);
14114     FD->setInvalidDecl();
14115     return D;
14116   }
14117   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
14118   // a function template).
14119   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
14120   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
14121       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl &&
14122       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation)
14123     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container);
14124 
14125   return D;
14126 }
14127 
14128 /// Given the set of return statements within a function body,
14129 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
14130 /// optimization.
14131 ///
14132 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
14133 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
14134 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
14135 /// use the named return value optimization.
14136 ///
14137 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
14138 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that
14139 /// candidate is an NRVO variable.
14140 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
14141   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
14142 
14143   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
14144     if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) {
14145       if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable())
14146         Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr);
14147     }
14148   }
14149 }
14150 
14151 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) {
14152   // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet).
14153   if (D.getDeclSpec().hasConstexprSpecifier())
14154     return false;
14155 
14156   // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced
14157   // return type (yet).
14158   if (D.getDeclSpec().hasAutoTypeSpec()) {
14159     // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type,
14160     // we can still delay parsing it.
14161     if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) {
14162       const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1);
14163       if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
14164           Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
14165         QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType());
14166         return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType();
14167       }
14168     }
14169     return false;
14170   }
14171 
14172   return true;
14173 }
14174 
14175 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
14176   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
14177   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
14178   // rest of the file.
14179   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
14180   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
14181   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) {
14182     if (FD->isConstexpr())
14183       return false;
14184     // We can't simply call Type::isUndeducedType here, because inside template
14185     // auto can be deduced to a dependent type, which is not considered
14186     // "undeduced".
14187     if (FD->getReturnType()->getContainedDeducedType())
14188       return false;
14189   }
14190   return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
14191 }
14192 
14193 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
14194   if (!Decl)
14195     return nullptr;
14196   if (FunctionDecl *FD = Decl->getAsFunction())
14197     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
14198   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
14199     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
14200   return Decl;
14201 }
14202 
14203 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
14204   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
14205 }
14206 
14207 /// RAII object that pops an ExpressionEvaluationContext when exiting a function
14208 /// body.
14209 class ExitFunctionBodyRAII {
14210 public:
14211   ExitFunctionBodyRAII(Sema &S, bool IsLambda) : S(S), IsLambda(IsLambda) {}
14212   ~ExitFunctionBodyRAII() {
14213     if (!IsLambda)
14214       S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
14215   }
14216 
14217 private:
14218   Sema &S;
14219   bool IsLambda = false;
14220 };
14221 
14222 static void diagnoseImplicitlyRetainedSelf(Sema &S) {
14223   llvm::DenseMap<const BlockDecl *, bool> EscapeInfo;
14224 
14225   auto IsOrNestedInEscapingBlock = [&](const BlockDecl *BD) {
14226     if (EscapeInfo.count(BD))
14227       return EscapeInfo[BD];
14228 
14229     bool R = false;
14230     const BlockDecl *CurBD = BD;
14231 
14232     do {
14233       R = !CurBD->doesNotEscape();
14234       if (R)
14235         break;
14236       CurBD = CurBD->getParent()->getInnermostBlockDecl();
14237     } while (CurBD);
14238 
14239     return EscapeInfo[BD] = R;
14240   };
14241 
14242   // If the location where 'self' is implicitly retained is inside a escaping
14243   // block, emit a diagnostic.
14244   for (const std::pair<SourceLocation, const BlockDecl *> &P :
14245        S.ImplicitlyRetainedSelfLocs)
14246     if (IsOrNestedInEscapingBlock(P.second))
14247       S.Diag(P.first, diag::warn_implicitly_retains_self)
14248           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(P.first, "self->");
14249 }
14250 
14251 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
14252                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
14253   FunctionScopeInfo *FSI = getCurFunction();
14254   FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr;
14255 
14256   if (FSI->UsesFPIntrin && !FD->hasAttr<StrictFPAttr>())
14257     FD->addAttr(StrictFPAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
14258 
14259   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
14260   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr;
14261 
14262   if (getLangOpts().Coroutines && FSI->isCoroutine())
14263     CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body);
14264 
14265   // Do not call PopExpressionEvaluationContext() if it is a lambda because one
14266   // is already popped when finishing the lambda in BuildLambdaExpr(). This is
14267   // meant to pop the context added in ActOnStartOfFunctionDef().
14268   ExitFunctionBodyRAII ExitRAII(*this, isLambdaCallOperator(FD));
14269 
14270   if (FD) {
14271     FD->setBody(Body);
14272     FD->setWillHaveBody(false);
14273 
14274     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
14275       if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() &&
14276           FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
14277         // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
14278         // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
14279         // the deduced result type is 'void'.
14280         if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
14281           Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
14282               << FD->getReturnType();
14283           FD->setInvalidDecl();
14284         } else {
14285           // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
14286           TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD);
14287           Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
14288               FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
14289         }
14290       }
14291     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) {
14292       // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call
14293       // operators because we don't support return type deduction.
14294       auto *LSI = getCurLambda();
14295       if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) {
14296         deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI);
14297 
14298         // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4:
14299         //   [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement
14300         //   [the deduced type is] the type void
14301         QualType RetType =
14302             LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType;
14303 
14304         // Update the return type to the deduced type.
14305         const auto *Proto = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
14306         FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(),
14307                                             Proto->getExtProtoInfo()));
14308       }
14309     }
14310 
14311     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
14312     // don't complain about missing return statements.
14313     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
14314       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
14315 
14316     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
14317     // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
14318     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && !FD->isOutOfLine())
14319       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition);
14320 
14321     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
14322       // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions.
14323       if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted() && !FD->hasSkippedBody())
14324         DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters());
14325       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(),
14326                                              FD->getReturnType(), FD);
14327 
14328       // If this is a structor, we need a vtable.
14329       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
14330         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
14331       else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD))
14332         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent());
14333 
14334       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
14335       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
14336       // to deduce an implicit return type.
14337       if (FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
14338           (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !FD->isDependentContext()))
14339         computeNRVO(Body, FSI);
14340     }
14341 
14342     // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
14343     //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
14344     //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
14345     //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
14346     //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
14347     const FunctionDecl *PossiblePrototype = nullptr;
14348     if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossiblePrototype)) {
14349       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
14350 
14351       if (PossiblePrototype) {
14352         // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
14353         // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
14354         if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = PossiblePrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
14355           TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
14356           if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
14357             Diag(PossiblePrototype->getLocation(),
14358                  diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
14359                 << (FD->getNumParams() != 0)
14360                 << (FD->getNumParams() == 0
14361                         ? FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void")
14362                         : FixItHint{});
14363         }
14364       } else {
14365         // Returns true if the token beginning at this Loc is `const`.
14366         auto isLocAtConst = [&](SourceLocation Loc, const SourceManager &SM,
14367                                 const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
14368           std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LocInfo = SM.getDecomposedLoc(Loc);
14369           if (LocInfo.first.isInvalid())
14370             return false;
14371 
14372           bool Invalid = false;
14373           StringRef Buffer = SM.getBufferData(LocInfo.first, &Invalid);
14374           if (Invalid)
14375             return false;
14376 
14377           if (LocInfo.second > Buffer.size())
14378             return false;
14379 
14380           const char *LexStart = Buffer.data() + LocInfo.second;
14381           StringRef StartTok(LexStart, Buffer.size() - LocInfo.second);
14382 
14383           return StartTok.consume_front("const") &&
14384                  (StartTok.empty() || isWhitespace(StartTok[0]) ||
14385                   StartTok.startswith("/*") || StartTok.startswith("//"));
14386         };
14387 
14388         auto findBeginLoc = [&]() {
14389           // If the return type has `const` qualifier, we want to insert
14390           // `static` before `const` (and not before the typename).
14391           if ((FD->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() &&
14392                FD->getReturnType()->getPointeeType().isConstQualified()) ||
14393               FD->getReturnType().isConstQualified()) {
14394             // But only do this if we can determine where the `const` is.
14395 
14396             if (isLocAtConst(FD->getBeginLoc(), getSourceManager(),
14397                              getLangOpts()))
14398 
14399               return FD->getBeginLoc();
14400           }
14401           return FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
14402         };
14403         Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::note_static_for_internal_linkage)
14404             << /* function */ 1
14405             << (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_None
14406                     ? FixItHint::CreateInsertion(findBeginLoc(), "static ")
14407                     : FixItHint{});
14408       }
14409 
14410       // GNU warning -Wstrict-prototypes
14411       //   Warn if K&R function is defined without a previous declaration.
14412       //   This warning is issued only if the definition itself does not provide
14413       //   a prototype. Only K&R definitions do not provide a prototype.
14414       if (!FD->hasWrittenPrototype()) {
14415         TypeSourceInfo *TI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
14416         TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
14417         FunctionTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAsAdjusted<FunctionTypeLoc>();
14418         Diag(FTL.getLParenLoc(), diag::warn_strict_prototypes) << 2;
14419       }
14420     }
14421 
14422     // Warn on CPUDispatch with an actual body.
14423     if (FD->isMultiVersion() && FD->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>() && Body)
14424       if (const auto *CmpndBody = dyn_cast<CompoundStmt>(Body))
14425         if (!CmpndBody->body_empty())
14426           Diag(CmpndBody->body_front()->getBeginLoc(),
14427                diag::warn_dispatch_body_ignored);
14428 
14429     if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
14430       const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction;
14431       if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) &&
14432           MD->isVirtual() &&
14433           (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) &&
14434           MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) {
14435         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
14436         if (FD->isInlined() &&
14437             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
14438           Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD);
14439 
14440           // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we
14441           // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively.
14442           KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent());
14443           const FunctionDecl *Definition;
14444           if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition))
14445             MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
14446         } else {
14447           // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used.
14448           MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
14449         }
14450       }
14451     }
14452 
14453     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
14454            "Function parsing confused");
14455   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
14456     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
14457     MD->setBody(Body);
14458     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
14459       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(),
14460                                              MD->getReturnType(), MD);
14461 
14462       if (Body)
14463         computeNRVO(Body, FSI);
14464     }
14465     if (FSI->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
14466       Diag(MD->getEndLoc(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
14467           << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
14468       FSI->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
14469     }
14470     if (FSI->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
14471       const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr;
14472       bool isDesignated =
14473           MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
14474       assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
14475       (void)isDesignated;
14476 
14477       auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
14478         auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
14479         if (!IFace)
14480           return false;
14481         auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass();
14482         if (!SuperD)
14483           return false;
14484         return SuperD->getIdentifier() ==
14485             NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject);
14486       };
14487       // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses
14488       // of NSObject.
14489       if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) {
14490         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
14491              diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
14492         Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
14493              diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
14494       }
14495       FSI->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
14496     }
14497     if (FSI->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
14498       // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits.
14499       if (!MD->isUnavailable())
14500         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
14501              diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
14502       FSI->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
14503     }
14504 
14505     diagnoseImplicitlyRetainedSelf(*this);
14506   } else {
14507     // Parsing the function declaration failed in some way. Pop the fake scope
14508     // we pushed on.
14509     PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
14510     return nullptr;
14511   }
14512 
14513   if (Body && FSI->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations)
14514     DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(dcl);
14515 
14516   assert(!FSI->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
14517          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
14518          "handled in the block above.");
14519 
14520   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
14521   if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) {
14522     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
14523     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
14524     // Verify this.
14525     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
14526       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
14527 
14528     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
14529     if (FSI->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
14530         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
14531       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
14532 
14533     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
14534       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
14535         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
14536 
14537       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
14538                                              Destructor->getParent());
14539     }
14540 
14541     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
14542     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
14543     // deletion in some later function.
14544     if (hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() ||
14545         getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
14546       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
14547     }
14548     if (!hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
14549         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
14550       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
14551       // enabled.
14552       ActivePolicy = &WP;
14553     }
14554 
14555     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
14556         !CheckConstexprFunctionDefinition(FD, CheckConstexprKind::Diagnose))
14557       FD->setInvalidDecl();
14558 
14559     if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) {
14560       for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) {
14561         // Allow local register variables without initializer as they don't
14562         // require prologue.
14563         bool RegisterVariables = false;
14564         if (auto *DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) {
14565           for (const auto *Decl : DS->decls()) {
14566             if (const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) {
14567               RegisterVariables =
14568                   Var->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>() && !Var->hasInit();
14569               if (!RegisterVariables)
14570                 break;
14571             }
14572           }
14573         }
14574         if (RegisterVariables)
14575           continue;
14576         if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) {
14577           Diag(S->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function);
14578           Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
14579           FD->setInvalidDecl();
14580           break;
14581         }
14582       }
14583     }
14584 
14585     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() ==
14586                ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects &&
14587            "Leftover temporaries in function");
14588     assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
14589     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
14590            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
14591   }
14592 
14593   if (!IsInstantiation)
14594     PopDeclContext();
14595 
14596   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
14597   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
14598   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
14599   // deletion in some later function.
14600   if (hasUncompilableErrorOccurred()) {
14601     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
14602   }
14603 
14604   if (FD && (LangOpts.OpenMP || LangOpts.CUDA || LangOpts.SYCLIsDevice)) {
14605     auto ES = getEmissionStatus(FD);
14606     if (ES == Sema::FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted ||
14607         ES == Sema::FunctionEmissionStatus::Unknown)
14608       DeclsToCheckForDeferredDiags.push_back(FD);
14609   }
14610 
14611   return dcl;
14612 }
14613 
14614 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
14615 /// relevant Decl.
14616 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
14617                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
14618   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
14619   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
14620     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
14621   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs);
14622 
14623   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
14624     if (Method->isStatic())
14625       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
14626 }
14627 
14628 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
14629 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
14630 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
14631                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
14632   // Find the scope in which the identifier is injected and the corresponding
14633   // DeclContext.
14634   // FIXME: C89 does not say what happens if there is no enclosing block scope.
14635   // In that case, we inject the declaration into the translation unit scope
14636   // instead.
14637   Scope *BlockScope = S;
14638   while (!BlockScope->isCompoundStmtScope() && BlockScope->getParent())
14639     BlockScope = BlockScope->getParent();
14640 
14641   Scope *ContextScope = BlockScope;
14642   while (!ContextScope->getEntity())
14643     ContextScope = ContextScope->getParent();
14644   ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, ContextScope->getEntity());
14645 
14646   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
14647   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
14648   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
14649   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
14650   NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II);
14651   if (ExternCPrev) {
14652     // We still need to inject the function into the enclosing block scope so
14653     // that later (non-call) uses can see it.
14654     PushOnScopeChains(ExternCPrev, BlockScope, /*AddToContext*/false);
14655 
14656     // C89 footnote 38:
14657     //   If in fact it is not defined as having type "function returning int",
14658     //   the behavior is undefined.
14659     if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev) ||
14660         !Context.typesAreCompatible(
14661             cast<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev)->getType(),
14662             Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Context.IntTy))) {
14663       Diag(Loc, diag::ext_use_out_of_scope_declaration)
14664           << ExternCPrev << !getLangOpts().C99;
14665       Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
14666       return ExternCPrev;
14667     }
14668   }
14669 
14670   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
14671   unsigned diag_id;
14672   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
14673     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
14674   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.u - Implicit function declaration is not supported.
14675   else if (getLangOpts().OpenCL)
14676     diag_id = diag::err_opencl_implicit_function_decl;
14677   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
14678     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
14679   else
14680     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
14681   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
14682 
14683   // If we found a prior declaration of this function, don't bother building
14684   // another one. We've already pushed that one into scope, so there's nothing
14685   // more to do.
14686   if (ExternCPrev)
14687     return ExternCPrev;
14688 
14689   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
14690   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
14691   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
14692     TypoCorrection Corrected;
14693     DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> CCC{};
14694     if (S && (Corrected =
14695                   CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName,
14696                               S, nullptr, CCC, CTK_NonError)))
14697       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
14698                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
14699   }
14700 
14701   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
14702   const char *Dummy;
14703   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
14704   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
14705   unsigned DiagID;
14706   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
14707                                   Context.getPrintingPolicy());
14708   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
14709   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
14710   SourceLocation NoLoc;
14711   Declarator D(DS, DeclaratorContext::Block);
14712   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
14713                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
14714                                              /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
14715                                              /*Params=*/nullptr,
14716                                              /*NumParams=*/0,
14717                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
14718                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
14719                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
14720                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
14721                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, EST_None,
14722                                              /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(),
14723                                              /*Exceptions=*/nullptr,
14724                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr,
14725                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
14726                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr,
14727                                              /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr,
14728                                              /*DeclsInPrototype=*/None, Loc,
14729                                              Loc, D),
14730                 std::move(DS.getAttributes()), SourceLocation());
14731   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
14732 
14733   // Insert this function into the enclosing block scope.
14734   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(BlockScope, D));
14735   FD->setImplicit();
14736 
14737   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
14738 
14739   return FD;
14740 }
14741 
14742 /// If this function is a C++ replaceable global allocation function
14743 /// (C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation], C++2a [new.delete]),
14744 /// adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on the standard.
14745 ///
14746 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
14747 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
14748 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributesForReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction(
14749     FunctionDecl *FD) {
14750   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
14751     return;
14752 
14753   if (FD->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_New &&
14754       FD->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_New)
14755     return;
14756 
14757   Optional<unsigned> AlignmentParam;
14758   bool IsNothrow = false;
14759   if (!FD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction(&AlignmentParam, &IsNothrow))
14760     return;
14761 
14762   // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p4:
14763   //   An allocation function that has a non-throwing exception specification
14764   //   indicates failure by returning a null pointer value. Any other allocation
14765   //   function never returns a null pointer value and indicates failure only by
14766   //   throwing an exception [...]
14767   if (!IsNothrow && !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsNonNullAttr>())
14768     FD->addAttr(ReturnsNonNullAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
14769 
14770   // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p2:
14771   //   An allocation function attempts to allocate the requested amount of
14772   //   storage. [...] If the request succeeds, the value returned by a
14773   //   replaceable allocation function is a [...] pointer value p0 different
14774   //   from any previously returned value p1 [...]
14775   //
14776   // However, this particular information is being added in codegen,
14777   // because there is an opt-out switch for it (-fno-assume-sane-operator-new)
14778 
14779   // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p2:
14780   //   An allocation function attempts to allocate the requested amount of
14781   //   storage. If it is successful, it returns the address of the start of a
14782   //   block of storage whose length in bytes is at least as large as the
14783   //   requested size.
14784   if (!FD->hasAttr<AllocSizeAttr>()) {
14785     FD->addAttr(AllocSizeAttr::CreateImplicit(
14786         Context, /*ElemSizeParam=*/ParamIdx(1, FD),
14787         /*NumElemsParam=*/ParamIdx(), FD->getLocation()));
14788   }
14789 
14790   // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p3:
14791   //   For an allocation function [...], the pointer returned on a successful
14792   //   call shall represent the address of storage that is aligned as follows:
14793   //   (3.1) If the allocation function takes an argument of type
14794   //         std​::​align_­val_­t, the storage will have the alignment
14795   //         specified by the value of this argument.
14796   if (AlignmentParam.hasValue() && !FD->hasAttr<AllocAlignAttr>()) {
14797     FD->addAttr(AllocAlignAttr::CreateImplicit(
14798         Context, ParamIdx(AlignmentParam.getValue(), FD), FD->getLocation()));
14799   }
14800 
14801   // FIXME:
14802   // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p3:
14803   //   For an allocation function [...], the pointer returned on a successful
14804   //   call shall represent the address of storage that is aligned as follows:
14805   //   (3.2) Otherwise, if the allocation function is named operator new[],
14806   //         the storage is aligned for any object that does not have
14807   //         new-extended alignment ([basic.align]) and is no larger than the
14808   //         requested size.
14809   //   (3.3) Otherwise, the storage is aligned for any object that does not
14810   //         have new-extended alignment and is of the requested size.
14811 }
14812 
14813 /// Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
14814 /// the declaration of this function.
14815 ///
14816 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
14817 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
14818 /// like NSLog or printf.
14819 ///
14820 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
14821 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
14822 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
14823   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
14824     return;
14825 
14826   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
14827   // actual attributes.
14828   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
14829     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
14830     unsigned FormatIdx;
14831     bool HasVAListArg;
14832     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
14833       if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
14834         const char *fmt = "printf";
14835         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
14836         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
14837             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
14838           fmt = "NSString";
14839         FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
14840                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
14841                                                FormatIdx+1,
14842                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
14843                                                FD->getLocation()));
14844       }
14845     }
14846     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
14847                                              HasVAListArg)) {
14848      if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
14849        FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
14850                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
14851                                               FormatIdx+1,
14852                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
14853                                               FD->getLocation()));
14854     }
14855 
14856     // Handle automatically recognized callbacks.
14857     SmallVector<int, 4> Encoding;
14858     if (!FD->hasAttr<CallbackAttr>() &&
14859         Context.BuiltinInfo.performsCallback(BuiltinID, Encoding))
14860       FD->addAttr(CallbackAttr::CreateImplicit(
14861           Context, Encoding.data(), Encoding.size(), FD->getLocation()));
14862 
14863     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only thing
14864     // preventing the function from being const. This allows IRgen to use LLVM
14865     // intrinsics for such functions.
14866     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>() &&
14867         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID))
14868       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
14869 
14870     // We make "fma" on some platforms const because we know it does not set
14871     // errno in those environments even though it could set errno based on the
14872     // C standard.
14873     const llvm::Triple &Trip = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple();
14874     if ((Trip.isGNUEnvironment() || Trip.isAndroid() || Trip.isOSMSVCRT()) &&
14875         !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) {
14876       switch (BuiltinID) {
14877       case Builtin::BI__builtin_fma:
14878       case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmaf:
14879       case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmal:
14880       case Builtin::BIfma:
14881       case Builtin::BIfmaf:
14882       case Builtin::BIfmal:
14883         FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
14884         break;
14885       default:
14886         break;
14887       }
14888     }
14889 
14890     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
14891         !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
14892       FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
14893                                          FD->getLocation()));
14894     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
14895       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
14896     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>())
14897       FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
14898     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
14899       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
14900     if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) &&
14901         !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) {
14902       // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode
14903       // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host
14904       // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__.
14905       if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice !=
14906           Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID))
14907         FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
14908       else
14909         FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
14910     }
14911   }
14912 
14913   AddKnownFunctionAttributesForReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction(FD);
14914 
14915   // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot
14916   // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come
14917   // across.
14918   if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind &&
14919       FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) {
14920     const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
14921     if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None)
14922       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
14923   }
14924 
14925   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
14926   if (!Name)
14927     return;
14928   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
14929        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
14930       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
14931        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
14932        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
14933     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
14934     // about.
14935   } else
14936     return;
14937 
14938   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
14939     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
14940     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
14941     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
14942       FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
14943                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
14944                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
14945                                              FD->getLocation()));
14946   }
14947 
14948   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
14949     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
14950     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
14951     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
14952       FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, ParamIdx(1, FD),
14953                                                 FD->getLocation()));
14954   }
14955 }
14956 
14957 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
14958                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
14959   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
14960   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
14961 
14962   if (!TInfo) {
14963     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
14964     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
14965   }
14966 
14967   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
14968   TypedefDecl *NewTD =
14969       TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, D.getBeginLoc(),
14970                           D.getIdentifierLoc(), D.getIdentifier(), TInfo);
14971 
14972   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
14973   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
14974     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
14975     return NewTD;
14976   }
14977 
14978   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
14979     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
14980       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
14981           << 2 << NewTD
14982           << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
14983           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
14984                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
14985     else
14986       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
14987   }
14988 
14989   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
14990   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
14991   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
14992   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
14993   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
14994   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
14995   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
14996   case TST_enum:
14997   case TST_struct:
14998   case TST_interface:
14999   case TST_union:
15000   case TST_class: {
15001     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
15002     setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
15003     break;
15004   }
15005 
15006   default:
15007     break;
15008   }
15009 
15010   return NewTD;
15011 }
15012 
15013 /// Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
15014 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
15015   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
15016   QualType T = TI->getType();
15017 
15018   if (T->isDependentType())
15019     return false;
15020 
15021   // This doesn't use 'isIntegralType' despite the error message mentioning
15022   // integral type because isIntegralType would also allow enum types in C.
15023   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
15024     if (BT->isInteger())
15025       return false;
15026 
15027   if (T->isExtIntType())
15028     return false;
15029 
15030   return Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
15031 }
15032 
15033 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
15034 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
15035 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
15036                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, bool IsFixed,
15037                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
15038   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
15039     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
15040       << Prev->isScoped();
15041     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
15042     return true;
15043   }
15044 
15045   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
15046     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
15047         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
15048         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
15049                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
15050       // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
15051       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
15052         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
15053       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
15054           << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
15055       return true;
15056     }
15057   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
15058     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
15059       << Prev->isFixed();
15060     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
15061     return true;
15062   }
15063 
15064   return false;
15065 }
15066 
15067 /// Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
15068 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
15069 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
15070 ///
15071 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
15072 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
15073   switch (Tag) {
15074   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
15075   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
15076   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
15077   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
15078   }
15079 }
15080 
15081 /// Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
15082 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
15083 ///
15084 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
15085 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
15086 {
15087   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
15088 }
15089 
15090 Sema::NonTagKind Sema::getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *PrevDecl,
15091                                              TagTypeKind TTK) {
15092   if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl))
15093     return NTK_Typedef;
15094   else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl))
15095     return NTK_TypeAlias;
15096   else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl))
15097     return NTK_Template;
15098   else if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl))
15099     return NTK_TypeAliasTemplate;
15100   else if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(PrevDecl))
15101     return NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument;
15102   switch (TTK) {
15103   case TTK_Struct:
15104   case TTK_Interface:
15105   case TTK_Class:
15106     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? NTK_NonClass : NTK_NonStruct;
15107   case TTK_Union:
15108     return NTK_NonUnion;
15109   case TTK_Enum:
15110     return NTK_NonEnum;
15111   }
15112   llvm_unreachable("invalid TTK");
15113 }
15114 
15115 /// Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
15116 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
15117 ///
15118 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
15119 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
15120                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
15121                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
15122                                         const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
15123   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
15124   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
15125   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
15126   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
15127   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
15128   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
15129   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
15130   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
15131   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
15132   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
15133   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
15134   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
15135   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
15136   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
15137   if (OldTag != NewTag &&
15138       !(isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)))
15139     return false;
15140 
15141   // Tags are compatible, but we might still want to warn on mismatched tags.
15142   // Non-class tags can't be mismatched at this point.
15143   if (!isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
15144     return true;
15145 
15146   // Declarations for which -Wmismatched-tags is disabled are entirely ignored
15147   // by our warning analysis. We don't want to warn about mismatches with (eg)
15148   // declarations in system headers that are designed to be specialized, but if
15149   // a user asks us to warn, we should warn if their code contains mismatched
15150   // declarations.
15151   auto IsIgnoredLoc = [&](SourceLocation Loc) {
15152     return getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch,
15153                                       Loc);
15154   };
15155   if (IsIgnoredLoc(NewTagLoc))
15156     return true;
15157 
15158   auto IsIgnored = [&](const TagDecl *Tag) {
15159     return IsIgnoredLoc(Tag->getLocation());
15160   };
15161   while (IsIgnored(Previous)) {
15162     Previous = Previous->getPreviousDecl();
15163     if (!Previous)
15164       return true;
15165     OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
15166   }
15167 
15168   bool isTemplate = false;
15169   if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
15170     isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
15171 
15172   if (inTemplateInstantiation()) {
15173     if (OldTag != NewTag) {
15174       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
15175       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
15176       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
15177         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
15178         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
15179       // FIXME: Note previous location?
15180     }
15181     return true;
15182   }
15183 
15184   if (isDefinition) {
15185     // On definitions, check all previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
15186     // one that doesn't match the current tag.
15187     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
15188       // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
15189       return true;
15190     }
15191 
15192     bool previousMismatch = false;
15193     for (const TagDecl *I : Previous->redecls()) {
15194       if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
15195         // Ignore previous declarations for which the warning was disabled.
15196         if (IsIgnored(I))
15197           continue;
15198 
15199         if (!previousMismatch) {
15200           previousMismatch = true;
15201           Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
15202             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
15203             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
15204         }
15205         Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
15206           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
15207           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
15208                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
15209       }
15210     }
15211     return true;
15212   }
15213 
15214   // Identify the prevailing tag kind: this is the kind of the definition (if
15215   // there is a non-ignored definition), or otherwise the kind of the prior
15216   // (non-ignored) declaration.
15217   const TagDecl *PrevDef = Previous->getDefinition();
15218   if (PrevDef && IsIgnored(PrevDef))
15219     PrevDef = nullptr;
15220   const TagDecl *Redecl = PrevDef ? PrevDef : Previous;
15221   if (Redecl->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
15222     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
15223       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
15224       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
15225     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
15226 
15227     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
15228     if (PrevDef) {
15229       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
15230         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
15231         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
15232              TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
15233     }
15234   }
15235 
15236   return true;
15237 }
15238 
15239 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name
15240 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration.
15241 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet:
15242 ///   namespace N {
15243 ///     struct X;
15244 ///     namespace M {
15245 ///       struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; };
15246 ///     }
15247 ///   }
15248 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S,
15249                                          SourceLocation NameLoc) {
15250   // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see
15251   // if we get the same namespace back.  If we do not, continue until
15252   // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS.
15253   SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces;
15254   DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
15255   for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) {
15256     // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by
15257     // other namespaces.  Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain.
15258     NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
15259     if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace())
15260       return FixItHint();
15261     IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier();
15262     Namespaces.push_back(II);
15263     NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName(
15264         S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName);
15265     if (Lookup == Namespace)
15266       break;
15267   }
15268 
15269   // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and
15270   // build an NNS.
15271   SmallString<64> Insertion;
15272   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion);
15273   if (DC->isTranslationUnit())
15274     OS << "::";
15275   std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end());
15276   for (auto *II : Namespaces)
15277     OS << II->getName() << "::";
15278   return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion);
15279 }
15280 
15281 /// Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can
15282 /// be redeclared with an unqualified name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup
15283 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a
15284 /// using-declaration).
15285 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC,
15286                                          DeclContext *NewDC) {
15287   OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext();
15288   NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext();
15289 
15290   if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC))
15291     return true;
15292 
15293   // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either
15294   // encloses the other).
15295   if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat &&
15296       (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC)))
15297     return true;
15298 
15299   return false;
15300 }
15301 
15302 /// This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
15303 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
15304 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
15305 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
15306 ///
15307 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or
15308 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
15309 ///
15310 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should
15311 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration.
15312 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
15313                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
15314                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
15315                      const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs, AccessSpecifier AS,
15316                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
15317                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
15318                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
15319                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
15320                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType,
15321                      bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool IsTemplateParamOrArg,
15322                      SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
15323   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
15324   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
15325   assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
15326          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
15327   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
15328 
15329   OwnedDecl = false;
15330   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
15331   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
15332 
15333   // FIXME: Check member specializations more carefully.
15334   bool isMemberSpecialization = false;
15335   bool Invalid = false;
15336 
15337   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
15338   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
15339   // for non-C++ cases.
15340   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
15341       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
15342     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
15343             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
15344                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists,
15345                 TUK == TUK_Friend, isMemberSpecialization, Invalid)) {
15346       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
15347         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
15348         return nullptr;
15349       }
15350 
15351       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
15352         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
15353         // be a member of another template).
15354 
15355         if (Invalid)
15356           return nullptr;
15357 
15358         OwnedDecl = false;
15359         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(
15360             S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, SS, Name, NameLoc, Attrs, TemplateParams,
15361             AS, ModulePrivateLoc,
15362             /*FriendLoc*/ SourceLocation(), TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1,
15363             TemplateParameterLists.data(), SkipBody);
15364         return Result.get();
15365       } else {
15366         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
15367         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
15368           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
15369         isMemberSpecialization = true;
15370       }
15371     }
15372 
15373     if (!TemplateParameterLists.empty() && isMemberSpecialization &&
15374         CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParameterLists.back()))
15375       return nullptr;
15376   }
15377 
15378   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
15379   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
15380   // redeclaration.
15381   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
15382   bool IsFixed = !UnderlyingType.isUnset() || ScopedEnum;
15383 
15384   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
15385     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) {
15386       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
15387       // type, default to int.
15388       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
15389     } else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
15390       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
15391       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
15392       TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr;
15393       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
15394       EnumUnderlying = TI;
15395 
15396       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
15397         // Recover by falling back to int.
15398         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
15399 
15400       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
15401                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
15402         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
15403 
15404     } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isWindowsMSVCEnvironment()) {
15405       // For MSVC ABI compatibility, unfixed enums must use an underlying type
15406       // of 'int'. However, if this is an unfixed forward declaration, don't set
15407       // the underlying type unless the user enables -fms-compatibility. This
15408       // makes unfixed forward declared enums incomplete and is more conforming.
15409       if (TUK == TUK_Definition || getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
15410         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
15411     }
15412   }
15413 
15414   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
15415   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
15416   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
15417   bool isStdAlignValT = false;
15418 
15419   RedeclarationKind Redecl = forRedeclarationInCurContext();
15420   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
15421     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
15422 
15423   /// Create a new tag decl in C/ObjC. Since the ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C
15424   /// implemented asks for structural equivalence checking, the returned decl
15425   /// here is passed back to the parser, allowing the tag body to be parsed.
15426   auto createTagFromNewDecl = [&]() -> TagDecl * {
15427     assert(!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "not meant for C++ usage");
15428     // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
15429     // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
15430     // keyword.
15431     SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
15432     TagDecl *New = nullptr;
15433 
15434     if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
15435       New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, nullptr,
15436                              ScopedEnum, ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, IsFixed);
15437       // If this is an undefined enum, bail.
15438       if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid)
15439         return nullptr;
15440       if (EnumUnderlying) {
15441         EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
15442         if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo *>())
15443           ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
15444         else
15445           ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type *>(), 0));
15446         ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
15447       }
15448     } else { // struct/union
15449       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
15450                                nullptr);
15451     }
15452 
15453     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
15454       // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked
15455       // when the ASTContext lays out the structure.
15456       //
15457       // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
15458       // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is
15459       // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
15460       // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
15461       // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
15462       // parsing of the struct).
15463       if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip)) {
15464         AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
15465         AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
15466       }
15467     }
15468     New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
15469     return New;
15470   };
15471 
15472   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
15473   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
15474     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
15475 
15476     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
15477     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
15478       Name = nullptr;
15479       goto CreateNewDecl;
15480     }
15481 
15482     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
15483     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
15484     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
15485       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
15486       if (!DC) {
15487         IsDependent = true;
15488         return nullptr;
15489       }
15490     } else {
15491       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
15492       if (!DC) {
15493         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
15494           << SS.getRange();
15495         return nullptr;
15496       }
15497     }
15498 
15499     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
15500       return nullptr;
15501 
15502     SearchDC = DC;
15503     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
15504     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
15505 
15506     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
15507       return nullptr;
15508 
15509     if (Previous.empty()) {
15510       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
15511       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
15512       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
15513       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
15514       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
15515       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
15516       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
15517           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
15518         IsDependent = true;
15519         return nullptr;
15520       }
15521 
15522       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
15523       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
15524         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
15525       Name = nullptr;
15526       Invalid = true;
15527       goto CreateNewDecl;
15528     }
15529   } else if (Name) {
15530     // C++14 [class.mem]p14:
15531     //   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
15532     //   name different from T:
15533     //    -- every member of class T that is itself a type
15534     if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
15535         DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc)))
15536       return nullptr;
15537 
15538     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
15539     // declaration or definition.
15540     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
15541     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
15542     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
15543     LookupName(Previous, S);
15544 
15545     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
15546     // by types using'ed into this scope.
15547     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
15548         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
15549       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
15550       while (F.hasNext()) {
15551         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
15552         if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
15553                 SearchDC->getRedeclContext()))
15554           F.erase();
15555       }
15556       F.done();
15557     }
15558 
15559     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
15560     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
15561     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
15562     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
15563     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
15564     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
15565     //
15566     // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag
15567     // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing
15568     // scope.  They do implement this rule for friend functions.
15569     //
15570     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
15571     // semantic context?
15572     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
15573       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
15574       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
15575       bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
15576       while (F.hasNext()) {
15577         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
15578         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
15579         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
15580             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
15581           if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
15582             FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
15583           else
15584             F.erase();
15585         }
15586       }
15587       F.done();
15588 
15589       // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have
15590       // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace.
15591       if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) {
15592         NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl();
15593         Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace)
15594             << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc);
15595       }
15596     }
15597 
15598     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
15599     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
15600       return nullptr;
15601 
15602     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
15603       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
15604       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
15605       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
15606       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
15607       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
15608         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
15609     }
15610   }
15611 
15612   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
15613       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
15614     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
15615     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
15616     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
15617     Previous.clear();
15618   }
15619 
15620   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
15621       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace())) {
15622     if (Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
15623       // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
15624       isStdBadAlloc = true;
15625 
15626       // If std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
15627       // name lookup), fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
15628       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
15629       if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc)
15630         Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
15631     } else if (Name->isStr("align_val_t")) {
15632       isStdAlignValT = true;
15633       if (Previous.empty() && StdAlignValT)
15634         Previous.addDecl(getStdAlignValT());
15635     }
15636   }
15637 
15638   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
15639   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
15640   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
15641   // there's a shadow friend decl.
15642   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
15643       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || IsTemplateParamOrArg)) {
15644     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
15645     assert(SS.isEmpty());
15646 
15647     if (TUK == TUK_Reference || IsTemplateParamOrArg) {
15648       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
15649       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
15650       //
15651       //          class-key identifier
15652       //
15653       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
15654       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
15655       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
15656       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
15657       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
15658       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
15659       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
15660       //      declaration.
15661       //
15662       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
15663       // C structs and unions.
15664       //
15665       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
15666       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
15667       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
15668       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
15669       //
15670       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
15671       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
15672       //
15673       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
15674       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
15675       // lexical context,
15676       SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC);
15677 
15678       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
15679       S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts());
15680     } else {
15681       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
15682       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
15683       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
15684       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
15685       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
15686       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
15687     }
15688 
15689     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
15690     // diagnose some problems.
15691     // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a
15692     // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a
15693     // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier.  In C that is not correct
15694     // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup.
15695     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
15696       // FIXME: This can perform qualified lookups into function contexts,
15697       // which are meaningless.
15698       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext());
15699       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
15700     } else {
15701       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext());
15702       LookupName(Previous, S);
15703     }
15704   }
15705 
15706   // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it.
15707   if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous)
15708     Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous);
15709 
15710   if (!Previous.empty()) {
15711     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
15712     NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
15713 
15714     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
15715     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
15716     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
15717     // in C++.
15718     //
15719     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
15720     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
15721     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
15722     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
15723     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
15724       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
15725         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
15726           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
15727           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
15728               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
15729                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
15730             PrevDecl = Tag;
15731             Previous.clear();
15732             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
15733             Previous.resolveKind();
15734           }
15735         }
15736       }
15737     }
15738 
15739     // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must
15740     // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a
15741     // redefinition if either context is within the other.
15742     if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) {
15743       auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl);
15744       if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
15745           isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isMemberSpecialization) &&
15746           !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(
15747                           *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) {
15748         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
15749         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
15750              diag::note_using_decl_target);
15751         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl)
15752             << 0;
15753         // Recover by ignoring the old declaration.
15754         Previous.clear();
15755         goto CreateNewDecl;
15756       }
15757     }
15758 
15759     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
15760       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
15761       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
15762       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
15763       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
15764           isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
15765                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) {
15766         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
15767         // struct or something similar.
15768         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
15769                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
15770                                           Name)) {
15771           bool SafeToContinue
15772             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
15773                Kind != TTK_Enum);
15774           if (SafeToContinue)
15775             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
15776               << Name
15777               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
15778                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
15779           else
15780             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
15781           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
15782 
15783           if (SafeToContinue)
15784             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
15785           else {
15786             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
15787             Name = nullptr;
15788             Previous.clear();
15789             Invalid = true;
15790           }
15791         }
15792 
15793         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
15794           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
15795           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)
15796             return PrevTagDecl;
15797 
15798           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
15799           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
15800             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
15801           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
15802             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
15803 
15804           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
15805           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
15806           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
15807           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
15808                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy,
15809                                      IsFixed, PrevEnum))
15810             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr;
15811         }
15812 
15813         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
15814         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
15815         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
15816         //   and then later defined.
15817         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
15818             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
15819           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
15820           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
15821         }
15822 
15823         if (!Invalid) {
15824           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless
15825           // we have attributes.
15826           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
15827             if (!Attrs.empty()) {
15828               // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new
15829               // declaration to hold them.
15830             } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference &&
15831                        (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ==
15832                             Decl::FOK_Undeclared ||
15833                         PrevDecl->getOwningModule() != getCurrentModule()) &&
15834                        SS.isEmpty()) {
15835               // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but
15836               // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes
15837               // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module.
15838               // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if
15839               // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior
15840               // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same
15841               // scope where we would have injected a declaration.
15842               if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext()
15843                        ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
15844                 return PrevTagDecl;
15845               // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in
15846               // that scope.
15847               S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts());
15848             } else {
15849               return PrevTagDecl;
15850             }
15851           }
15852 
15853           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
15854           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
15855             if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
15856               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
15857               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
15858               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
15859               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
15860               if (isMemberSpecialization) {
15861                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
15862                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
15863                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
15864                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
15865                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
15866                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
15867                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
15868                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
15869               }
15870 
15871               // Note that clang allows ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C, i.e., do
15872               // not keep more that one definition around (merge them). However,
15873               // ensure the decl passes the structural compatibility check in
15874               // C11 6.2.7/1 (or 6.1.2.6/1 in C89).
15875               NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
15876               if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) {
15877                 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We
15878                 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and
15879                 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one
15880                 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and
15881                 // use it in place of this one.
15882                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
15883                   // Postpone making the old definition visible until after we
15884                   // complete parsing the new one and do the structural
15885                   // comparison.
15886                   SkipBody->CheckSameAsPrevious = true;
15887                   SkipBody->New = createTagFromNewDecl();
15888                   SkipBody->Previous = Def;
15889                   return Def;
15890                 } else {
15891                   SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
15892                   SkipBody->Previous = Def;
15893                   makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden);
15894                   // Carry on and handle it like a normal definition. We'll
15895                   // skip starting the definitiion later.
15896                 }
15897               } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
15898                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
15899                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
15900                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
15901                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
15902                 else
15903                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
15904                 notePreviousDefinition(Def,
15905                                        NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc);
15906                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
15907                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
15908                 // references get the previous definition.
15909                 Name = nullptr;
15910                 Previous.clear();
15911                 Invalid = true;
15912               }
15913             } else {
15914               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
15915               // about a nested redefinition.
15916               auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl();
15917               if (TD->isBeingDefined()) {
15918                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
15919                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
15920                      diag::note_previous_definition);
15921                 Name = nullptr;
15922                 Previous.clear();
15923                 Invalid = true;
15924               }
15925             }
15926 
15927             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
15928             // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
15929           }
15930 
15931           // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration.  If this is some kind
15932           // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC
15933           // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier.
15934           if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
15935             SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext();
15936             AS = AS_none;
15937           }
15938         }
15939         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
15940         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
15941 
15942       } else {
15943         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
15944         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
15945         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
15946         // have distinct types.
15947         Previous.clear();
15948       }
15949       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
15950       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
15951       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
15952 
15953     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
15954     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
15955     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
15956     } else {
15957       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
15958       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
15959       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
15960       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
15961           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
15962         NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind);
15963         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << PrevDecl << NTK
15964                                                        << Kind;
15965         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
15966         Invalid = true;
15967 
15968       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
15969       } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
15970                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) {
15971         // do nothing
15972 
15973       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
15974       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
15975         NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind);
15976         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << NTK;
15977         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
15978         Invalid = true;
15979 
15980       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
15981       // case here.
15982       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
15983         unsigned Kind = 0;
15984         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
15985         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
15986           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
15987         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
15988         Invalid = true;
15989 
15990       // Otherwise, diagnose.
15991       } else {
15992         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
15993         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
15994         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
15995         notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, NameLoc);
15996         Name = nullptr;
15997         Invalid = true;
15998       }
15999 
16000       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
16001       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
16002       Previous.clear();
16003     }
16004   }
16005 
16006 CreateNewDecl:
16007 
16008   TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
16009   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
16010     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
16011 
16012   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
16013   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
16014   // keyword.
16015   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
16016 
16017   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
16018   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
16019   // PrevDecl.
16020   TagDecl *New;
16021 
16022   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
16023     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
16024     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
16025     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
16026                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
16027                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, IsFixed);
16028 
16029     if (isStdAlignValT && (!StdAlignValT || getStdAlignValT()->isImplicit()))
16030       StdAlignValT = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
16031 
16032     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
16033     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
16034       TagDecl *Def;
16035       if (IsFixed && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
16036         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
16037         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
16038       }
16039       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
16040         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
16041           << New;
16042         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
16043       } else {
16044         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
16045         if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
16046           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
16047         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
16048           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
16049         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
16050       }
16051     }
16052 
16053     if (EnumUnderlying) {
16054       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
16055       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
16056         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
16057       else
16058         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
16059       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
16060       assert(ED->isComplete() && "enum with type should be complete");
16061     }
16062   } else {
16063     // struct/union/class
16064 
16065     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
16066     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
16067     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16068       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
16069       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
16070                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
16071 
16072       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
16073         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
16074     } else
16075       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
16076                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
16077   }
16078 
16079   // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
16080   //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
16081   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && (IsTypeSpecifier || IsTemplateParamOrArg) &&
16082       TUK == TUK_Definition) {
16083     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
16084       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
16085     Invalid = true;
16086   }
16087 
16088   if (!Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK == TUK_Definition &&
16089       DC->getDeclKind() == Decl::Enum) {
16090     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_enum)
16091       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
16092     Invalid = true;
16093   }
16094 
16095   // Maybe add qualifier info.
16096   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
16097     if (SS.isSet()) {
16098       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
16099       // nested-name-specifier against the current context.
16100       if ((TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
16101           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc,
16102                                        isMemberSpecialization))
16103         Invalid = true;
16104 
16105       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
16106       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
16107         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists);
16108       }
16109     }
16110     else
16111       Invalid = true;
16112   }
16113 
16114   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
16115     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
16116     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
16117     //
16118     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
16119     // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is
16120     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
16121     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
16122     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
16123     // parsing of the struct).
16124     if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip)) {
16125       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
16126       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
16127     }
16128   }
16129 
16130   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
16131     if (isMemberSpecialization)
16132       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
16133         << 2
16134         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
16135     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
16136     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
16137     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
16138     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
16139       New->setModulePrivate();
16140   }
16141 
16142   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
16143   // check the specialization.
16144   if (isMemberSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
16145     Invalid = true;
16146 
16147   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C,
16148   // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to
16149   // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
16150   if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) &&
16151       getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
16152     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16153       // C++ [dcl.fct]p6:
16154       //   Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types.
16155       if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) {
16156         Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type)
16157             << Name;
16158         Invalid = true;
16159       }
16160     } else if (!PrevDecl) {
16161       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
16162     }
16163   }
16164 
16165   if (Invalid)
16166     New->setInvalidDecl();
16167 
16168   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
16169   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
16170   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
16171 
16172   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
16173   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
16174   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
16175   // the tag name visible.
16176   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
16177     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat);
16178 
16179   // Set the access specifier.
16180   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
16181     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
16182 
16183   if (PrevDecl)
16184     CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, PrevDecl);
16185 
16186   if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip))
16187     New->startDefinition();
16188 
16189   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attrs);
16190   AddPragmaAttributes(S, New);
16191 
16192   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
16193   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
16194     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
16195     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
16196     if (PrevDecl)
16197       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
16198 
16199     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
16200     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
16201     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
16202       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
16203         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
16204   } else if (Name) {
16205     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
16206     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, true);
16207   } else {
16208     CurContext->addDecl(New);
16209   }
16210 
16211   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
16212   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
16213     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
16214         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
16215         II->isStr("FILE"))
16216       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
16217 
16218   if (PrevDecl)
16219     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
16220 
16221   if (auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New))
16222     inferGslOwnerPointerAttribute(CXXRD);
16223 
16224   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
16225   // record.
16226   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
16227 
16228   if (isMemberSpecialization && !New->isInvalidDecl())
16229     CompleteMemberSpecialization(New, Previous);
16230 
16231   OwnedDecl = true;
16232   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
16233   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
16234   if (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16235     if (New->isBeingDefined())
16236       if (auto RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New))
16237         RD->completeDefinition();
16238     return nullptr;
16239   } else if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) {
16240     return SkipBody->Previous;
16241   } else {
16242     return New;
16243   }
16244 }
16245 
16246 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
16247   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
16248   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
16249 
16250   // Enter the tag context.
16251   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
16252 
16253   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
16254 
16255   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
16256   // record.
16257   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
16258 }
16259 
16260 bool Sema::ActOnDuplicateDefinition(DeclSpec &DS, Decl *Prev,
16261                                     SkipBodyInfo &SkipBody) {
16262   if (!hasStructuralCompatLayout(Prev, SkipBody.New))
16263     return false;
16264 
16265   // Make the previous decl visible.
16266   makeMergedDefinitionVisible(SkipBody.Previous);
16267   return true;
16268 }
16269 
16270 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
16271   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
16272          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
16273   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
16274   assert(OCD->getLexicalParent() == CurContext &&
16275       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
16276   CurContext = OCD;
16277   return IDecl;
16278 }
16279 
16280 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
16281                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
16282                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
16283                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
16284   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
16285   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
16286 
16287   FieldCollector->StartClass();
16288 
16289   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
16290     return;
16291 
16292   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
16293     Record->addAttr(FinalAttr::Create(
16294         Context, FinalLoc, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Keyword,
16295         static_cast<FinalAttr::Spelling>(IsFinalSpelledSealed)));
16296 
16297   // C++ [class]p2:
16298   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
16299   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
16300   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
16301   //   as if it were a public member name.
16302   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName = CXXRecordDecl::Create(
16303       Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, Record->getBeginLoc(),
16304       Record->getLocation(), Record->getIdentifier(),
16305       /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr,
16306       /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
16307   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
16308   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
16309   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
16310   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
16311       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
16312   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
16313   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
16314          "Broken injected-class-name");
16315 }
16316 
16317 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
16318                                     SourceRange BraceRange) {
16319   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
16320   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
16321   Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange);
16322 
16323   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
16324   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
16325     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
16326     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
16327       RD->completeDefinition();
16328   }
16329 
16330   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
16331     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
16332   }
16333 
16334   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
16335   PopDeclContext();
16336 
16337   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
16338       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
16339     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
16340 
16341   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
16342   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
16343     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
16344 }
16345 
16346 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
16347   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
16348   PopDeclContext();
16349 }
16350 
16351 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
16352   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
16353   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
16354   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
16355 }
16356 
16357 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
16358   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
16359   OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr;
16360 }
16361 
16362 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
16363   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
16364   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
16365   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
16366 
16367   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
16368   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
16369     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
16370       RD->completeDefinition();
16371   }
16372 
16373   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
16374   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
16375   // the FieldCollector.
16376 
16377   PopDeclContext();
16378 }
16379 
16380 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
16381 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
16382                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
16383                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
16384                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
16385   assert(BitWidth);
16386   if (BitWidth->containsErrors())
16387     return ExprError();
16388 
16389   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
16390   if (ZeroWidth)
16391     *ZeroWidth = true;
16392 
16393   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
16394   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
16395   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
16396     // Handle incomplete and sizeless types with a specific error.
16397     if (RequireCompleteSizedType(FieldLoc, FieldTy,
16398                                  diag::err_field_incomplete_or_sizeless))
16399       return ExprError();
16400     if (FieldName)
16401       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
16402         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
16403     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
16404       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
16405   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
16406                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
16407     return ExprError();
16408 
16409   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
16410   // it now.
16411   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
16412     return BitWidth;
16413 
16414   llvm::APSInt Value;
16415   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value, AllowFold);
16416   if (ICE.isInvalid())
16417     return ICE;
16418   BitWidth = ICE.get();
16419 
16420   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
16421     *ZeroWidth = false;
16422 
16423   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
16424   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
16425     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
16426 
16427   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
16428     if (FieldName)
16429       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
16430                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
16431     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
16432       << Value.toString(10);
16433   }
16434 
16435   // The size of the bit-field must not exceed our maximum permitted object
16436   // size.
16437   if (Value.getActiveBits() > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
16438     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_too_wide)
16439            << !FieldName << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
16440   }
16441 
16442   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
16443     uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
16444     uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy);
16445     bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth);
16446 
16447     // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield
16448     // ABI.
16449     bool CStdConstraintViolation =
16450         BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
16451     bool MSBitfieldViolation =
16452         Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) &&
16453         (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft());
16454     if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) {
16455       unsigned DiagWidth =
16456           CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize;
16457       if (FieldName)
16458         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
16459                << FieldName << Value.toString(10)
16460                << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth;
16461 
16462       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
16463              << Value.toString(10) << !CStdConstraintViolation
16464              << DiagWidth;
16465     }
16466 
16467     // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all
16468     // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than
16469     // 'bool'.
16470     if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType() && FieldName) {
16471       Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
16472           << FieldName << Value.toString(10)
16473           << (unsigned)TypeWidth;
16474     }
16475   }
16476 
16477   return BitWidth;
16478 }
16479 
16480 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
16481 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
16482 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
16483                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
16484   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
16485                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
16486                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
16487   return Res;
16488 }
16489 
16490 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
16491 ///
16492 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
16493                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
16494                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
16495                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
16496                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
16497   if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
16498     const DecompositionDeclarator &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator();
16499     Diag(Decomp.getLSquareLoc(), diag::err_decomp_decl_context)
16500       << Decomp.getSourceRange();
16501     return nullptr;
16502   }
16503 
16504   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
16505   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
16506   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
16507 
16508   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
16509   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
16510   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16511     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
16512 
16513     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
16514                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
16515       D.setInvalidType();
16516       T = Context.IntTy;
16517       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
16518     }
16519   }
16520 
16521   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
16522 
16523   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
16524     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
16525         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17;
16526   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
16527     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
16528          diag::err_invalid_thread)
16529       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
16530 
16531   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
16532   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
16533   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
16534                         ForVisibleRedeclaration);
16535   LookupName(Previous, S);
16536   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
16537     case LookupResult::Found:
16538     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
16539       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
16540       break;
16541 
16542     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
16543       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
16544       break;
16545 
16546     case LookupResult::NotFound:
16547     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
16548     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
16549       break;
16550   }
16551   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
16552 
16553   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
16554     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
16555     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
16556     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
16557     PrevDecl = nullptr;
16558   }
16559 
16560   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
16561     PrevDecl = nullptr;
16562 
16563   bool Mutable
16564     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
16565   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getBeginLoc();
16566   FieldDecl *NewFD
16567     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
16568                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
16569 
16570   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
16571     Record->setInvalidDecl();
16572 
16573   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
16574     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
16575 
16576   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
16577     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
16578     // with the same name in the same scope.
16579   } else if (II) {
16580     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
16581   } else
16582     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
16583 
16584   return NewFD;
16585 }
16586 
16587 /// Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
16588 ///
16589 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
16590 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
16591 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
16592 /// created.
16593 ///
16594 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
16595 ///
16596 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
16597 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
16598                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
16599                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
16600                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
16601                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
16602                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
16603                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
16604                                 Declarator *D) {
16605   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
16606   bool InvalidDecl = false;
16607   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
16608 
16609   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
16610   // marking this declaration as invalid.
16611   if (T.isNull() || T->containsErrors()) {
16612     InvalidDecl = true;
16613     T = Context.IntTy;
16614   }
16615 
16616   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
16617   if (!EltTy->isDependentType() && !EltTy->containsErrors()) {
16618     if (RequireCompleteSizedType(Loc, EltTy,
16619                                  diag::err_field_incomplete_or_sizeless)) {
16620       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
16621       Record->setInvalidDecl();
16622       InvalidDecl = true;
16623     } else {
16624       NamedDecl *Def;
16625       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
16626       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
16627         Record->setInvalidDecl();
16628         InvalidDecl = true;
16629       }
16630     }
16631   }
16632 
16633   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address space
16634   if (T.hasAddressSpace() || T->isDependentAddressSpaceType() ||
16635       T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->isDependentAddressSpaceType()) {
16636     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
16637     Record->setInvalidDecl();
16638     InvalidDecl = true;
16639   }
16640 
16641   if (LangOpts.OpenCL) {
16642     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be
16643     // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types.
16644     if (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || T->isSamplerT() ||
16645         T->isBlockPointerType()) {
16646       Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T;
16647       Record->setInvalidDecl();
16648       InvalidDecl = true;
16649     }
16650     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
16651     if (BitWidth) {
16652       Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
16653       InvalidDecl = true;
16654     }
16655   }
16656 
16657   // Anonymous bit-fields cannot be cv-qualified (CWG 2229).
16658   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !II && BitWidth &&
16659       T.hasQualifiers()) {
16660     InvalidDecl = true;
16661     Diag(Loc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_qualifiers);
16662   }
16663 
16664   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
16665   // than a variably modified type.
16666   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
16667     bool SizeIsNegative;
16668     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
16669 
16670     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
16671       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
16672                                                     SizeIsNegative,
16673                                                     Oversized);
16674     if (FixedTInfo) {
16675       Diag(Loc, diag::ext_vla_folded_to_constant);
16676       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
16677       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
16678     } else {
16679       if (SizeIsNegative)
16680         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
16681       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
16682         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
16683           << Oversized.toString(10);
16684       else
16685         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
16686       InvalidDecl = true;
16687     }
16688   }
16689 
16690   // Fields can not have abstract class types
16691   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
16692                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
16693                                              AbstractFieldType))
16694     InvalidDecl = true;
16695 
16696   bool ZeroWidth = false;
16697   if (InvalidDecl)
16698     BitWidth = nullptr;
16699   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
16700   if (BitWidth) {
16701     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
16702                               &ZeroWidth).get();
16703     if (!BitWidth) {
16704       InvalidDecl = true;
16705       BitWidth = nullptr;
16706       ZeroWidth = false;
16707     }
16708   }
16709 
16710   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
16711   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
16712     unsigned DiagID = 0;
16713     if (T->isReferenceType())
16714       DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference
16715                                         : diag::err_mutable_reference;
16716     else if (T.isConstQualified())
16717       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
16718 
16719     if (DiagID) {
16720       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
16721       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
16722         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
16723       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
16724       if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) {
16725         Mutable = false;
16726         InvalidDecl = true;
16727       }
16728     }
16729   }
16730 
16731   // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
16732   //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
16733   //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
16734   if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
16735     checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
16736 
16737   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
16738                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
16739   if (InvalidDecl)
16740     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
16741 
16742   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
16743     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
16744     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
16745     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
16746   }
16747 
16748   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16749     if (Record->isUnion()) {
16750       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
16751         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
16752         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
16753           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
16754           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
16755           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
16756           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
16757           // objects.
16758           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
16759             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
16760         }
16761       }
16762 
16763       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
16764       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
16765       // enabled.
16766       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
16767         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
16768                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
16769                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
16770           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
16771         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
16772           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
16773       }
16774     }
16775   }
16776 
16777   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
16778   // representation, not a parser representation.
16779   if (D) {
16780     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
16781     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
16782 
16783     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
16784       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
16785   }
16786 
16787   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
16788   // retainable type.
16789   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
16790     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
16791 
16792   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
16793     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
16794 
16795   // PPC MMA non-pointer types are not allowed as field types.
16796   if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC64() &&
16797       CheckPPCMMAType(T, NewFD->getLocation()))
16798     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
16799 
16800   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
16801   return NewFD;
16802 }
16803 
16804 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
16805   assert(FD);
16806   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
16807 
16808   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
16809     return false;
16810 
16811   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
16812   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
16813     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
16814     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
16815       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
16816       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
16817       // copy constructors.
16818 
16819       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
16820       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
16821       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
16822       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
16823       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
16824       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
16825       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
16826         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
16827       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
16828         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
16829       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
16830         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
16831       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
16832         member = CXXDestructor;
16833 
16834       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
16835         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
16836             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
16837           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
16838           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
16839           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
16840           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
16841           // members unavailable.
16842           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
16843           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
16844             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
16845               FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "",
16846                             UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc));
16847             return false;
16848           }
16849         }
16850 
16851         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
16852                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
16853                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
16854           << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
16855         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
16856         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
16857       }
16858     }
16859   }
16860 
16861   return false;
16862 }
16863 
16864 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
16865 ///  AST enum value.
16866 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
16867 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
16868   switch (ivarVisibility) {
16869   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
16870   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
16871   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
16872   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
16873   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
16874   }
16875 }
16876 
16877 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
16878 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
16879 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
16880                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
16881                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
16882                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
16883 
16884   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
16885   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
16886   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
16887   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
16888 
16889   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
16890   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
16891 
16892   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
16893   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
16894 
16895   if (BitWidth) {
16896     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
16897     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get();
16898     if (!BitWidth)
16899       D.setInvalidType();
16900   } else {
16901     // Not a bitfield.
16902 
16903     // validate II.
16904 
16905   }
16906   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
16907     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
16908     D.setInvalidType();
16909   }
16910   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
16911   // than a variably modified type.
16912   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
16913     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
16914     D.setInvalidType();
16915   }
16916 
16917   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
16918   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
16919     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
16920                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
16921   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
16922   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
16923   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
16924     return nullptr;
16925   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
16926   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
16927       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
16928     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
16929     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
16930       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
16931       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
16932     }
16933     else
16934       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
16935   } else {
16936     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
16937         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
16938       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
16939         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
16940         return nullptr;
16941       }
16942     }
16943     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
16944   }
16945 
16946   // Construct the decl.
16947   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
16948                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
16949                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
16950 
16951   if (II) {
16952     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
16953                                            ForVisibleRedeclaration);
16954     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
16955         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
16956       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
16957       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
16958       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
16959     }
16960   }
16961 
16962   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
16963   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
16964 
16965   if (D.isInvalidType())
16966     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
16967 
16968   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
16969   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
16970     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
16971 
16972   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
16973     NewID->setModulePrivate();
16974 
16975   if (II) {
16976     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
16977     // these to the interface.
16978     S->AddDecl(NewID);
16979     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
16980   }
16981 
16982   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
16983       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
16984     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
16985 
16986   return NewID;
16987 }
16988 
16989 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
16990 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
16991 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
16992 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
16993 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
16994                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
16995   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
16996     return;
16997 
16998   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
16999   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
17000 
17001   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->isZeroLengthBitField(Context))
17002     return;
17003   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
17004   if (!ID) {
17005     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
17006       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
17007         return;
17008     }
17009     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
17010     else
17011       return;
17012   }
17013   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
17014   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
17015   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
17016 
17017   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
17018                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr,
17019                               Context.CharTy,
17020                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
17021                                                                DeclLoc),
17022                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
17023                               true);
17024   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
17025 }
17026 
17027 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
17028                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
17029                        SourceLocation RBrac,
17030                        const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) {
17031   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
17032 
17033   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
17034   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
17035   // it will now change.
17036   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
17037     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
17038     switch (DC->getKind()) {
17039     default: break;
17040     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
17041       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
17042       break;
17043     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
17044       Context.
17045         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
17046       break;
17047     }
17048   }
17049 
17050   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
17051   CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
17052 
17053   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
17054   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
17055   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
17056   if (Record) {
17057     for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
17058       if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
17059         if (IFD->getDeclName())
17060           ++NumNamedMembers;
17061     }
17062   }
17063 
17064   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
17065   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
17066 
17067   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
17068        i != end; ++i) {
17069     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
17070 
17071     // Get the type for the field.
17072     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
17073 
17074     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
17075       // Remember all fields written by the user.
17076       RecFields.push_back(FD);
17077     }
17078 
17079     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
17080     // diagnostics about it.
17081     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
17082       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
17083       continue;
17084     }
17085 
17086     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
17087     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
17088     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
17089     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
17090     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
17091     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
17092     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
17093     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
17094     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
17095     //   array.
17096     bool IsLastField = (i + 1 == Fields.end());
17097     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
17098       // Field declared as a function.
17099       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
17100         << FD->getDeclName();
17101       FD->setInvalidDecl();
17102       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
17103       continue;
17104     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
17105                (Record || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl))) {
17106       if (Record) {
17107         // Flexible array member.
17108         // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
17109         // It will accept flexible array in union and also
17110         // as the sole element of a struct/class.
17111         unsigned DiagID = 0;
17112         if (!Record->isUnion() && !IsLastField) {
17113           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_not_at_end)
17114             << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType() << Record->getTagKind();
17115           Diag((*(i + 1))->getLocation(), diag::note_next_field_declaration);
17116           FD->setInvalidDecl();
17117           EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
17118           continue;
17119         } else if (Record->isUnion())
17120           DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
17121                        ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
17122                        : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
17123                              ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
17124                              : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
17125         else if (NumNamedMembers < 1)
17126           DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
17127                        ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
17128                        : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
17129                              ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
17130                              : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate;
17131 
17132         if (DiagID)
17133           Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
17134                                           << Record->getTagKind();
17135         // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
17136         // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
17137         // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible
17138         // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
17139         // of the type.
17140         if (CXXRecord && CXXRecord->getNumVBases() != 0)
17141           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
17142               << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
17143         if (!getLangOpts().C99)
17144           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
17145             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
17146 
17147         // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
17148         // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
17149         //
17150         // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
17151         // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
17152         QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
17153         if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
17154           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
17155             << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
17156           FD->setInvalidDecl();
17157           EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
17158           continue;
17159         }
17160         // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
17161         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
17162       } else {
17163         // In ObjCContainerDecl ivars with incomplete array type are accepted,
17164         // unless they are followed by another ivar. That check is done
17165         // elsewhere, after synthesized ivars are known.
17166       }
17167     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
17168                RequireCompleteSizedType(
17169                    FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
17170                    diag::err_field_incomplete_or_sizeless)) {
17171       // Incomplete type
17172       FD->setInvalidDecl();
17173       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
17174       continue;
17175     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
17176       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
17177         // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a
17178         // flexible array member.
17179         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
17180         if (!Record->isUnion()) {
17181           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
17182           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
17183           // structures.
17184           if (!IsLastField)
17185             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
17186               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
17187           else {
17188             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
17189             // other structs as an extension.
17190             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
17191               << FD->getDeclName();
17192           }
17193         }
17194       }
17195       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
17196           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
17197                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
17198                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
17199         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
17200         FD->setInvalidDecl();
17201       }
17202       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
17203         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
17204       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
17205         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
17206     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
17207       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
17208       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
17209         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
17210       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
17211       FD->setType(T);
17212     } else if (Record && Record->isUnion() &&
17213                FD->getType().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() &&
17214                getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(FD->getLocation()) &&
17215                !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>() &&
17216                (FD->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong ||
17217                 !Context.hasDirectOwnershipQualifier(FD->getType()))) {
17218       // For backward compatibility, fields of C unions declared in system
17219       // headers that have non-trivial ObjC ownership qualifications are marked
17220       // as unavailable unless the qualifier is explicit and __strong. This can
17221       // break ABI compatibility between programs compiled with ARC and MRR, but
17222       // is a better option than rejecting programs using those unions under
17223       // ARC.
17224       FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(
17225           Context, "", UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership,
17226           FD->getLocation()));
17227     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC &&
17228                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && Record &&
17229                !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
17230       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
17231           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
17232         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
17233       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
17234         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
17235         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
17236             BaseType->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
17237           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
17238         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
17239                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
17240                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
17241       }
17242     }
17243 
17244     if (Record && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
17245         !shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD)) {
17246       QualType FT = FD->getType();
17247       if (FT.isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize()) {
17248         Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize(true);
17249         if (FT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() ||
17250             Record->isUnion())
17251           Record->setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(true);
17252       }
17253       QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK = FT.isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy();
17254       if (PCK != QualType::PCK_Trivial && PCK != QualType::PCK_VolatileTrivial) {
17255         Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy(true);
17256         if (FT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() || Record->isUnion())
17257           Record->setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(true);
17258       }
17259       if (FT.isDestructedType()) {
17260         Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestroy(true);
17261         Record->setParamDestroyedInCallee(true);
17262         if (FT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() || Record->isUnion())
17263           Record->setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(true);
17264       }
17265 
17266       if (const auto *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>()) {
17267         if (RT->getDecl()->getArgPassingRestrictions() ==
17268             RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs)
17269           Record->setArgPassingRestrictions(RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs);
17270       } else if (FT.getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak)
17271         Record->setArgPassingRestrictions(RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs);
17272     }
17273 
17274     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
17275       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
17276     // Keep track of the number of named members.
17277     if (FD->getIdentifier())
17278       ++NumNamedMembers;
17279   }
17280 
17281   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
17282   if (Record) {
17283     bool Completed = false;
17284     if (CXXRecord) {
17285       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
17286         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
17287         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
17288                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
17289                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
17290           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
17291       }
17292 
17293       // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
17294       AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
17295 
17296       if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
17297         if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
17298           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
17299           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
17300           // problem now.
17301           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
17302             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
17303             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
17304 
17305             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
17306                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
17307                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
17308               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
17309                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
17310                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
17311                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
17312                        "Virtual function without overriding functions?");
17313                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
17314                   continue;
17315 
17316                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
17317                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
17318                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
17319                 //   program is ill-formed.
17320                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
17321                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
17322                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
17323                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
17324                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
17325                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
17326                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
17327                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
17328                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
17329                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
17330 
17331                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
17332               }
17333             }
17334             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
17335             Completed = true;
17336           }
17337         }
17338       }
17339     }
17340 
17341     if (!Completed)
17342       Record->completeDefinition();
17343 
17344     // Handle attributes before checking the layout.
17345     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attrs);
17346 
17347     // We may have deferred checking for a deleted destructor. Check now.
17348     if (CXXRecord) {
17349       auto *Dtor = CXXRecord->getDestructor();
17350       if (Dtor && Dtor->isImplicit() &&
17351           ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Dtor, CXXDestructor)) {
17352         CXXRecord->setImplicitDestructorIsDeleted();
17353         SetDeclDeleted(Dtor, CXXRecord->getLocation());
17354       }
17355     }
17356 
17357     if (Record->hasAttrs()) {
17358       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
17359 
17360       if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>())
17361         checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record),
17362                                            IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
17363                                            IA->getInheritanceModel());
17364     }
17365 
17366     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
17367     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
17368     // compatibility problems.
17369     bool CheckForZeroSize;
17370     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
17371       CheckForZeroSize = true;
17372     } else {
17373       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
17374       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
17375       CheckForZeroSize =
17376           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
17377           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && !inTemplateInstantiation() &&
17378           CXXRecord->isCLike();
17379     }
17380     if (CheckForZeroSize) {
17381       bool ZeroSize = true;
17382       bool IsEmpty = true;
17383       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
17384       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
17385                                       E = Record->field_end();
17386            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
17387         IsEmpty = false;
17388         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
17389           if (!I->isZeroLengthBitField(Context))
17390             ZeroSize = false;
17391         } else {
17392           ++NonBitFields;
17393           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
17394           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
17395               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
17396             ZeroSize = false;
17397         }
17398       }
17399 
17400       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
17401       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
17402       // extern "C" block.
17403       if (ZeroSize) {
17404         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
17405                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
17406                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
17407           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
17408       }
17409 
17410       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
17411       // but are accepted by GCC.
17412       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
17413         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
17414                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
17415           << Record->isUnion();
17416       }
17417     }
17418   } else {
17419     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
17420       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
17421     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
17422       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
17423       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
17424       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
17425         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
17426         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
17427       }
17428       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
17429       // duplicates.
17430       if (ID->getSuperClass())
17431         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
17432     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
17433                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
17434       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
17435       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
17436         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
17437         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
17438         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
17439       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
17440       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
17441       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
17442     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
17443                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
17444       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
17445       // reported as errors elsewhere.
17446       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
17447       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
17448       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
17449       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
17450       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
17451       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
17452         if (IDecl) {
17453           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
17454               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
17455             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
17456                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
17457             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
17458             continue;
17459           }
17460           for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) {
17461             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
17462                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
17463               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
17464                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
17465               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
17466               continue;
17467             }
17468           }
17469         }
17470         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
17471         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
17472       }
17473       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
17474       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
17475     }
17476   }
17477 }
17478 
17479 /// Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
17480 /// the given type T.
17481 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
17482                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
17483                                         QualType T) {
17484   assert((T->isIntegralType(Context) || T->isEnumeralType()) &&
17485          "Integral type required!");
17486   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
17487 
17488   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
17489     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
17490       --BitWidth;
17491     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
17492   }
17493   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
17494 }
17495 
17496 // Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
17497 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
17498 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
17499   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
17500   // enum checking below.
17501   assert((T->isIntegralType(Context) ||
17502          T->isEnumeralType()) && "Integral type required!");
17503   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
17504   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
17505     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
17506   };
17507   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
17508     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
17509     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
17510   };
17511 
17512   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
17513   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
17514                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
17515   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
17516     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
17517       return Types[I];
17518 
17519   return QualType();
17520 }
17521 
17522 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
17523                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
17524                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
17525                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
17526                                           Expr *Val) {
17527   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
17528   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
17529   QualType EltTy;
17530 
17531   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
17532     Val = nullptr;
17533 
17534   if (Val)
17535     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get();
17536 
17537   if (Val) {
17538     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
17539       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
17540     else {
17541       // FIXME: We don't allow folding in C++11 mode for an enum with a fixed
17542       // underlying type, but do allow it in all other contexts.
17543       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed()) {
17544         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
17545         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
17546         // constant expression of the underlying type.
17547         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
17548         ExprResult Converted =
17549           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
17550                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
17551         if (Converted.isInvalid())
17552           Val = nullptr;
17553         else
17554           Val = Converted.get();
17555       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
17556                  !(Val =
17557                        VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal, AllowFold)
17558                            .get())) {
17559         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
17560       } else {
17561         if (Enum->isComplete()) {
17562           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
17563 
17564           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
17565           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
17566           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
17567           // expression checking.
17568           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
17569             if (Context.getTargetInfo()
17570                     .getTriple()
17571                     .isWindowsMSVCEnvironment()) {
17572               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
17573             } else {
17574               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
17575             }
17576           }
17577 
17578           // Cast to the underlying type.
17579           Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy,
17580                                   EltTy->isBooleanType() ? CK_IntegralToBoolean
17581                                                          : CK_IntegralCast)
17582                     .get();
17583         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
17584           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
17585           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
17586           //   is the type of its initializing value:
17587           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
17588           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
17589           EltTy = Val->getType();
17590         } else {
17591           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
17592           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
17593           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
17594           //   representable as an int.
17595 
17596           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
17597           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
17598             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
17599               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
17600               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
17601           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
17602             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
17603             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
17604           }
17605           EltTy = Val->getType();
17606         }
17607       }
17608     }
17609   }
17610 
17611   if (!Val) {
17612     if (Enum->isDependentType())
17613       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
17614     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
17615       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
17616       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
17617       //   is the type of its initializing value:
17618       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
17619       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
17620       //
17621       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
17622       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
17623       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
17624         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
17625       }
17626       else {
17627         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
17628       }
17629     } else {
17630       // Assign the last value + 1.
17631       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
17632       ++EnumVal;
17633       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
17634 
17635       // Check for overflow on increment.
17636       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
17637         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
17638         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
17639         //   is the type of its initializing value:
17640         //
17641         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
17642         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
17643         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
17644         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
17645         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
17646         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
17647         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
17648         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
17649           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
17650           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
17651           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
17652           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
17653           ++EnumVal;
17654           if (Enum->isFixed())
17655             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
17656             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
17657               << EnumVal.toString(10)
17658               << EltTy;
17659           else
17660             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large)
17661               << EnumVal.toString(10);
17662         } else {
17663           EltTy = T;
17664         }
17665 
17666         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
17667         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
17668         // value, then increment.
17669         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
17670         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
17671         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
17672         ++EnumVal;
17673 
17674         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
17675         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
17676         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
17677         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
17678         // integral type.
17679         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
17680           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
17681       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
17682                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
17683         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
17684         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
17685           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
17686       }
17687     }
17688   }
17689 
17690   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
17691     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
17692     // enumerator's type.
17693     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
17694     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
17695   }
17696 
17697   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
17698                                   Val, EnumVal);
17699 }
17700 
17701 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II,
17702                                                 SourceLocation IILoc) {
17703   if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) ||
17704       !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
17705     return SkipBodyInfo();
17706 
17707   // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to
17708   // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and
17709   // skip the body.
17710   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
17711                                          forRedeclarationInCurContext());
17712   auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl);
17713   if (!PrevECD)
17714     return SkipBodyInfo();
17715 
17716   EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext());
17717   NamedDecl *Hidden;
17718   if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) {
17719     SkipBodyInfo Skip;
17720     Skip.Previous = Hidden;
17721     return Skip;
17722   }
17723 
17724   return SkipBodyInfo();
17725 }
17726 
17727 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
17728                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
17729                               const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs,
17730                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
17731   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
17732   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
17733     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
17734 
17735   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
17736   // we find one that is.
17737   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
17738 
17739   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
17740   // scope.
17741   LookupResult R(*this, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, ForVisibleRedeclaration);
17742   LookupName(R, S);
17743   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
17744 
17745   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
17746     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
17747     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
17748     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
17749     PrevDecl = nullptr;
17750   }
17751 
17752   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
17753   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
17754   // different from T:
17755   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
17756   // enumerated type
17757   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !TheEnumDecl->isScoped())
17758     DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(),
17759                             DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc));
17760 
17761   EnumConstantDecl *New =
17762     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
17763   if (!New)
17764     return nullptr;
17765 
17766   if (PrevDecl) {
17767     if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && isa<ValueDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
17768       // Check for other kinds of shadowing not already handled.
17769       CheckShadow(New, PrevDecl, R);
17770     }
17771 
17772     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
17773     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
17774     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
17775            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
17776     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
17777       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
17778         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
17779       else
17780         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
17781       notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, IdLoc);
17782       return nullptr;
17783     }
17784   }
17785 
17786   // Process attributes.
17787   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attrs);
17788   AddPragmaAttributes(S, New);
17789 
17790   // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
17791   New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
17792   PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
17793 
17794   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
17795 
17796   return New;
17797 }
17798 
17799 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
17800 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
17801 // Element2 = Element1
17802 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
17803 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
17804 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
17805 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
17806   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
17807   if (!InitExpr)
17808     return true;
17809   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
17810 
17811   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
17812     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
17813       return true;
17814     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
17815     if (!IL)
17816       return true;
17817     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
17818       return true;
17819 
17820     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
17821   }
17822 
17823   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
17824   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
17825   if (!DRE)
17826     return true;
17827 
17828   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
17829   if (!EnumConstant)
17830     return true;
17831 
17832   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
17833       Enum)
17834     return true;
17835 
17836   return false;
17837 }
17838 
17839 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
17840 // a previous element has already been set to.
17841 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
17842                                         EnumDecl *Enum, QualType EnumType) {
17843   // Avoid anonymous enums
17844   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
17845     return;
17846 
17847   // Only check for small enums.
17848   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
17849     return;
17850 
17851   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation()))
17852     return;
17853 
17854   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
17855   typedef SmallVector<std::unique_ptr<ECDVector>, 3> DuplicatesVector;
17856 
17857   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
17858 
17859   // DenseMaps cannot contain the all ones int64_t value, so use unordered_map.
17860   typedef std::unordered_map<int64_t, DeclOrVector> ValueToVectorMap;
17861 
17862   // Use int64_t as a key to avoid needing special handling for map keys.
17863   auto EnumConstantToKey = [](const EnumConstantDecl *D) {
17864     llvm::APSInt Val = D->getInitVal();
17865     return Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue();
17866   };
17867 
17868   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
17869   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
17870 
17871   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
17872   // an initializer.
17873   for (auto *Element : Elements) {
17874     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Element);
17875 
17876     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
17877     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
17878     if (!ECD) {
17879       return;
17880     }
17881 
17882     // Constants with initalizers are handled in the next loop.
17883     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
17884       continue;
17885 
17886     // Duplicate values are handled in the next loop.
17887     EnumMap.insert({EnumConstantToKey(ECD), ECD});
17888   }
17889 
17890   if (EnumMap.size() == 0)
17891     return;
17892 
17893   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
17894   for (auto *Element : Elements) {
17895     // The last loop returned if any constant was null.
17896     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Element);
17897     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
17898       continue;
17899 
17900     auto Iter = EnumMap.find(EnumConstantToKey(ECD));
17901     if (Iter == EnumMap.end())
17902       continue;
17903 
17904     DeclOrVector& Entry = Iter->second;
17905     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
17906       // Ensure constants are different.
17907       if (D == ECD)
17908         continue;
17909 
17910       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
17911       auto Vec = std::make_unique<ECDVector>();
17912       Vec->push_back(D);
17913       Vec->push_back(ECD);
17914 
17915       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
17916       Entry = Vec.get();
17917 
17918       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
17919       // diagnostics.
17920       DupVector.emplace_back(std::move(Vec));
17921       continue;
17922     }
17923 
17924     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
17925     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
17926     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
17927       continue;
17928 
17929     Vec->push_back(ECD);
17930   }
17931 
17932   // Emit diagnostics.
17933   for (const auto &Vec : DupVector) {
17934     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
17935 
17936     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
17937     auto *FirstECD = Vec->front();
17938     S.Diag(FirstECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
17939       << FirstECD << FirstECD->getInitVal().toString(10)
17940       << FirstECD->getSourceRange();
17941 
17942     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
17943     // the same value.
17944     for (auto *ECD : llvm::make_range(Vec->begin() + 1, Vec->end()))
17945       S.Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
17946         << ECD << ECD->getInitVal().toString(10)
17947         << ECD->getSourceRange();
17948   }
17949 }
17950 
17951 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val,
17952                              bool AllowMask) const {
17953   assert(ED->isClosedFlag() && "looking for value in non-flag or open enum");
17954   assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition");
17955 
17956   auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt()));
17957   llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second;
17958 
17959   if (R.second) {
17960     for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) {
17961       const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal();
17962       // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values.
17963       if (EVal.isPowerOf2())
17964         FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal;
17965     }
17966   }
17967 
17968   // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's
17969   // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is
17970   // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we
17971   // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value.
17972   //
17973   // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is
17974   // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is
17975   // likely a logic error.
17976   llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth());
17977   return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val));
17978 }
17979 
17980 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange,
17981                          Decl *EnumDeclX, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, Scope *S,
17982                          const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) {
17983   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
17984   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
17985 
17986   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attrs);
17987 
17988   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
17989     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
17990       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
17991         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
17992       if (!ECD) continue;
17993 
17994       ECD->setType(EnumType);
17995     }
17996 
17997     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
17998     return;
17999   }
18000 
18001   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
18002   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
18003   // emit a warning.
18004   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
18005   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
18006   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
18007 
18008   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
18009   // reverse the list.
18010   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
18011   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
18012 
18013   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
18014   bool AllElementsInt = true;
18015 
18016   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
18017     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
18018       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
18019     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
18020 
18021     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
18022 
18023     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
18024     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
18025       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
18026                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
18027     else
18028       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
18029                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
18030 
18031     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very common).
18032     if (AllElementsInt)
18033       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
18034   }
18035 
18036   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
18037   QualType BestType;
18038   unsigned BestWidth;
18039 
18040   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
18041   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
18042   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
18043   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
18044   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
18045   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
18046   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
18047   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
18048   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
18049   QualType BestPromotionType;
18050 
18051   bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
18052   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
18053   // enum definitions.
18054   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
18055     Packed = true;
18056 
18057   // If the enum already has a type because it is fixed or dictated by the
18058   // target, promote that type instead of analyzing the enumerators.
18059   if (Enum->isComplete()) {
18060     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
18061     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
18062       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
18063     else
18064       BestPromotionType = BestType;
18065 
18066     BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType);
18067   }
18068   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
18069     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
18070     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
18071     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
18072     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
18073       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
18074       BestWidth = CharWidth;
18075     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
18076                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
18077       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
18078       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
18079     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
18080       BestType = Context.IntTy;
18081       BestWidth = IntWidth;
18082     } else {
18083       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
18084 
18085       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
18086         BestType = Context.LongTy;
18087       } else {
18088         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
18089 
18090         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
18091           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large);
18092         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
18093       }
18094     }
18095     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
18096   } else {
18097     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
18098     // all of the enumerator values.
18099     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
18100     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
18101       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
18102       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
18103       BestWidth = CharWidth;
18104     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
18105       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
18106       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
18107       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
18108     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
18109       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
18110       BestWidth = IntWidth;
18111       BestPromotionType
18112         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
18113                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
18114     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
18115                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
18116       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
18117       BestPromotionType
18118         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
18119                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
18120     } else {
18121       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
18122       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
18123              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
18124       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
18125       BestPromotionType
18126         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
18127                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
18128     }
18129   }
18130 
18131   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
18132   // the type of the enum if needed.
18133   for (auto *D : Elements) {
18134     auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
18135     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
18136 
18137     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
18138     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
18139     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
18140     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
18141     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
18142 
18143     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
18144     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
18145 
18146     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
18147     // the enum decl type.
18148     QualType NewTy;
18149     unsigned NewWidth;
18150     bool NewSign;
18151     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
18152         !Enum->isFixed() &&
18153         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
18154       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
18155       NewWidth = IntWidth;
18156       NewSign = true;
18157     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
18158       // Already the right type!
18159       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
18160         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
18161         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
18162         // enumeration.
18163         ECD->setType(EnumType);
18164       continue;
18165     } else {
18166       NewTy = BestType;
18167       NewWidth = BestWidth;
18168       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
18169     }
18170 
18171     // Adjust the APSInt value.
18172     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
18173     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
18174     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
18175 
18176     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
18177     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
18178         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
18179       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(
18180           Context, NewTy, CK_IntegralCast, ECD->getInitExpr(),
18181           /*base paths*/ nullptr, VK_RValue, FPOptionsOverride()));
18182     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
18183       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
18184       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
18185       // enumeration.
18186       ECD->setType(EnumType);
18187     else
18188       ECD->setType(NewTy);
18189   }
18190 
18191   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
18192                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
18193 
18194   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
18195 
18196   if (Enum->isClosedFlag()) {
18197     for (Decl *D : Elements) {
18198       EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
18199       if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
18200 
18201       llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
18202       if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() &&
18203           !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true))
18204         Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range)
18205           << ECD << Enum;
18206     }
18207   }
18208 
18209   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
18210   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
18211     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
18212 }
18213 
18214 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
18215                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
18216                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
18217   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
18218 
18219   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
18220                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
18221                                                    EndLoc);
18222   CurContext->addDecl(New);
18223   return New;
18224 }
18225 
18226 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
18227                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
18228                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
18229                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
18230                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
18231   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
18232                                          LookupOrdinaryName);
18233   AttributeCommonInfo Info(AliasName, SourceRange(AliasNameLoc),
18234                            AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma);
18235   AsmLabelAttr *Attr = AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(
18236       Context, AliasName->getName(), /*LiteralLabel=*/true, Info);
18237 
18238   // If a declaration that:
18239   // 1) declares a function or a variable
18240   // 2) has external linkage
18241   // already exists, add a label attribute to it.
18242   if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) {
18243     if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl))
18244       PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
18245     else
18246       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
18247           << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl;
18248   // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.
18249   } else
18250     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr));
18251 }
18252 
18253 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
18254                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
18255                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
18256   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
18257 
18258   if (PrevDecl) {
18259     PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
18260   } else {
18261     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
18262       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
18263         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc)));
18264   }
18265 }
18266 
18267 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
18268                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
18269                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
18270                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
18271                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
18272   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
18273                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
18274   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
18275 
18276   if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) {
18277     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
18278       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
18279         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
18280   } else {
18281     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
18282       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
18283   }
18284 }
18285 
18286 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
18287   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
18288 }
18289 
18290 Sema::FunctionEmissionStatus Sema::getEmissionStatus(FunctionDecl *FD,
18291                                                      bool Final) {
18292   // SYCL functions can be template, so we check if they have appropriate
18293   // attribute prior to checking if it is a template.
18294   if (LangOpts.SYCLIsDevice && FD->hasAttr<SYCLKernelAttr>())
18295     return FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted;
18296 
18297   // Templates are emitted when they're instantiated.
18298   if (FD->isDependentContext())
18299     return FunctionEmissionStatus::TemplateDiscarded;
18300 
18301   FunctionEmissionStatus OMPES = FunctionEmissionStatus::Unknown;
18302   if (LangOpts.OpenMPIsDevice) {
18303     Optional<OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DevTypeTy> DevTy =
18304         OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::getDeviceType(FD->getCanonicalDecl());
18305     if (DevTy.hasValue()) {
18306       if (*DevTy == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_Host)
18307         OMPES = FunctionEmissionStatus::OMPDiscarded;
18308       else if (*DevTy == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_NoHost ||
18309                *DevTy == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_Any) {
18310         OMPES = FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted;
18311       }
18312     }
18313   } else if (LangOpts.OpenMP) {
18314     // In OpenMP 4.5 all the functions are host functions.
18315     if (LangOpts.OpenMP <= 45) {
18316       OMPES = FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted;
18317     } else {
18318       Optional<OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DevTypeTy> DevTy =
18319           OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::getDeviceType(FD->getCanonicalDecl());
18320       // In OpenMP 5.0 or above, DevTy may be changed later by
18321       // #pragma omp declare target to(*) device_type(*). Therefore DevTy
18322       // having no value does not imply host. The emission status will be
18323       // checked again at the end of compilation unit.
18324       if (DevTy.hasValue()) {
18325         if (*DevTy == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_NoHost) {
18326           OMPES = FunctionEmissionStatus::OMPDiscarded;
18327         } else if (*DevTy == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_Host ||
18328                    *DevTy == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_Any)
18329           OMPES = FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted;
18330       } else if (Final)
18331         OMPES = FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted;
18332     }
18333   }
18334   if (OMPES == FunctionEmissionStatus::OMPDiscarded ||
18335       (OMPES == FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted && !LangOpts.CUDA))
18336     return OMPES;
18337 
18338   if (LangOpts.CUDA) {
18339     // When compiling for device, host functions are never emitted.  Similarly,
18340     // when compiling for host, device and global functions are never emitted.
18341     // (Technically, we do emit a host-side stub for global functions, but this
18342     // doesn't count for our purposes here.)
18343     Sema::CUDAFunctionTarget T = IdentifyCUDATarget(FD);
18344     if (LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice && T == Sema::CFT_Host)
18345       return FunctionEmissionStatus::CUDADiscarded;
18346     if (!LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice &&
18347         (T == Sema::CFT_Device || T == Sema::CFT_Global))
18348       return FunctionEmissionStatus::CUDADiscarded;
18349 
18350     // Check whether this function is externally visible -- if so, it's
18351     // known-emitted.
18352     //
18353     // We have to check the GVA linkage of the function's *definition* -- if we
18354     // only have a declaration, we don't know whether or not the function will
18355     // be emitted, because (say) the definition could include "inline".
18356     FunctionDecl *Def = FD->getDefinition();
18357 
18358     if (Def &&
18359         !isDiscardableGVALinkage(getASTContext().GetGVALinkageForFunction(Def))
18360         && (!LangOpts.OpenMP || OMPES == FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted))
18361       return FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted;
18362   }
18363 
18364   // Otherwise, the function is known-emitted if it's in our set of
18365   // known-emitted functions.
18366   return FunctionEmissionStatus::Unknown;
18367 }
18368 
18369 bool Sema::shouldIgnoreInHostDeviceCheck(FunctionDecl *Callee) {
18370   // Host-side references to a __global__ function refer to the stub, so the
18371   // function itself is never emitted and therefore should not be marked.
18372   // If we have host fn calls kernel fn calls host+device, the HD function
18373   // does not get instantiated on the host. We model this by omitting at the
18374   // call to the kernel from the callgraph. This ensures that, when compiling
18375   // for host, only HD functions actually called from the host get marked as
18376   // known-emitted.
18377   return LangOpts.CUDA && !LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice &&
18378          IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee) == CFT_Global;
18379 }
18380